Prisma Tablouri

Low voltage
Catalogue│2014-2015
Prisma P
Cubicles up to 4000 A
00-DESW016EN Cover.indd 1 16/04/2014 15:56:58

Content Prisma P
Index Alphabetical index Catalogue number index
> page 2 > page 16
Presentation General IEC 61439 standard Determining catalogue

presentation > page 46 numbers
> page 28 > page 50
Prisma P functional system

Functional units Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors
> page A-4 > p. A-5 > p. A-43
Masterpact NW Compact Easypact Compact
> p. A-5 NS630b/NS3200 CVS100/630 INS-INV630b/2500
Masterpact NT > p. A-15 > p. A-38 > p. A-43
> p. A-10 NSX100/630 EZC100/250/400
INS-INV250/630
> p. A-23 > p. A-42
> p. A-44
Others Power factor Industrial control Metering Human-switchboard

correction devices > p. A-69 interface
> page A-66 equipment > p. A-68 > p. A-71
> p. A-66
Linergy distribution and connection systems

Linergy Power busbars
General > p. B-12
> page B-1 presentation Linergy LGYE Linergy BW Rear Linergy BS
> p. B-2 > p. B-12, B-15 insulated busbar busbars
Linergy BS > p. B-22 > p. B-24
> p. B-13, B-16 Linergy BS multi-
Linergy LGY stage busbars in duct
> p. B-14, B-17
> p. B-25
Prisma P enclosures
Cubicles > p. C-11
Enclosures Cover panels Frameworks IP30/31 cover Plinth, gland plates
presentation > p. C-8 > p. C-11 panels > p. C-13 > p. C-17
Cubicle handling & rolling
IP30, IP31, IP55 IP55 cover panels
> p. C-15 base, lifting reinforcement
> page C-2 kit for combined cubicles,
right-angle kit > p. C-18
Additional Spare parts Designing Standards

> page D-3
information electrical circuits > page D-63
Energy efficiency > page D-14
> page D-7
Livre_DESW016EN.indb 2 17/04/2014 17:11:59

Index
p. 2
Presentation
p. 28
Prisma P functional system

p. A-1
Modular devices Source-changeover systems Fusegears Functional units
> p. A-45 > p. A-48 > p. A-62 > page A-4
Acti 9 Possible combinations > p. A-49 Fupact ISFL > p. A-63
> p. A-46 Compact NSX100/630, Fupact ISFT > p. A-64
Incoming device NS630b/1600 > p. A-57 Fupact INF > p. A-65
> p. A-47 Masterpact NT06/16 > p. A-54
Masterpact NW08/32 > p. A-50
Compact INS-INV > p. A-60
Reserve space Supports and fixing Switchboard lighting Others

> p. A-74 accessories > p. A-80
> p. A-75 > page A-66
Linergy distribution and connection systems

Distribution blocks Terminal blocks & bars Partitioning p. B-1
> p. B-28 > p. B-47 > p. B-54
Linergy
Linergy DP > p. B-28 Linergy TA > p. B-47 Form 1 > p. B-55
Linergy FC > p. B-30 Linergy TB > p. B-48 Form 2 > p. B-57 > page B-1
Insulated flexible bars > p. B-32 Linergy TR > p. B-51 Form 3 > p. B-59
Linergy DX > p. B-34 Form 4 > p. B-61
Linergy FM > p. B-36
Linergy DS > p. B-38
Linergy FH comb busbars > p. B-40
Prisma P enclosures
p. C-1
Installation accessories > p. C-19 Dimensions > p. C-28
Front plate accessories > p. C-20
olling Enclosure accessories > p. C-21
ment Air-conditioning accessories > p. C-23
cles,
18
Enclosure Thermal characteristics Practical Maintenance Additional

characteristics of switchboards information > page D-101 information
> page D-68 > page D-77 > page D-85 p. D-1

Index Alphabetical index
Designation Cat. no. Pages

A
Accessories for terminal blocks NSYTRA ppp B-53
Accessory for 160 to 400 A Linergy BW busbar 01210 B-22, D-3
Accessory for 630 A Linergy BW busbar 01211 B-22, D-3
Accessory for closing, Prisma P 01105 D-6
Accessory for door or rear panel, IP55 01101 D-4
Accessory for framework, Prisma P 01104 D-3
Accessory for IP55 roof, Prisma P 01103 D-5
Accessory for IP55 side panel, Prisma P 01102 D-5
Accessory for quarter-turn closing front plate 01094 D-4
Accessory for rear panel, Prisma P 01106 D-4
Accessory for roof, Prisma P 01112 D-5
Accessory for side panel, Prisma P 01100 D-5
Adaptable support (10) for horiz. trunking 04256 A-78
Adapter, W = 250 mm, Prisma G 03596 A-37, A-76
Adapter, W = 500 mm, Prisma G 03595 A-70, A-76, B-23
Addit. block 2X35² 3P Linergy DP 250A 04155 B-28
Additi. block 2X35² 4P Linergy DP 250 A 04156 B-28
Additional cover for connection, W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm 04927 A-5, A-6, A-15, B-56
Additional neutral bar for screw distribution block - 100 A - 7 connections LGYN1007 B-39
Adhesive drawing holder 08963 C-20
Adhesive label holders (12) H = 24 mm, W = 180 mm 08905 C-20
Adjustable modular device rail 03402 A-47, A-68, A-77, B-50
Adjustable modular device rail, W = 400 mm 03404 A-46, A-47
Angle brackets (4) + screws 03580 A-75
Arc chute screen NS630b/1600, 3P 33596 A-16, A-17, A-18, A-20
Arc chute screen NS630b/1600, 4P 33597 A-16, A-17, A-18, A-20
Arc chute screen NT06/16, 3P 47335 A-10, A-11, A-13
Arc chute screen NT06/16, 4P 47336 A-10, A-11
Auxiliary bus duct, 4P, W1755 Linergy MS 04203 B-47
B
Barrel lock no. 1242 E 08942 C-21
Barrel lock no. 2432E 08956 C-21
Barrel lock no. 2433 A 08944 C-21
Barrel lock no. 3113 A 08943 C-21
Barrel lock no. 405 08940 C-21
Barrel lock no. 455 08941 C-21
Barrier H100 mm for Linergy BS 400 A rear busbar 04198 B-24
Barrier H1500 mm for Linergy BS 630 A multistage busbar 04197 B-25
Blanking plate for 72 x 72 mm opening 03907 A-72
Blanking plate for 96 x 96 mm opening 03908 A-72
Blanking plate for ISFL160 03740 A-63
Blanking plate for ISFL630 03741 A-63
Blanking plate for vertical NSX-INS-INV250 03249 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, A-40, A-41, A-42, C-20
Blanking strip, W1000, H = 46 mm 03220 A-46, A-47, C-20
Bolts (20) 8.8 class M6 x 20 for 5 mm bar 04194 B-27
Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 20 /Linergy BS 04782 B-19
Bottom lateral 5/10 mm busbar support W300 Linergy LGYE/BS 04666 B-15, B-16
Bottom lateral vertical 5/10 mm busbar support D600 Linergy BS 04673 B-15, B-16
Bottom lateral vertical 5/10 mm busbar support Linergy LGYE/BS 04663 B-15, B-16
Busbar cover for NW or ISFL, W = 650 mm 04860 A-8, A-63
Busbar mounting plate for ISFL160, 100 mm between centres 03545 A-63
Busbar mounting plate for ISFL630, 185 mm between centres 03546 A-63
C
Cable connectors (4) 1P 160 A 70 mm² for rear busbar Linergy BS 07051 B-27
Cable lug adapters INS-INV630b/1600, 3P 33644 A-10, A-13, A-16, A-20, A-43
Cable lug adapters INS-INV630b/1600, 4P 33645 A-10, A-16, A-20, A-43
Cable tie supports (4), D = 400 mm 08794 A-13, A-20, A-79
Cable tie supports (4), D = 600 mm 08796 A-13, A-20, A-79


Cable tie supports (4), W = 300 mm 08773 A-79
Cable tie supports (4), W = 400 mm 08774 A-13, A-20, A-79
Canalis connection 1600 A NW 3P 04715 A-6
Canalis connection for front-connected NS-NT, 3P 04711 A-11, A-17
Canalis connection for front-connected NS-NT, 4P 04712 A-11, A-17
Canalis connection for rear-connected NS-NT, 3P 04713 A-11, A-17
Canalis connection for rear-connected NS-NT, 4P 04714 A-11, A-17
Canalis cover 04871 A-6, A-11, A-17, B-56
Canalis interface, 1600 A, 3P 04703 A-11, A-17
Canalis interface, 1600 A, 4P 04704 A-11, A-17
Canalis support 03561 A-6, A-11, A-17
Captive nuts for M6 hexag. spacers (20) 03194 A-75
Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M4 03164 A-75
Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 M4 03180 A-75
Clip-on labels (12), 18 x 35 mm 08913 C-20
Comb busbar - 1 pole + N - 80 A 18 modules 19512 B-43
Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 12 mod., 18 mm A9XPH112 B-41
Comb busbar 1P 63A 57 mod 10388 B-45
Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 12 mod. A9XPH512 B-41
Comb busbar Domae 1P 63 A W = 12 x 18 mm 10387 B-45
Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) 1P 14811 B-40
Comb busbar 12 mod. C60 Clario left 10545 B-43
Comb busbar 1P + N + Vigi 63 A ,56 modules A9N21037 B-44
Comb busbar 1P + N 63 A, 56 modules A9N21035 B-44
Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 12 mod. A9XPM112 B-42
Comb busbar 1P 12 modules 63 A R9XFH112 B-46
Comb busbar 2P 63 A 56 modules 10390 B-45
Comb busbar 3P + N + Vigi repart 63 A, 56 modules A9N21038 B-44
Comb busbar 3P + N repart 63 A, 56 modules A9N21036 B-44
Comb busbar 3P and N 12 poles 21505 B-43


Comb busbar 3P and N 24 poles 21507 B-43
Comb busbar 48 mod. C60 Clario left 10546 B-43
Comb busbar 48 mod. C60 Clario right 10547 B-43
Comb busbar 4P 63A 54 modules 10395 B-45
Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 12 mod. A9XPM512 B-42
Comb busbar aux. 1P 100 A, 57 modules A9XAH157 B-41
Comb busbar aux. 3P repart 100 A, 57 modules A9XAH657 B-41
Comb busbar aux. 4P repart. 100 A, 57 modules A9XAH557 B-41
Comb busbar balanced 4P 18 modules 63 A R9XFH518 B-46
Comb busbar balanced 4P 57 modules 63 A R9XFH557 B-46
Comb busbar coupler to supply 5 devices (joins 2-device + 3-device comb) 49890 A-64
Comb busbar for DPN - 2P - 96 mod (9 mm) 21089 B-43
Comb busbar for DPN - 3P - 96 mod (9 mm) 21093 B-43
Comb busbar hog balanced 4P 18 modules 63 A R9XFH518G B-46
Comb busbar Librio - 1 pole + N - 80 A L = 18 x 18 mm 19516 B-43
Comb busbar PH and N 12 poles 21501 B-43
Comb busbar PH and N 24 poles 21503 B-43
Comb busbar to supply 2 devices - for ISFT100 49861 A-64
Connecting part, 120 mm 04648 B-16
Connect. 100 A double terminal (set of 4) A9XPCD04 B-41, B-42
Connect. 100 A monoconnect (set of 10) A9XPCM04 B-41, B-42
Connect. for vertical fixed NT, 3P, 1250 A 04475 A-10, A-11
Connect. for vertical fixed NT, 4P, 1250 A 04476 A-10, A-11
Connection 4P Linergy BS multistage busbar /Linergy FM distribution block 4P 200 A 04024 B-37
Connection 4P Linergy BW insulated busbar /Linergy FM distribution block 4P 200 A 04021 B-22, B-23, B-37
Connection 1000 A 5 mm horizontal busbar with Linergy LGY profile 04634 B-14
Connection 1600 A 5 mm horizontal busbar with Linergy LGY profile 04635 B-14, B-17, B-18
Connection 1600 A 10 mm horizontal busbar with Linergy LGY profile 04636 A-14, A-21, B-14, B-16, B-17, B-18, B-49
Connection 3200 A 10 mm horizontal busbar with Linergy BS vertical flat bar 04637 A-8, B-16
Connection 4000 A 10 mm horizontal busbar with Linergy BS vertical flat bar 04638 B-14
Connection adapter for plug-in base NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 3P LV429306 A-24, A-27, A-30, A-33, A-35, A-36, A-37
Connection adapter for plug-in base NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 4P LV429307 A-24, A-27, A-30, A-33, A-35, A-36, A-37
Connection adapter for plug-in base NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, 3P LV432584 A-24, A-28, A-30, A-34, A-35, A-36, A-37
Connection adapter for plug-in base NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, 4P LV432585 A-24, A-28, A-30, A-34, A-35, A-36, A-37
Connection between busbar and modular device, 160 A 04147 B-23
Connection between busbar and Vigi modular device, 160 A 04148 B-23
Connection between modular device and Linergy DX distribution block, 160 A 04149 B-35
Connection between vert. NSX-INS250 and universal power supply block 04062 B-23
Connection between vert. NSX-INS250 in duct and universal power supply block 04064 B-23
Connection between vert. NSX-INS630 in duct and universal power supply block 04073 B-23
Connection cover for horiz. fixed NS1600 04842 A-18
Connection for horizontal fixed NS with toggle or rotary handle, 3P, 1000A 04473 A-18
Connection for horizontal fixed NS with toggle or rotary handle, 4P, 1000A 04474 A-18
Connection for horizontal fixed NSX250 with toggle, 3P, 250 A 04423 A-23
Connection for horizontal NSX-INS-INV250, 3P, 250 A 04427 A-29, A-30, A-35, A-44
Connection for horizontal NSX-INS-INV250, 4P, 250 A 04428 A-29, A-30, A-35, A-44
Connection for horizontal plug-in NSX250 with toggle, 3P, 250 A 04431 A-24, A-35
Connection for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P, 1250 A 04485 A-16, A-17
Connection for vertical fixed NT, 3P, 1600 A 04489 A-10, A-11
Connection for vertical fixed NT, 4P, 1600 A 04490 A-10, A-11
Connection for vertical withdrawable NS1600-NT, 3P, 1250 A 04477 A-10, A-11, A-16, A-17


Connection plates (2) for horizontal/vertical PE bars Linergy TB 04672 B-49
connection support, 115 mm between centres 04694 A-5, A-6, A-7, A-15, A-43
Connection support, 70 mm between centres 04693 A-10, A-11, A-16, A-17
Connection transfer assembly for fixed NSX250 with toggle, 3P 04425 A-23
Connection transfer assembly for horizontal NS1600, 3P 04483 A-18
Connection transfer assembly for horizontal NS1600, 4P 04484 A-18
Connection transfer assembly, 250 A, 3P 04429 A-23, A-24, A-29, A-30, A-35, A-38, A-39
Connections (4) NG160/Linergy FM distribution block 4P 160A 04030 B-37
Connections (4) Linergy BS rear busbar /Linergy FM distribution block 4P 200 A 04029 B-37
Connections (4) NG125/Linergy DX distribution block 4P 125A 04047 B-35
Connections (4), 125 A 04145 B-23
Connections (4), 160 A 04146 B-23
Connectors 63A (set of 4) R9XFC04 B-46
Conversion kit for direct connection to busbars Fupact ISFL160 LV480854 A-63
Couplage inverseurs de source NSX100/250 - 3P LV429358 A-58, A-59
Couplage inverseurs de source NSX100/250 4 P, INS-INV250 3/4P LV429359 A-58, A-59, A-60, A-61
Cover for connection to vertical device > 800 A, W = 650 mm 04926 A-5, A-6, A-10, A-11, A-15, A-16, A-17, A-43, B-56
Cover for vertical NS1600-NT, 3P, W = 400 mm 04855 A-14, A-21
Cover, IP55 cut-out 291 x 291 mm NSYCAP291LE C-23
Covers (2) for vertical cable strap, W = 1000 mm 04263 A-78
Covers for horizontal cable straps (4) 04243 A-78
CS frame bot. x-member W150 + 650 01117 D-6
CS frame bot. x-member W400 01115 D-6
CS frame bot. x-member W650 01116 D-6
CS frame bot. x-member W650 + 150 01118 D-6
Cubicle handling plinth end-pieces (2), D = 400 mm 08714 C-18, D-96
Cubicle handling plinth end-pieces (2), D = 600 mm 08716 C-18, D-96
D
Dedicated front plate NW CSP 1/3 03709 A-9
DIN double bar insert 08945 C-21
Direct earth bar 12 x 3 mm with 1 terminal 35² W330 Linergy TB 04201 B-48
Distribution connector 3 x 10 mm² (set of 3) - for ISFT100 49860 A-64
Divisible blanking plates (4), W = 90 mm 03221 A-46, A-47, C-20
Door with cut-outs for power factor correction equipment, W = 650 mm 03970 A-67
Double depth combination kit 08719 C-12
Double thermostat NSYCCOTHD C-27
Downstream coupling accessories, NSX400/630 4P, INS-INV320/630 3/4P LV432620 A-58, A-59, A-60, A-61
Downstream coupling accessories, 3P, NSX400/630 LV432619 A-58, A-59
Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 1000 A 80 x 5 W1675 04518 B-16, B-18
DS Distribution Block 1P 125 A, 10 holes LGY112510 B-38
DS Distribution Block 4P 100 A, 4 x 7 holes LGY410028 B-38
E
Earth bar (2) with 1 termibal 35² and 20 clamps W200 Linergy TB 04202 B-48
Earth bar with 1 terminal 35² and 40 clamps W450 Linergy TB 04200 B-48
Earth block (4) 12 x 4² quick connection Linergy TB 04214 B-48
Earth block (4) 3 x 16² quick connection Linergy TB 04215 B-48
Earthing braid, 6 mm² 08910 C-21
Earthing wire, 6 mm² 08911 A-69, C-21
Electronical Hygrostat 230 V NSYCCOHY230VID C-27
Electronical thermostat 230 V NSYCCOTH230VID C-27
End Caps 1P (set of 10) R9XE110 B-46
End Caps 1P + N (set of 20) A9N21039 B-44


End Caps 3P + N (set of 20) A9N21040 B-44
End cover for comb busbar 3P (set of 10) 10399 B-45
Engraving plates (12), 18 x 35 mm 08914 C-20
Escutcheon collar NSX100/630 LV429284 A-35, A-36
Escutcheon collar NSX100/630, CVS100/250 LV429285 A-29, A-30, A-31, A-32, A-33, A-34, A-35, A-36, A-39,
A-41
Escutcheon collar NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630 LV432534 A-35, A-36, A-37
Escutcheon collar Vigi CVS400/630 LV429527 A-39
EURO handle without insert 08932 C-21
F
False floor fixing kit 08703 C-19
Filter de rechange cut-out 228 x 228 mm NSYCAF228R A-67
Filter standard G2 M1 cut-out 291 x 291 mm NSYCAF291 C-23
Filterfan 85 m3/h 230 V NSYCVF85M230PF C-23
Filterfan 850 m3/h 230 V NSYCVF850M230PF A-67, C-23
Filterfan without grille NSYCVF170M230 C-25
Fine filter G3 M1 cut-out 223 x 223 mm NSYCAF223T C-23
Flange for flat bars 04690 A-8
Flange for flat bars, W = 400 mm 04692 A-14, A-21
Flexible trunking for wiring to door 04235 A-78
Floor or wall fixing kit 08704 C-19
Font cover for ISFL, IP20, 185 mm between centres, W = 650 mm 03735 A-63
Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 04973 B-58
Form 2 front barrier for lateral vertical busbars 04921 B-58
Form 2 front barrier for lateral vertical busbars, W = 300 mm 04920 B-58
Form 2 restoration kit for side barrier cut-out 04924 B-58
Form 2 side barrier for lateral vertical busbars 04922 B-58
Form 3 horizontal partition 04901 B-60
Form 3 vertical partition for rear connection, 3 or 4 modules 04955 B-60
Form 3 vertical partition for rear connection, 5 or 6 modules 04956 B-60
Form 4 backplate for front connection, D = 600 mm 04946 B-62
Form 4 cover for connection transfer assembly, 3 to 5 modules 04953 B-62
Form 4 cover for connection transfer assembly, 4 to 6 modules 04954 B-62
Form 4 gland plate, 3 or 4 modules 04951 B-62
Form 4 gland plate, 5 or 6 modules 04952 B-62
Form C cable-tie support, W = 1600 mm 08783 A-79
Frame bot. cross-member W150 + 650 01121 D-6
Frame bot. cross-member W400 01119 D-6
Frame bot. cross-member W650 01120 D-6
Frame bot. cross-member W650 +150 01122 D-6
Framework, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 08403 C-11
Framework, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 400 mm 08407 C-11
Framework, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 600 mm 08607 C-11
Free 5/10 mm busbar support D600 Linergy BS 04678 A-5, A-6, B-12, B-13, B-15, B-16
Free 5/10 mm busbar support Linergy LGYE/BS 04662 A-5, A-6, A-10, A-11, A-14, A-15, A-16, A-17, A-21,
A-43, B-12, B-13, B-15, B-16, B-18
Front connection cover for NW 04861 A-5, A-6, A-7, A-9, B-56


Front connection cover for vertical fixed NS1600 04851 A-16, A-17, B-56
Front connection cover for vertical NS1600-NT 04852 A-10, A-11, A-16, A-17, B-56
Front plate for 1 3-phase meter in duct 03154 A-70
Front plate for 1 device, 96 x 96 mm 03913 A-71, A-72, D-10
Front plate for 22 mm diameter lamps and pushbuttons 03914 A-71, A-72
Front plate for 3-4 vertical NSX250 03243 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, A-36, A-40, A-41
Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 with rotary handle or motor mechanism 03244 A-31, A-33, A-36, A-41
Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 with toggle 03241 A-25, A-27, A-40
Front plate for DMB 300 03916 A-73
Front plate for DMC 300 03917 A-73
Front plate for fixed NW 03711 A-5, A-6, A-7, A-50, A-51, A-52, A-53
Front plate for horiz. INS-INV250 03617 A-44
Front plate for horiz. INS-INV630 03658 A-44
Front plate for horiz. NS250, with toggle, 3P 03611 A-38
Front plate for horiz. NS250, with toggle, 4P 03612 A-38
Front plate for horiz. NS630, with toggle, 3P 03651 A-38, A-42
Front plate for horiz. NS630, with toggle, 4P 03652 A-38, A-42
Front plate for horiz. NSX250 source changeover with motor mechanism 03616 A-59
Front plate for horiz. NSX250, 4P 03606 A-23, A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Front plate for horiz. NSX630 source changeover with motor mechanism 03656 A-59
Front plate for horiz. NSX-INS630 source changeover with rotary handle 03659 A-58, A-60
Front plate for horiz. withdrawable NSX250 03618 A-35
Front plate for horiz. withdrawable NSX630 03657 A-35
Front plate for horizontal EZC250 03304 A-42
Front plate for horizontal fixed NS1600 with toggle or rotary handle, 4P 03687 A-18
Front plate for horizontal INF200-250 03727 A-65
Front plate for horizontal INF400 03729 A-65
Front plate for horizontal INF630-800 03730 A-65
Front plate for horizontal INS630 complete source changeover assembly 03661 A-61
Front plate for horizontal NS1600 source changeover with rotary handle 03695 A-57
Front plate for horizontal NSX250, 3P 03604 A-23, A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Front plate for INF32-40, 3P, vertical 03312 A-65
Front plate for INF32-40, 4P, vertical and 3-4P, horizontal 03313 A-65
Front plate for INF63, 3P, vertical and INF63-160, 3-4P, horizontal 03314 A-65
Front plate for INS1600, 3P 03713 A-43
Front plate for INS1600, 4P 03714 A-43
Front plate for INS250 complete source changeover assembly 03247 A-61
Front plate for INS250 source changeover with rotary handle 03235 A-60
Front plate for INS2500, 3P or 4P 03715 A-43
Front plate for ISFL160, 185 mm between centres, W = 650 mm 03736 A-63
Front plate for NS3200 03716 A-15
Front plate for Powerlogic CM3000-4000 03918 A-73
Front plate for UA or BA 03671 A-50, A-51, A-52, A-53, A-54, A-55, A-56, A-59
Front plate for vertical EZC100 03303 A-42
Front plate for vertical EZC250 03305 A-42
Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600 03690 A-16, A-17
Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P or 4P, W = 400 mm 03697 A-19
Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600, with motor mechanism 03701 A-16, A-17
Front plate for vertical fixed NSX250 with toggle or rotary handle, W = 250 mm 03253 A-37
Front plate for vertical fixed NT 03692 A-10, A-11, A-54, A-55, A-56
Front plate for vertical fixed NT, 3P, W = 400 mm 03698 A-12
Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX250, with toggle, W = 250 mm 03293 A-37
Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX630, with toggle, W = 250 mm 03299 A-37
Front plate for vertical INF200-800 03728 A-65
Front plate for vertical INF63, 4P and vertical INF100-160 03315 A-65
Front plate for vertical INS-INV250 03248 A-44
Front plate for vertical ISFT100 03320 A-64
Front plate for vertical ISFT100N 03325 A-64
Front plate for vertical NSX250 source changeover with rotary handle 03245 A-58
Front plate for vertical NSX630 03663 A-26, A-28, A-32, A-34, A-36
Front plate for vertical NSX630 Vigi 03666 A-26, A-28, A-32, A-34, A-36
Front plate for vertical NSX630 with rotary handle or motor mechanism 03275 A-26, A-28, A-32, A-34, A-36, A-41
Front plate for vertical NSX630 with rotary handle, W = 250 mm 03283 A-37
Front plate for vertical NSX630, with toggle 03273 A-40, A-42
Front plate for vertical Vigi NSX630 03297 A-26, A-28, A-32, A-34, A-36


Front plate for Vigilohm TR22A + 6 meters, 72 x 72 mm 03934 A-73
Front plate for Vigilohm XM200-300C 03932 A-73
Front plate for Vigilohm XML308-316 03933 A-73
Front plate for withdrawable NS1600-NT 03691 A-10, A-11, A-16, A-17, A-54, A-55, A-56
Front plate for withdrawable NS1600-NT, 3P, W = 400 mm 03699 A-12, A-19
Front plate for withdrawable NW 03710 A-5, A-6, A-7, A-9, A-50, A-51, A-52, A-53
Front plate grips (20) 01093 D-4
Front plate hinge kit (2) 08585 C-20
Front plate support frame kit, 10 modules W = 650 mm 08560 A-9, C-11
Front plate support frame, 12 Modules W = 650 mm 08562 A-9, A-63, C-11
Front plate support frame, W = 400 mm 08564 C-11
Front plate support frame, W = 650 mm 08566 C-11
Front plate support striker kit for Prisma P 01123 D-5
Front plate with cut-outs for 1 meter, 144 x 144 mm + 4 meters, 72 x 72 mm 03912 A-71, A-72
Front plate with cut-outs for 72 x 72 mm meters 03910 A-71, A-72
Front plate with cut-outs for 96 x 96 mm meters 03911 A-71, A-72, A-73, D-10
Front plate with cut-outs for meter mounting plates 03904 A-71, A-72
G
Gland plates (2) IPxxB for Linergy BW busbars 01201 B-22, D-3
Grommets for wiring through front (10) 04234 A-78
H
Handle padlocking kit 08938 C-21
Handle without insert, ASSA-ABLOY 08933 C-21
Handling plinth, W = 1200 -> 1900 mm 08705 C-18, D-96
Hexag. spacers, H = 40 + 10 mm, 4 M8 03199 A-75
Hexagonal spacers, H = 23 mm, 4 M5 03186 A-75
Hinged front plate for human-switchboard interface (HSI), 13 modules, W = 400 mm 03723 A-12, A-19
Hinged front plate, 13 modules, W = 400 mm 03722 A-12, A-19
Horizontal 10 mm busbar support D600 Linergy BS 04665 B-12, B-13
Horizontal 5/10 mm busbar support Linergy LGYE/BS 04664 B-12, B-13
Horizontal cable straps (12) 04239 A-78
Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 100 x 10 W2000 04550 B-13, B-16
Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 1000 A 80 x 5 W2000 04538 B-13
Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 120 x 10 W2000 04552 B-13, B-16
Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 50 x 10 W2000 04545 B-13
Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 60 x 10 W2000 04546 B-13
Horizontal PE flat bar supports Linergy TB (2) 04667 A-75, B-49
Horizontal trunking sections (4), W = 450 mm, + supports 04257 A-78
Horizontal trunking supports (12) 04255 A-78
Hygrotherm 230 V NSYCCOHYT230VID C-27
I
Incoming connector (25 to 95 mm²) for comb busbars (set of 3) 49865 A-64
INS1600 3P connection, 1600 A 04481 A-43
INS1600 4P connection, 1600 A 04482 A-43
Insulated comb cover for free outgoer - for ISFT100 49864 A-64
Insulated connectors (4) 21098 B-43
Insulated connectors for 25 mm² cables (4) 14885 B-40
Insulated connector for comb busbar 35 mm² 63 A (set of 4) 10397 B-45
Insulated flexible bar 20 x 2 W1800 04742 B-32
Insulated spacers (2) for neutral bar Linergy TB 04210 B-48
Inter-cubicle partition, D = 400 mm 04911 B-63
Inter-cubicle partition, D = 600 mm 04931 B-63
IP30 cover frame, W = 400 mm 08574 C-13
IP30 door with cut-out for human-switchboard interface, W = 300 mm 08593 C-13
IP30 door with cut-out for human-switchboard interface, W = 400 mm 08594 C-13


IP30 plain door W650 SB 01224 C-13
IP30 plain door W800 SB 01225 C-13
IP30 plain door, W = 300 mm 08513 C-13
IP30 plain roof, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 08433 C-14
IP30 rear panel, W = 300 mm 08733 C-13
IP30 side panels (2), W = 400 mm 08750 C-14
IP30 transparent door, W = 400 mm 08534 C-13
IP30 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, D = 400 mm 08476 C-25
IP30 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm 08676 C-25
IP40 escutcheon for Vigi module NSX100/250 LV429316 A-31, A-32, A-34, A-34
IP54 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, D = 400 mm 08478 A-67, C-25
IP54 ventilated roof, W = 800 mm, D = 600 mm 08678 A-67, C-25
IP55 combination side panels (2), W = 400 mm 08756 C-16
IP55 rear panel, W = 800 mm 08748 A-67, C-15
IP55 rear panel with cut-out, W = 400 mm 08749 A-67
IP55 sealing kit for side-by-side combinations 08717 C-12
IPXXB connection covers (8)/lug with cable 10-25² for Linergy BW insulated busbar 04150 B-22
J
Joint for 120 mm bar for Linergy BS horizontal busbar 04643 B-13
Joint for 50/60 mm bar/Linergy BS horizontal busbar 04640 B-13
Joint for 80/100 mm bar/Linergy BS horizontal busbar 04641 B-13
L
Lateral cross-members (2), W = 200 mm, for D = 600 mm 03586 A-8, A-79
Lateral cross-members (2), W = 400 mm, for D = 400 mm 03584 A-8, A-79, B-50
Lateral fixed 5/10 mm busbar support Linergy LGYE/BS 04661 B-15, B-16
Lateral tooth-caps - 2P 21094 B-43
Lateral tooth-caps - 3P 21095 B-43
Length adaptor Fupact ISFL160 LV480870 A-63
Levelling kit 08702 C-19
Lifting reinforcement kit 08722 C-18, D-96
Lifting rings (4) 08700 C-19
Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar block 160A 52 holes 04052 B-26
Linergy BS multistage busbar support 630 A 04192 B-25
Linergy BS rear busbar support 400 A 04191 B-24
Linergy BS rear vertical support for 5/10 mm bar 04653 B-18
Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar 125 A W450 04103 B-22


Linergy DP 3P distribution block/Compact NSX/INS 250 A 27 holes 04033 B-28
Linergy DP 4P distribution block/Compact NSX/INS 250A 36 holes 04034 B-28
Linergy DX 1P distribution block 160A 4 modules 6 holes 04031 B-35
Linergy DX 4P 63 A (alimentation par le bas) 04041 B-34
Linergy DX 4P 63 A (alimentation par le haut) 04040 B-34
Linergy DX 4P distribution block 125A 6 modules 52 holes 04045 B-35
Linergy DX 4P distribution block for NG/INS160 160A 6M 52 holes 04046 B-35
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 3P fixed W/O connection 04407 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, B-30
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 3P fixed/plug-in+connection 04405 A-27, A-31, A-33, B-30
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 3P toggle/fixed+connection 04403 A-25, B-30
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 4P fixed W/O connection 04408 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, A-44, B-30
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 4P fixed/plug-in+connection 04406 A-27, A-31, A-33, B-30
Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 4P toggle/fixed+connection 04404 A-25, A-44, B-30
Linergy FM 2P distribution block 200 A 24 modules 24 holes 04012 B-36
Linergy LGY busbar stops (4) after sales service 01109 B-14, B-17, D-3
Linergy LGY lateral busbar support 04651 B-14
Linergy LGY rear busbar support 04652 B-17
Linergy LGY vertical profile 1000 A W1670 04504 B-14, B-17
Linergy LGY vertical profile 1250 A W1670 04505 B-14, B-17, B-49
Linergy LGY vertical profile 1600 A W1670 04506 B-14, B-17
Linergy LGYE busbar screw plate kit after sales service 01130 B-19, D-4
Linergy LGYE horizontal joint 1600 A 04620 B-12
Linergy LGYE isolating screen neutral 04624 B-12
Linergy LGYE profile 1000 A W2000 04562 B-12, B-15
Linergy LGYE vert. short connect. 2500 A 04604 B-15
Linergy LGYE vertical connection 1600 A 04602 B-14, B-17, B-49
Linergy LGYE vertical connection 4000 A 04607 B-15
Linergy LGYE vertical long connection 2500 A 04605 B-15
Linergy LGYE vertical shifted connection 1600 A 04603 B-14
Linergy MS auxiliaries terminal block AU 10 IN/20 OUT 04228 B-47
Linergy TB PEN installation kit with LGY vertical profile 04656 B-49
Linergy TB set of 3 flat bar supports for PE vertical installation 04657 B-49
Locking kit NSX100/630 LV429286 A-35
Long rear connections NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250, 3-4P LV429236 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44
Long rear connections NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, Easypact LV432476 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
CVS400/630, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44
Long terminal shield EZC100, 3P EZATSHD3P A-42
Long terminal shield EZC100, 4P EZATSHD4P A-42
Long terminal shield EZC250, 3P EZETSHD3P A-42
Long terminal shield EZC250, 3P EZETSHD3PN A-42
10


Long terminal shield EZC250, 4P EZETSHD4P A-42
Long terminal shield EZC250, 4P EZETSHD4PN A-42
Long terminal shield for spreaders,, 3P, NSX400/630 LV432595 A-58, A-59
Long terminal shield for spreaders,, 4P, NSX400/630 LV432596 A-58, A-59
Long terminal shield Fupact INF100/160 LV480445 A-65
Long terminal shield Fupact INF200 LV480551 A-65
Long terminal shield Fupact INF600/800 LV480557 A-65
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT100N LV480756 A-64
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT160-3P 49869 A-64
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT250-3P 49872 A-64
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT400 49875 A-64
Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT630 49876 A-64
Long terminal shield NSX100/250 3P LV429517 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-58, A-59
Long terminal shield NSX100/250 4P, INS-INV250 3/4 P LV429518 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44, A-58, A-59,
A-60, A-61
Long terminal shield, 3P 33628 A-57
Long terminal shield, 4P 33629 A-57
Long terminal shields, 3P, NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, Easypact CVS400/630, LV432593 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
Easypact Vigi CVS400/630, Easypact EZC400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-42, A-58, A-59
Long terminal shields, 4P, NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, LV432594 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
Easypact CVS400/630, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630, Easypact EZC400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-42, A-44, A-58,
A-59, A-60, A-61
Longitudinal cross-members (2), W = 650 mm 3587 A-79
M
M8 Linergy LGY bolts (20) for cable lugs/flexible bar W = 25 mm 04766 B-19, B-49
M8 Linergy LGY bolts (20) for copper bar W = 39 mm 04767 B-19
M8/diameter 20 mm flat washers (20) for flexible bar Linergy LGY 04772 B-19
M8/diameter 20 mm flat washers (20) for lugs < 25² Linergy LGY 04775 B-19
Mechanical interlocking for source changeover system NSX100/250 LV429369 A-58
Mechanical interlocking INS-INV250 31073 A-60
Mechanical interlocking INS-INV320/630 31074 A-60
Mechanical interlocking NS630b/1000, 3-4P 33890 A-57
Mechanical interlocking NSX400/630 LV432621 A-58
Metallic spacer (100) thickness 5 mm Linergy BS 04669 B-18
Modular device rail 03401 A-46, A-47, A-68, A-73, A-77, D-10, D-11
Modular device rail, W = 1600 mm 04226 A-77, B-50
Modular front plate, 2 modules 03202 A-73
Modular front plate, 3 modules 03203 A-46, A-68, A-73
Modular front plate, 3 modules W250 03213 A-46
Modular front plate, 3 rows 03223 A-46
Modular front plate, 4 modules 03204 A-46, A-47, D-10, D-11
Modular front plate, 4 modules W250 03214 A-46, A-47
Modular front plate, 5 modules 03205 A-47, A-68
Mount. plate for Vigilohm XM200-300C 03930 A-73
Mount. plate for Vigilohm XML308-316 03931 A-73
Mounting hardware for D = 400 mm or D = 600 mm framework, Prisma P 01108 D-3
Mounting hardware for joint > 80 mm Linergy LGY 04642 A-8, B-14, B-16, B-17, B-18
Mounting plate for NF32-40 03540 A-65
Mounting plate for 2-meter service connection 03152 A-70
Mounting plate for 3 1-phase meters 03157 A-70
Mounting plate for EZC250 03504 A-42
Mounting plate for horiz. fixed or plug-in NSX250 rot. handle-mot. mechanism, 3P 03413 A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Mounting plate for horiz. fixed or plug-in NSX250 rot. handle-mot. mechanism, 4P 03414 A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Mounting plate for horiz. INF200-250 03534 A-65
Mounting plate for horiz. INF630-800 03536 A-65
Mounting plate for horiz. NS1600 source changeover with rotary handle 03491 A-57
Mounting plate for horizontal fixed NS1600 with toggle or rotary handle, 4P 03480 A-18
Mounting plate for horizontal fixed NSX250 with toggle, 3P 03411 A-23, A-38
Mounting plate for horizontal fixed NSX630 with toggle, 3P 03451 A-23, A-38, A-42
Mounting plate for horizontal fixed NSX-INS-INV250 with toggle, 4P 03412 A-23, A-38, A-44
Mounting plate for horizontal fixed NSX-INS-INV630 with toggle, 4P 03452 A-23, A-38, A-42, A-44
Mounting plate for horizontal INF400 03535 A-65
Mounting plate for horizontal NSX250 source changeover with motor mechanism 03417 A-50, A-51, A-52, A-53, A-54, A-55, A-56, A-59
Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630 source changeover with motor mechanism 03457 A-59
Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630, 3P 03453 A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630, 4P 03454 A-24, A-29, A-30, A-39
Mounting plate for horizontal NSX-INS630 source changeover with rotary handle 03458 A-58, A-60, A-61
11


Mounting plate for horizontal VarplusCan 03979 A-67
Mounting plate for horizontal withdrawable NSX250, 3P or 4P 03415 A-35
Mounting plate for horizontal withdrawable NSX630, 3P or 4P 03462 A-35
Mounting plate for INF63-160 03541 A-65
Mounting plate for ISFT 100N/160, busbar mounting 03555 A-64
Mounting plate for ISFT100 03554 A-64
Mounting plate for ISFT100N 03553 A-64
Mounting plate for ISFT160 03556 A-64
Mounting plate for ISFT250-630 03557 A-64
Mounting plate for NS3200-INS2500 03501 A-15, A-43
Mounting plate for NW08-32, all types 03500 A-5, A-6, A-7, A-9, A-50, A-51, A-52, A-53
Mounting plate for two, 3-phase meters, 6 modules, Prisma P 03508 A-69
Mounting plate for vertical EZC100, 1P 03502 A-42
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NS1600 03482 A-16, A-17
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P or 4P, W = 400 mm 03487 A-19, A-37
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX250 03422 A-31, A-41
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX250, with rotary handle, in duct W250 03051 A-37
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX-IN-INVS250 with toggle, in duct W250 03050 A-37
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX-INS-INV250 with toggle 03420 A-25, A-40, A-44
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NT 03484 A-10, A-11, A-54, A-55, A-56
Mounting plate for vertical fixed NT, 3P, W = 400 mm 03489 A-12
Mounting plate for vertical INF200-800 03537 A-65
Mounting plate for vertical NSX-INS250 source changeover with rotary handle 03428 A-58, A-60, A-61
Mounting plate for vertical NSX-INS-INV630 03461 A-26, A-28, A-32, A-34, A-36, A-40, A-41, A-42, A-44
Mounting plate for vertical plug-in NSX250 and Vigi, with toggle 03423 A-27
Mounting plate for vertical withdrawable NS1600-NT 03483 A-10, A-11, A-16, A-17, A-54, A-55, A-56
Mounting plate for vertical withdrawable or plug-in NSX250 03421 A-27, A-33, A-36
Mounting plate for withdrawable NS1600-NT, 3P, W = 400 mm 03488 A-12, A-19
Mounting plate with cut-out for 72 x 72 mm meter 03902 A-12, A-19, A-72
Mounting plate with cut-out for 96 x 96 mm meter 03903 A-12, A-19, A-72, D-10
N
Neutral connectors 63 A (set of 10) A9N21042 B-44
NSX blanking plate electronic trip unit 03222 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, A-40, A-41, C-20
O
Outlet grille cut-out 125 x 125 mm NSYCAG125LPF C-23
Outlet grille cut-out 291 x 291 mm NSYCAG291LPF A-67, C-23
P
Partition for horizontal busbars, 4000 A, W = 300 mm, D = 600 mm 04963 B-58
PE vertical bar with holes 25 x 5 W1675 Linergy TB 04512 B-49
PE vertical bar with holes 50 x 5 W1675 Linergy TB 04515 B-49
Phase connectors 63 A (set of 10) A9N21041 B-44
Phase markers (set of 12) for Linergy LGY/LGYE profile 04794 B-19
Plain backplate, 36 mod. 510 mm wide 03570 A-76
Plain backplate, 36 mod. 660 mm wide 03569 A-76
Plain barrier for horizontal busbars, W = 400 mm, D = 400 mm 04915 B-58
Plain barrier for horizontal busbars, W = 800 mm, D = 400 mm 04919 B-58
Plain door, IP55, W = 300 mm 08523 C-15
Plain front plate, 1 module 03801 A-10, A-25, A-26, A-27, A-28, A-31, A-32, A-33, A-34,
A-36, A-44, A-55, A-65, A-68, A-74
Plain front plate, 1 module W = 250 mm 03811 A-47, A-74
Plain front plate, 12 modules 03808 A-7, A-74
Plain front plate, 2 modules 03802 A-7, A-9, A-10, A-15, A-16, A-25, A-26, A-27, A-28,
A-31, A-32, A-33, A-34, A-36, A-40, A-41, A-42, A-54,
A-56, A-58, A-60, A-61, A-64, A-65, A-74
Plain front plate, 2 modules W = 250 mm 03812 A-74
A-34, A-36, A-43, A-54, A-55, A-56, A-58, A-65, A-68,
A-74, B-50
A-50, A-52, A-54, A-56, A-68, A-73, A-74, D-10
Plain front plate, 4 modules W = 250 mm 03814 A-37, A-74
A-74, B-50, D-10
12


A-69, A-70, A-73, A-74, B-50
Plain front plate, 9 modules 03807 A-70, A-74
Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 08483 C-17
Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 600 mm 08687 C-17
Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 400 mm 08487 C-17
Plain mounting plate for 72 x 72 mm meter 03900 A-12, A-19, A-72
Plain mounting plate for 96 x 96 mm meter 03901 A-12, A-19, A-72
Plain wicket door, W = 150 mm 01110 D-4
Flat plates with 2 studs (set of 12) + 24 torque nuts + 24 contact washers 04768 B-19
Flat plates with 3 studs (set of 8) + 24 torque nuts + 24 contact washers 04769 B-19
Plastron pour ventilateur ou grille 03890 C-23
Plinth, H = 100 mm, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 08723 C-17
Power supply block for horiz. NSX250 04060 B-23
Prisma et Prisma P side-by-side combination kit 01199 D-5
Prisma P IP55 and Prisma PH combination kit 01198 D-5
Rail and raisers modular 04227 A-47
Raisers, Practic type (5) 04224 A-75
Rear connection cover for horizontal fixed NS1600 04844 A-18
Rear connection cover for NW 04863 A-5, A-6, B-56
Rear connection cover for vertical fixed NS1600 04853 A-16, A-17, B-56
Rear connection cover for vertical NS1600-NT 04854 A-10, A-11, A-17, B-56
Rear modular device rail, W = 650 mm 03590 A-77
Rear support for Form 3 partition 04943 B-60
Resis. ventil 250 W - 230 V Alum NSYCR250W230VV C-26
Resis. ventil 400 W 230 V Alum NSYCR400W230VV C-26
Resist. heater Alum 10 W, 110-250 V NSYCR10WU2 C-26
Retrofit handle Prisma P 01221 D-6
Right-angle kit, IP30 08713 C-18
Roof fan 08986 C-25
Roof outlet grille cut-out NSYCAC228RMF A-67, C-25
Screwdriver slot insert 08946 C-21
Screws (20) + wing nuts for framework 08921 C-12
Screws (20) 8.8 class M6 x 12 Linergy BW insulated busbar 04158 B-22
Screws (40) 8.8 class M6 x 16 for < 630 A threaded bar 04195 B-27
Sealing kit, IP31 08711 C-14
Sealing kit, IP40 08712 C-18
Self-adhesive label sheets for common symbols (10) 013735 C-20
Self-adhesive label sheets for special symbols (10) 013736 C-20
Set of 10 mimic diagram, 900 mm lines, black, Prisma P 01005 C-20
Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, earth symbols, Prisma P 01009 C-20
Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, incoming arrows, Prisma P 01007 C-20
Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, outgoing arrows, Prisma P 01006 C-20
Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, transformers, Prisma P 01008 C-20
Set of 10 screws + combination accessory 08718 C-12
Side plates 1P (set of 10) A9XPE110 B-41
Short rear connections NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250, 3-4P LV429235 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44
Short rear connections NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, LV432475 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
Easypact CVS400/630, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44
Short terminal shield Fupact INF200 LV480550 A-65
13


Short terminal shield Fupact INF600/800 LV480556 A-65
Short terminal shield Fupact ISFT160 49880 A-64
Short terminal shield NSX100/250 3P LV429515 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-58, A-59
Short terminal shield NSX100/250 4P LV429516 A-23, A-24, A-25, A-27, A-29, A-30, A-31, A-33, A-35,
A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-58, A-59
Short terminal shields INS-INV250 LV432516 A-44
Short terminal shields, 3P, NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, Easypact CVS400/630, LV432591 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-58, A-59
Short terminal shields, 4P, NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, LV432592 A-23, A-24, A-26, A-28, A-29, A-30, A-32, A-34, A-35,
Easypact CVS400/630, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-36, A-37, A-38, A-39, A-40, A-41, A-44, A-58, A-59
Side plate for comb busbar (set of 10) 10405 B-43
Side plate for comb busbar 2P (set of 10) 10398 B-45
Side plates for plinth (2), D = 400 mm 08720 C-17
Side plates for plinth (2), D = 600 mm 08721 C-17
Sideframe door cut out Fupact ISFL160/250/400/630 LV480868 A-63
Slide rails (2) + angle brackets 03593 A-76
Slotted mounting plate, 12 modules 03574 A-77
Slotted mounting plate, 4 modules 03571 A-68, A-73, A-77
Slotted mounting plate, 6 modules 03572 A-68, A-73, A-77
PTC external temperature sensor (double insulation) NSYCCASTE C-27
Source changeover assembly INS250 - 100 A - 3P 31140 A-61
Source changeover assembly INS250 - 250 A - 4 P 31147 A-61
Source changeover assembly INS320/630 - 320 A - 3P 31148 A-61
Source changeover assembly INS320/630 - 630 A -4 P 31155 A-61
Spacers (12) 150 mm for Linergy LGYE profile 04646 B-12, B-15
Spacing rods for edgewise bars 04691 A-10, A-13, A-16, A-20
Square insert, 6 mm female 08955 C-21
Square insert, 6 mm male 08951 C-21
Srewss (20) for joint 2 x 10 mm Linergy BS horizontal/vertical busbar 04645 B-16
Stabiliser kit 08701 C-19
Standard handle, RAL 7016, Prisma P 08931 C-21
Stops (12)/1600 A bottom support Linergy LGYE 04658 B-15
Stops (12)/4000 A bottom support Linergy LGYE 04659 B-15
Support mounting hardware for bars > 80 mm Linergy LGYE/BS 04671 B-12, B-13, B-15, B-16
Supports (2) for additional bar on modular rail 04205 B-48
Switchboard identification plate 08900 C-20
Switchboard lighting 08964 A-80
Switchboard portable lamp 08965 A-80
Terminal blocks NSYTR ppp B-52, B-53
Terminal covers (4) for 200 A Linergy FM distribution block 01202 B-37, D-3
Terminals (12) for cable 1x16² for Linergy BW insulated busbar 04152 B-22
Terminals (12) for cable 6/10² and 1X10² for Linergy BW insulated busbar 04151 B-22
Thermostat w/Invers Contact (ºC) NSYCCOTHI C-27
Thermoventil. Heat. 400-550 W, 230 V NSYCRP1W230VTVC C-26
Threaded bars (4) 160 A W1000 Linergy BS busbar 04161 B-24, B-25
Threaded bars (4) 160 A W1400 for Linergy BS busbar 04171 B-24, B-25
Threaded bars (4) 630 A W1400 for Linergy BS busbar 04174 B-25
Tooth caps (set of 10) 10396 B-45
Tooth caps (set of 10) A9N21050 B-44
Tooth caps (set of 20) 14818 B-40
Tooth caps (set of 20) A9XPT920 B-41, B-42
Tooth Caps (set of 20) R9XT20 B-46
Tooth-caps (12) 21096 B-43
14


Tooth-caps, 4P, for Linergy FC distribution block for Compact NSX250 04809 A-25, A-27, A-31, A-33, A-44, B-31
Top hood Roof with filterfan NSYCVF575M230MF A-67, C-25
Torque nuts, M8 (20) 04759 B-19
Touch-up paint brush 08961 C-20
Transparent door, IP55, W = 400 mm 08544 C-15
Transparent front plate, 4 modules 03342 A-68, A-74
Transparent front plate, 4 modules W = 250 mm 03352 A-74
Transparent front plate, 6 modules 03343 A-69, A-70, A-74
Transparent front plate, 12 modules 03345 A-74
Transparent front plate, 9 modules 03344 A-70, A-74
Triangle insert, 6.5 mm male 08947 C-21
Triangle insert, 7 mm male 08948 C-21
Trunking for door, W = 2000 mm 04233 A-78
Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm 08493 C-17
Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 400 mm 08497 C-17
Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 600 mm 08697 C-17
Universal angle brackets (2) 03581 A-75, A-77, B-50
Universal angle brackets (6) 03583 A-75, B-60
Universal inserts (6), Prisma P 03582 A-75
Universal power supply block, 250 A 04061 B-23
Universal power supply block, 400-630 A 04074 B-23
Ventilated front plate, IP30, 1 module 03891 C-23
Ventilated front plate, IP30, 3 modules 03895 C-23
Vertical 10 mm busbar support D600 Linergy BS 04668 B-15, B-16
Vertical cable straps (12) 04262 A-78
Vertical connection adapters, NT06/16, NS630b/1600, 3P 33642 A-10, A-13, A-16, A-20, A-54, A-56
Vertical connection adaptors INS-INV630b/1600, 4P 31302 A-43
Vertical connection adaptors INS-INV630b/1600, 3P 31301 A-43
Vertical connection adaptors NS1600b/3200, 3P 33975 A-15, A-43
Vertical connection adaptors NS1600b/3200, 3P 33976 A-15, A-43
Vertical modular front plate 12 modules 03229 A-74
Vertical modular front plate 9 modules 03228 A-74
Vertical trunking, W = 2000 mm 04267 A-78
Vertical-connection adapters, NT06/16, NS630b/1600, 4P 33643 A-10, A-16, A-20, A-54, A-56
Visor for human-switchboard interface (HSI) 03928 A-71, A-72
Voltage tap-offs for tab connectors, M10 (20) 04229 B-19
15

Index Catalogue number index
Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

01000 03185 Hexagonal spacers, H = 9 mm, 4 M5 A-75
01005 Set of 10 mimic diagram, 900 mm lines, C-20 03186 Hexagonal spacers, H = 23 mm, 4 M5 A-75
black, Prisma P 03187 Hexagonal spacers, H = 55 mm, 4 M6 A-75
01006 Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, outgoing C-20 03194 Captive nuts for M6 hexag. spacers (20) A-75
arrows, Prisma P 03195 Hexagonal spacers, H = 9 mm, 4 M6 A-75
01007 Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, incoming C-20 03196 Hexagonal spacers, H = 23 mm, 4 M6 A-75
arrows, Prisma P
03197 Hexagonal spacers, H = 55 mm, 4 M6 A-75
01008 Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, C-20
03198 Hexagonal spacers, H = 25 mm, 4 M6 A-75
transformers, Prisma P
03199 Hexag. spacers, H = 40 + 10 mm, 4 M8 A-75
01009 Set of 10 mimic diagram, black, earth C-20
symbols, Prisma P 03202 Modular front plate, 2 modules A-73
01093 Front plate grips (20) D-4 03203 Modular front plate, 3 modules A-46, A-68,
A-73
01094 Accessory for quarter-turn closing front D-4
plate 03204 Modular front plate, 4 modules A-46, A-47,
D-10, D-11
01100 Accessory for side panel, Prisma P D-5
03205 Modular front plate, 5 modules A-47, A-68
01101 Accessory for door or rear panel, IP55 D-4
03213 Modular front plate, 3 modules W250 A-46
01102 Accessory for IP55 side panel, Prisma P D-5
03214 Modular front plate, 4 modules W250 A-46, A-47
01103 Accessory for IP55 roof, Prisma P D-5
03220 Blanking strip, W1000, H = 46 mm A-46, A-47,
01104 Accessory for framework, Prisma P D-3
C-20
01105 Accessory for closing, Prisma P D-6
03221 Divisible blanking plates (4), W = 90 mm A-46, A-47,
01106 Accessory for rear panel, Prisma P D-4 C-20
01108 Mounting hardware for D = 400 mm or D-3 03222 NSX blanking plate electronic trip unit A-25, A-27,
D = 600 mm framework, Prisma P A-31, A-33,
01109 Linergy LGY busbar stops (4) B-14, B-17, A-40, A-41,
after sales service D-3 C-20
01110 Plain wicket door, W = 150 mm D-4 03223 Modular front plate, 3 rows A-46
01112 Accessory for roof, Prisma P D-5 03228 Vertical modular front plate 9 modules A-74
01115 CS frame bot. x-member W400 D-6 03229 Vertical modular front plate 12 modules A-74
01116 CS frame bot. x-member W650 D-6 03235 Front plate for INS250 source A-60
01117 CS frame bot. x-member W150 + 650 D-6 changeover with rotary handle
01118 CS frame bot. x-member W650 + 150 D-6 03241 Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 A-25, A-27,
with toggle A-40
01119 Frame bot. cross-member W400 D-6
01120 Frame bot. cross-member W650 D-6 03243 Front plate for 3-4 vertical NSX250 A-25, A-27,
A-31, A-33,
01121 Frame bot. cross-member W150 + 650 D-6 A-36, A-40,
01122 Frame bot. cross-member W650 +150 D-6 A-41
01123 Front plate support striker kit for Prisma P D-5 03244 Front plate for 3-4 vertical Vigi NSX250 A-31, A-33,
01130 Linergy LGYE busbar screw plate kit B-19, D-4 with rotary handle or motor mechanism A-36, A-41
after sales service 03245 Front plate for vertical NSX250 source A-58
01198 Prisma P IP55 and Prisma PH D-5 changeover with rotary handle
combination kit 03247 Front plate for INS250 complete source A-61
01199 Prisma et Prisma P side-by-side D-5 changeover assembly
combination kit 03248 Front plate for vertical INS-INV250 A-44
01201 Gland plates (2) IPxxB for Linergy BW B-22, D-3 03249 Blanking plate for vertical NSX-INS- A-25, A-27,
busbars INV250 A-31, A-33,
01202 Terminal covers (4) for 200 A Linergy FM B-37, D-3 A-40, A-41,
distribution block A-42, C-20
01210 Accessory for 160 to 400 A Linergy BW B-22, D-3 03253 Front plate for vertical fixed NSX250 with A-37
busbar toggle or rotary handle, W = 250 mm
01211 Accessory for 630 A Linergy BW busbar B-22, D-3 03273 Front plate for vertical NSX630, with A-40, A-42
01221 Retrofit handle Prisma P D-6 toggle
01224 IP30 plain door W650 SB C-13 03274 Front plate for vertical INS-INV630 A-44
01225 IP30 plain door W800 SB C-13 03275 Front plate for vertical NSX630 with A-26, A-28,
rotary handle or motor mechanism A-32, A-34,
03000 A-36, A-41
03050 Mounting plate for vertical fixed A-37 03283 Front plate for vertical NSX630 with A-37
NSX-IN-INVS250 with toggle, in duct rotary handle, W = 250 mm
W250 03293 Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX250, A-37
03051 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX250, A-37 with toggle, W = 250 mm
with rotary handle, in duct W250 03297 Front plate for vertical Vigi NSX630 A-26, A-28,
03152 Mounting plate for 2-meter service A-70 A-32, A-34,
connection A-36
03154 Front plate for 1 3-phase meter in duct A-70 03299 Front plate for vertical fixed Vigi NSX630, A-37
03157 Mounting plate for 3 1-phase meters A-70 with toggle, W = 250 mm
03164 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M4 A-75 03303 Front plate for vertical EZC100 A-42
03165 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M5 A-75 03304 Front plate for horizontal EZC250 A-42
03166 Clip-nuts for DIN rails, 20 M6 A-75 03305 Front plate for vertical EZC250 A-42
03180 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 A-75 03312 Front plate for INF32-40, 3P, vertical A-65
M4 03313 Front plate for INF32-40, 4P, vertical and A-65
03181 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 A-75 3-4P, horizontal
M5 03314 Front plate for INF63, 3P, vertical and A-65
03182 Clip-nuts for slotted mounting plates, 20 A-75 INF63-160, 3-4P, horizontal
M6
16


03315 Front plate for vertical INF63, 4P and A-65 03483 Mounting plate for vertical withdrawable A-10, A-11,
vertical INF100-160 NS1600-NT A-16, A-17,
03320 Front plate for vertical ISFT100 A-64 A-54, A-55,
A-56
03321 Front plate for vertical ISFT160 A-64
03484 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NT A-10, A-11,
03322 Front plate for vertical ISFT250 A-64
A-54, A-55,
03323 Front plate for vertical ISFT400 A-64 A-56
03324 Front plate for vertical ISFT630 A-64 03487 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NS1600, A-19, A-37
03325 Front plate for vertical ISFT100N A-64 3P or 4P, W = 400 mm
03342 Transparent front plate, 4 modules A-68, A-74 03488 Mounting plate for withdrawable A-12, A-19
03343 Transparent front plate, 6 modules A-69, A-70, NS1600-NT, 3P, W = 400 mm
A-74 03489 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NT, 3P, A-12
03344 Transparent front plate, 9 modules A-70, A-74 W = 400 mm
03345 Transparent front plate, 12 modules A-74 03491 Mounting plate for horiz. NS1600 source A-57
03352 Transparent front plate, 4 modules A-74 changeover with rotary handle
W = 250 mm 03500 Mounting plate for NW08-32, all types A-5, A-6, A-7,
03353 Transparent front plate, 6 modules A-74 A-9, A-50,
W = 250 mm A-51, A-52,
A-53
03354 Transparent front plate, 9 modules A-74
W = 250 mm 03501 Mounting plate for NS3200-INS2500 A-15, A-43
03401 Modular device rail A-46, A-47, 03502 Mounting plate for vertical EZC100, 1P A-42
A-68, A-73, 03504 Mounting plate for EZC250 A-42
A-77, D-10, 03508 Mounting plate for two, 3-phase meters, A-69
D-11 6 modules, Prisma P
03402 Adjustable modular device rail A-47, A-68, 03534 Mounting plate for horiz. INF200-250 A-65
A-77, B-50 03535 Mounting plate for horizontal INF400 A-65
03404 Adjustable modular device rail, A-46, A-47 03536 Mounting plate for horiz. INF630-800 A-65
W = 400 mm
03537 Mounting plate for vertical INF200-800 A-65
03411 Mounting plate for horizontal fixed A-23, A-38
03540 Mounting plate for NF32-40 A-65
NSX250 with toggle, 3P
03541 Mounting plate for INF63-160 A-65
03412 Mounting plate for horizontal fixed A-23, A-38,
NSX-INS-INV250 with toggle, 4P A-44 03545 Busbar mounting plate for ISFL160, A-63
100 mm between centres
03413 Mounting plate for horiz. fixed or plug-in A-24, A-29,
NSX250 rot. handle-mot. mechanism, 3P A-30, A-39 03546 Busbar mounting plate for ISFL630, A-63
185 mm between centres
03414 Mounting plate for horiz. fixed or plug-in A-24, A-29,
NSX250 rot. handle-mot. mechanism, 4P A-30, A-39 03553 Mounting plate for ISFT100N A-64
03415 Mounting plate for horizontal A-35 03554 Mounting plate for ISFT100 A-64
withdrawable NSX250, 3P or 4P 03555 Mounting plate for ISFT 100N/160, A-64
03417 Mounting plate for horizontal NSX250 A-50, A-51, busbar mounting
source changeover with motor A-52, A-53, 03556 Mounting plate for ISFT160 A-64
mechanism A-54, A-55, 03557 Mounting plate for ISFT250-630 A-64
A-56, A-59
03561 Canalis support A-6, A-11,
03420 Mounting plate for vertical fixed A-25, A-40, A-17
NSX-INS-INV250 with toggle A-44
03569 Plain backplate, 36 mod. 660 mm wide A-76
03421 Mounting plate for vertical withdrawable A-27, A-33, 03570 Plain backplate, 36 mod. 510 mm wide A-76
or plug-in NSX250 A-36
03571 Slotted mounting plate, 4 modules A-68, A-73,
03422 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NSX250 A-31, A-41 A-77
03423 Mounting plate for vertical plug-in A-27 03572 Slotted mounting plate, 6 modules A-68, A-73,
NSX250 and Vigi, with toggle A-77
03428 Mounting plate for vertical NSX-INS250 A-58, A-60, 03574 Slotted mounting plate, 12 modules A-77
source changeover with rotary handle A-61
03580 Angle brackets (4) + screws A-75
NSX630 with toggle, 3P A-42 03581 Universal angle brackets (2) A-75, A-77,
B-50
NSX-INS-INV630 with toggle, 4P A-42, A-44 03582 Universal inserts (6), Prisma P A-75
03453 Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630, A-24, A-29, 03583 Universal angle brackets (6) A-75, B-60
3P A-30, A-39 03584 Lateral cross-members (2), W = 400 mm, A-8, A-79,
03454 Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630, A-24, A-29, for D = 400 mm B-50
4P A-30, A-39 03586 Lateral cross-members (2), W = 200 mm, A-8, A-79
03457 Mounting plate for horizontal NSX630 A-59 for D = 600 mm
source changeover with motor 03587 Longitudinal cross-members (2), A-79
mechanism W = 650 mm
03458 Mounting plate for horizontal NSX- A-58, A-60, 03590 Rear modular device rail, W = 650 mm A-77
INS630 source changeover with rotary A-61 03593 Slide rails (2) + angle brackets A-76
handle 03595 Adapter, W = 500 mm, Prisma G A-70, A-76,
03461 Mounting plate for vertical NSX-INS- A-26, A-28, B-23
INV630 A-32, A-34, 03596 Adapter, W = 250 mm, Prisma G A-37, A-76
A-36, A-40,
A-41, A-42, 03604 Front plate for horizontal NSX250, 3P A-23, A-24,
A-44 A-29, A-30,
A-39
03462 Mounting plate for horizontal A-35
withdrawable NSX630, 3P or 4P 03606 Front plate for horiz. NSX250, 4P A-23, A-24,
A-29, A-30,
03480 Mounting plate for horizontal fixed A-18 A-39
NS1600 with toggle or rotary handle, 4P
03611 Front plate for horiz. NS250, with toggle, A-38
03482 Mounting plate for vertical fixed NS1600 A-16, A-17 3P
17


03612 Front plate for horiz. NS250, with toggle, A-38 03728 Front plate for vertical INF200-800 A-65
4P 03729 Front plate for horizontal INF400 A-65
03616 Front plate for horiz. NSX250 source A-59 03730 Front plate for horizontal INF630-800 A-65
changeover with motor mechanism
03735 Font cover for ISFL, IP20, 185 mm A-63
03617 Front plate for horiz. INS-INV250 A-44 between centres, W = 650 mm
03618 Front plate for horiz. withdrawable A-35 03736 Front plate for ISFL160, 185 mm between A-63
NSX250 centres, W = 650 mm
03620 Front plate for vertical INS-INV250 A-44 03740 Blanking plate for ISFL160 A-63
03643 Front plate for horiz. NSX630, 3P A-23, A-24, 03741 Blanking plate for ISFL630 A-63
A-29, A-30, 03801 Plain front plate, 1 module A-10, A-25,
A-39 A-26, A-27,
03644 Front plate for horiz. NSX630, 4P A-23, A-24, A-28, A-31,
A-29, A-30, A-32, A-33,
A-39 A-34, A-36,
03651 Front plate for horiz. NS630, with toggle, A-38, A-42 A-44, A-55,
3P A-65, A-68,
03652 Front plate for horiz. NS630, with toggle, A-38, A-42 A-74
4P 03802 Plain front plate, 2 modules A-7, A-9,
03656 Front plate for horiz. NSX630 source A-59 A-10, A-15,
changeover with motor mechanism A-16, A-25,
A-26, A-27,
03657 Front plate for horiz. withdrawable A-35 A-28, A-31,
NSX630 A-32, A-33,
03658 Front plate for horiz. INS-INV630 A-44 A-34, A-36,
03659 Front plate for horiz. NSX-INS630 source A-58, A-60 A-40, A-41,
changeover with rotary handle A-42, A-54,
03661 Front plate for horizontal INS630 A-61 A-56, A-58,
complete source changeover assembly A-60, A-61,
A-64, A-65,
03663 Front plate for vertical NSX630 A-26, A-28,
A-74
A-32, A-34,
A-36 03803 Plain front plate, 3 modules A-6, A-7,
A-10, A-11,
03666 Front plate for vertical NSX630 Vigi A-26, A-28,
A-16, A-17,
A-32, A-34,
A-26, A-28,
A-36
A-32, A-34,
03671 Front plate for UA or BA A-50, A-51, A-36, A-43,
A-52, A-53, A-54, A-55,
A-54, A-55, A-56, A-58,
A-56, A-59 A-65, A-68,
03687 Front plate for horizontal fixed NS1600 A-18 A-74, B-50
with toggle or rotary handle, 4P 03804 Plain front plate, 4 modules A-5, A-6, A-9,
03690 Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600 A-16, A-17 A-10, A-11,
03691 Front plate for withdrawable NS1600-NT A-10, A-11, A-15, A-16,
A-16, A-17, A-17, A-43,
A-54, A-55, A-50, A-52,
A-56 A-54, A-56,
A-68, A-73,
03692 Front plate for vertical fixed NT A-10, A-11,
A-74, D-10
A-54, A-55,
A-56 03805 Plain front plate, 5 modules A-5, A-6, A-9,
A-11, A-17,
03695 Front plate for horizontal NS1600 source A-57
A-50, A-51,
changeover with rotary handle
A-52, A-68,
03697 Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P A-19 A-74, B-50,
or 4P, W = 400 mm D-10
03698 Front plate for vertical fixed NT, 3P, A-12 03806 Plain front plate, 6 modules A-9, A-11,
W = 400 mm A-15, A-17,
03699 Front plate for withdrawable NS1600-NT, A-12, A-19 A-50, A-51,
3P, W = 400 mm A-52, A-53,
03701 Front plate for vertical fixed NS1600, with A-16, A-17 A-68, A-69,
motor mechanism A-70, A-73,
A-74, B-50
03709 Dedicated front plate NW CSP 1/3 A-9
03807 Plain front plate, 9 modules A-70, A-74
03710 Front plate for withdrawable NW A-5, A-6, A-7,
A-9, A-50, 03808 Plain front plate, 12 modules A-7, A-74
A-51, A-52, 03811 Plain front plate, 1 module W = 250 mm A-47, A-74
A-53 03812 Plain front plate, 2 modules W = 250 mm A-74
03711 Front plate for fixed NW A-5, A-6, A-7, 03813 Plain front plate, 3 modules W = 250 mm A-74
A-50, A-51,
03814 Plain front plate, 4 modules W = 250 mm A-37, A-74
A-52, A-53
03815 Plain front plate, 5 modules W = 250 mm A-74
03713 Front plate for INS1600, 3P A-43
03714 Front plate for INS1600, 4P A-43
03715 Front plate for INS2500, 3P or 4P A-43
03890 Plastron pour ventilateur ou grille C-23
03716 Front plate for NS3200 A-15
03891 Ventilated front plate, IP30, 1 module C-23
03722 Hinged front plate, 13 modules, A-12, A-19
W = 400 mm 03895 Ventilated front plate, IP30, 3 modules C-23
03723 Hinged front plate for human-switchboard A-12, A-19 03900 Plain mounting plate for 72 x 72 mm A-12, A-19,
interface (HSI), 13 modules, W = 400 mm meter A-72
03727 Front plate for horizontal INF200-250 A-65 03901 Plain mounting plate for 96 x 96 mm A-12, A-19,
meter A-72
18


03902 Mounting plate with cut-out for A-12, A-19, 04052 Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar block B-26
72 x 72 mm meter A-72 160A 52 holes
03903 Mounting plate with cut-out for A-12, A-19, 04053 Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar block B-26
96 x 96 mm meter A-72, D-10 250A 52 holes
03904 Front plate with cut-outs for meter A-71, A-72 04054 Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar block B-26
mounting plates 400A 52 holes
03907 Blanking plate for 72 x 72 mm opening A-72 04055 Linergy BS 4P multistage busbar block B-26
03908 Blanking plate for 96 x 96 mm opening A-72 630A 52 holes
03910 Front plate with cut-outs for 72 x 72 mm A-71, A-72 04060 Power supply block for horiz. NSX250 B-23
meters 04061 Universal power supply block, 250 A B-23
03911 Front plate with cut-outs for 96 x 96 mm A-71, A-72, 04062 Connection between vert. NSX-INS250 B-23
meters A-73, D-10 and universal power supply block
03912 Front plate with cut-outs for 1 meter, A-71, A-72 04064 Connection between vert. NSX-INS250 B-23
144 x 144 mm + 4 meters, 72 x 72 mm in duct and universal power supply block
03913 Front plate for 1 device, 96 x 96 mm A-71, A-72, 04070 Power supply block for horiz. NSX400 B-23
D-10 04071 Power supply block for horiz. NSX630 B-23
03914 Front plate for 22 mm diameter lamps A-71, A-72 04073 Connection between vert. NSX-INS630 B-23
and pushbuttons in duct and universal power supply block
03916 Front plate for DMB 300 A-73 04074 Universal power supply block, 400-630 A B-23
03917 Front plate for DMC 300 A-73 04103 Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
03918 Front plate for Powerlogic CM3000-4000 A-73 125 A W450
03928 Visor for human-switchboard interface A-71, A-72 04104 Linergy BW 4P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
(HSI) 125 A W450
03930 Mount. plate for Vigilohm XM200-300C A-73 04107 Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
03931 Mount. plate for Vigilohm XML308-316 A-73 125 A W750
03932 Front plate for Vigilohm XM200-300C A-73 04108 Linergy BW 4P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
125 A W750
03933 Front plate for Vigilohm XML308-316 A-73
04111 Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
03934 Front plate for Vigilohm TR22A + A-73
160 A W1000
6 meters, 72 x 72 mm
03970 Door with cut-outs for power factor A-67
250 A W1000
correction equipment, W = 650 mm
03979 Mounting plate for horizontal VarplusCan A-67
400 A W1000
04000 04114 Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
04000 Linergy FM 4P distribution block 80 A B-36 630 A W1000
24 modules 44 holes 04116 Linergy BW 3P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
04021 Connection 4P Linergy BW insulated B-22, B-23, 250 A W1000
busbar /Linergy FM distribution block 4P B-37 04123 Linergy BW 4P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
200 A 400 A W1000
04024 Connection 4P Linergy BS multistage B-37 04124 Linergy BW 4P IPXXB insulated busbar B-22
busbar /Linergy FM distribution block 4P 630 A W1000
200 A
36 modules 81 holes
04029 Connections (4) Linergy BS rear busbar / B-37 250 A W1400
Linergy FM distribution block 4P 200 A
04030 Connections (4) NG160/Linergy FM B-37 400 A W1400
distribution block 4P 160A
04031 Linergy DX 1P distribution block 160A B-35 630 A W1400
4 modules 6 holes
04145 Connections (4), 125 A B-23
04033 Linergy DP 3P distribution block/ B-28
04146 Connections (4), 160 A B-23
Compact NSX/INS 250 A 27 holes
04147 Connection between busbar and modular B-23
04034 Linergy DP 4P distribution block/ B-28
device, 160 A
Compact NSX/INS 250A 36 holes
04148 Connection between busbar and Vigi B-23
04040 Linergy DX 4P 63 A (upstream B-34
modular device, 160 A
distribution)
04149 Connection between modular device and B-35
04041 Linergy DX 4P 63 A (downstream B-34
Linergy DX distribution block, 160 A
distribution)
04150 IPXXB connection covers (8)/lug with B-22
04045 Linergy DX 4P distribution block 125A B-35
cable 10-25² for Linergy BW insulated
6 modules 52 holes
busbar
04046 Linergy DX 4P distribution block for NG/ B-35
04151 Terminals (12) for cable 6/10² and 1X10² B-22
INS160 160A 6M 52 holes
for Linergy BW insulated busbar
04047 Connections (4) NG125/Linergy DX B-35
04152 Terminals (12) for cable 1x16² for Linergy B-22
distribution block 4P 125A
BW insulated busbar
19


04155 Addit. block 2X35² 3P Linergy DP 250A B-28 04406 Linergy FC distribution block for A-27, A-31,
04156 Additi. block 2X35² 4P Linergy DP 250 A B-28 Compact NSX250 4P fixed/plug- A-33, B-30
in+connection
04158 Screws (20) 8.8 class M6 x 12 Linergy BW B-22
insulated busbar 04407 Linergy FC distribution block for A-25, A-27,
Compact NSX250 3P fixed W/O A-31, A-33,
04161 Threaded bars (4) 160 A W1000 Linergy B-24, B-25
connection B-30
BS busbar
04408 Linergy FC distribution block for A-25, A-27,
04162 Threaded bars (4) 250 A W1000 for B-24, B-25
Compact NSX250 4P fixed W/O A-31, A-33,
Linergy BS busbar
connection A-44, B-30
04423 Connection for horizontal fixed NSX250 A-23
Linergy BS busbar
with toggle, 3P, 250 A
04424 Connection for horizontal fixed NSX250 A-23
Linergy BS busbar
with toggle, 4P, 250 A
04425 Connection transfer assembly for fixed A-23
Linergy BS busbar
04426 Connection transfer assembly for fixed A-23
Linergy BS busbar
04174 Threaded bars (4) 630 A W1400 for B-25
04427 Connection for horizontal NSX-INS- A-29, A-30,
Linergy BS busbar
INV250, 3P, 250 A A-35, A-44
04191 Linergy BS rear busbar support 400 A B-24
04428 Connection for horizontal NSX-INS- A-29, A-30,
04192 Linergy BS multistage busbar support B-25 INV250, 4P, 250 A A-35, A-44
630 A
04429 Connection transfer assembly, 250 A, 3P A-23, A-24,
04194 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M6 x 20 for 5 mm bar B-27 A-29, A-30,
04195 Screws (40) 8.8 class M6 x 16 for < 630 A B-27 A-35, A-38,
threaded bar A-39
04197 Barrier H1500 mm for Linergy BS 630 A B-25 04430 Connection transfer assembly, 250 A, 4P A-23, A-24,
multistage busbar A-29, A-30,
04198 Barrier H100 mm for Linergy BS 400 A B-24 A-35, A-38,
rear busbar A-39
04200 Earth bar with 1 terminal 35² and 40 B-48 04431 Connection for horizontal plug-in A-24, A-35
clamps W450 Linergy TB NSX250 with toggle, 3P, 250 A
04201 Direct earth bar 12 x 3 mm with 1 B-48 04432 Connection for horizontal plug-in A-24, A-35
terminal 35² W330 Linergy TB NSX250 with toggle, 4P, 250 A
04202 Earth bar (2) with 1 termibal 35² and 20 B-48 04453 Connection for horizontal fixed NSX630 A-23
clamps W200 Linergy TB with toggle, 3P, 630 A
04203 Auxiliary bus duct, 4P, W1755 Linergy MS B-47 04454 Connection for horizontal fixed NSX630 A-23
04205 Supports (2) for additional bar on B-48 with toggle, 4P, 630 A
modular rail 04455 Connection transfer assembly for fixed A-23
04210 Insulated spacers (2) for neutral bar B-48 NSX630 with toggle, 3P
Linergy TB 04456 Connection transfer assembly for fixed A-23
04214 Earth block (4) 12 x 4² quick connection B-48 NSX630 with toggle, 4P
Linergy TB 04459 Connection transfer assembly, 630 A, 3P A-23, A-24,
04215 Earth block (4) 3 x 16² quick connection B-48 A-29, A-30,
Linergy TB A-35, A-38,
A-39
04224 Raisers, Practic type (5) A-75
04460 Connection transfer assembly, 630 A, 4P A-23, A-24,
04226 Modular device rail, W = 1600 mm A-77, B-50 A-29, A-30,
04227 Rail and raisers modular A-47 A-35, A-38,
04228 Linergy MS auxiliaries terminal block AU B-47 A-39
10 IN/20 OUT 04461 Connection for horizontal plug-in A-24, A-35
04229 Voltage tap-offs for tab connectors, M10 B-19 NSX630 with toggle, 3P, 630 A
(20) 04462 Connection for horizontal plug-in A-24, A-35
04233 Trunking for door, W = 2000 mm A-78 NSX630 with toggle, 4P, 630 A
04234 Grommets for wiring through front (10) A-78 04473 Connection for horizontal fixed NS with A-18
04235 Flexible trunking for wiring to door A-78 toggle or rotary handle, 3P, 1000A
04239 Horizontal cable straps (12) A-78 04474 Connection for horizontal fixed NS with A-18
toggle or rotary handle, 4P, 1000A
04243 Covers for horizontal cable straps (4) A-78
04475 Connect. for vertical fixed NT, 3P, 1250 A A-10, A-11
04255 Horizontal trunking supports (12) A-78
04476 Connect. for vertical fixed NT, 4P, 1250 A A-10, A-11
04256 Adaptable support (10) for horiz. trunking A-78
04477 Connection for vertical withdrawable A-10, A-11,
04257 Horizontal trunking sections (4), A-78 NS1600-NT, 3P, 1250 A A-16, A-17
W = 450 mm, + supports
04478 Connection for vertical withdrawable A-10, A-11,
04262 Vertical cable straps (12) A-78 NS1600-NT, 4P, 1250 A A-16, A-17
04263 Covers (2) for vertical cable strap, A-78 04481 INS1600 3P connection, 1600 A A-43
W = 1000 mm
04482 INS1600 4P connection, 1600 A A-43
04267 Vertical trunking, W = 2000 mm A-78
04483 Connection transfer assembly for A-18
04403 Linergy FC distribution block for A-25, B-30 horizontal NS1600, 3P
Compact NSX250 3P toggle/
fixed+connection 04484 Connection transfer assembly for A-18
horizontal NS1600, 4P
04404 Linergy FC distribution block for A-25, A-44,
Compact NSX250 4P toggle/ B-30 04485 Connection for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P, A-16, A-17
fixed+connection 1250 A
04405 Linergy FC distribution block for A-27, A-31, 04486 Connection for vertical fixed NS1600, 4P, A-16, A-17
Compact NSX250 3P fixed/plug- A-33, B-30 1250 A
in+connection 04487 Connection for vertical fixed NS1600, 3P, A-16, A-17
1600 A
20


04488 Connection for vertical fixed NS1600, 4P, A-16, A-17 04636 Connection 1600 A 10 mm horizontal A-14, A-21,
1600 A busbar with Linergy LGY profile B-14, B-16,
04489 Connection for vertical fixed NT, 3P, A-10, A-11 B-17, B-18,
1600 A B-49
04490 Connection for vertical fixed NT, 4P, A-10, A-11 04637 Connection 3200 A 10 mm horizontal A-8, B-16
1600 A busbar with Linergy BS vertical flat bar
04491 Connection for vertical withdrawable A-10, A-11, 04638 Connection 4000 A 10 mm horizontal B-14
NS1600-NT, 3P, 1600 A A-16, A-17 busbar with Linergy BS vertical flat bar
04492 Connection for vertical withdrawable A-10, A-11, 04640 Joint for 50/60 mm bar/Linergy BS B-13
NS1600-NT, 4P, 1600 A A-16, A-17 horizontal busbar
04502 Linergy LGY vertical profile 630 A W1670 B-14, B-17, 04641 Joint for 80/100 mm bar/Linergy BS B-13
B-49 horizontal busbar
04503 Linergy LGY vertical profile 800 A W1670 B-14, B-17, 04642 Mounting hardware for joint > 80 mm A-8, B-14,
B-49 Linergy LGY B-16, B-17,
B-18
04504 Linergy LGY vertical profile 1000 A B-14, B-17
W1670 04643 Joint for 120 mm bar for Linergy BS B-13
horizontal busbar
04505 Linergy LGY vertical profile 1250 A B-14, B-17,
W1670 B-49 04645 Screws (20) for joint 2 x 10 mm B-16
Linergy BS horizontal/vertical busbar
04506 Linergy LGY vertical profile 1600 A B-14, B-17
W1670 04646 Spacers (12) 150 mm for Linergy LGYE B-12, B-15
profile
04512 PE vertical bar with holes 25 x 5 W1675 B-49
Linergy TB 04648 Connecting part, 120 mm B-16
04515 PE vertical bar with holes 50 x 5 W1675 B-49 04651 Linergy LGY lateral busbar support B-14
Linergy TB 04652 Linergy LGY rear busbar support B-17
04516 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 800 A 60 x 5 B-16, B-18 04653 Linergy BS rear vertical support for B-18
W1675 5/10 mm bar
04518 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 1000 A 80 x 5 B-16, B-18 04656 Linergy TB PEN installation kit with LGY B-49
W1675 vertical profile
04525 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 1200 A 50 x 10 B-16, B-18 04657 Linergy TB set of 3 flat bar supports for B-49
W1675 PE vertical installation
04526 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 1400 A 60 x 10 B-16, B-18 04658 Stops (12)/1600 A bottom support B-15
W1675 Linergy LGYE
04528 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 1800 A 80 x 10 B-16, B-18 04659 Stops (12)/4000 A bottom support B-15
W1675 Linergy LGYE
04536 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 800 A 60 x B-13 04661 Lateral fixed 5/10 mm busbar support B-15, B-16
5 W2000 Linergy LGYE/BS
04538 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 1000 A 80 B-13 04662 Free 5/10 mm busbar support Linergy A-5, A-6,
x 5 W2000 LGYE/BS A-10, A-11,
04545 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 50 x 10 B-13 A-14, A-15,
W2000 A-16, A-17,
A-21, A-43,
04546 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 60 x 10 B-13
B-12, B-13,
W2000
B-15, B-16,
04548 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 1800 A 80 B-13 B-18
x 10 W2000
04663 Bottom lateral vertical 5/10 mm busbar B-15, B-16
04550 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 100 x 10 B-13, B-16 support Linergy LGYE/BS
W2000
04664 Horizontal 5/10 mm busbar support B-12, B-13
04552 Horizontal flat bar Linergy BS 120 x 10 B-13, B-16 Linergy LGYE/BS
W2000
04665 Horizontal 10 mm busbar support D600 B-12, B-13
04560 Linergy LGYE profile 630 A W2000 B-12, B-15 Linergy BS
04561 Linergy LGYE profile 800 A W2000 B-12, B-15 04666 Bottom lateral 5/10 mm busbar support B-15, B-16
04562 Linergy LGYE profile 1000 A W2000 B-12, B-15 W300 Linergy LGYE/BS
04563 Linergy LGYE profile 1250 A W2000 B-12, B-15 04667 Horizontal PE flat bar supports Linergy A-75, B-49
04564 Linergy LGYE profile 1600 A W2000 B-12, B-15 TB (2)
04565 Linergy LGYE profile 2000 A W2000 B-12, B-15 04668 Vertical 10 mm busbar support D600 B-15, B-16
04566 Linergy LGYE profile 2500 A W2000 B-12, B-15 Linergy BS
04567 Linergy LGYE profile 3200 A W2000 B-12, B-15 04669 Metallic spacer (100) thickness 5 mm B-18
Linergy BS
04568 Linergy LGYE profile 4000 A W2000 B-12, B-15
04671 Support mounting hardware for bars > 80 B-12, B-13,
04602 Linergy LGYE vertical connection 1600 A B-14, B-17, mm Linergy LGYE/BS B-15, B-16
B-49
04672 Connection plates (2) for horizontal/ B-49
04603 Linergy LGYE vertical shifted connection B-14 vertical PE bars Linergy TB
1600 A
04673 Bottom lateral vertical 5/10 mm busbar B-15, B-16
04604 Linergy LGYE vert. short connect. 2500 A B-15 support D600 Linergy BS
04605 Linergy LGYE vertical long connection B-15 04678 Free 5/10 mm busbar support D600 A-5, A-6,
2500 A Linergy BS B-12, B-13,
04607 Linergy LGYE vertical connection 4000 A B-15 B-15, B-16
04620 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint 1600 A B-12 04690 Flange for flat bars A-8
04621 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint 2500 A B-12 04691 Spacing rods for edgewise bars A-10, A-13,
04623 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint 4000 A B-12 A-16, A-20
04624 Linergy LGYE isolating screen neutral B-12 04692 Flange for flat bars, W = 400 mm A-14, A-21
04634 Connection 1000 A 5 mm horizontal B-14 04693 Connection support, 70 mm between A-10, A-11,
busbar with Linergy LGY profile centres A-16, A-17
04635 Connection 1600 A 5 mm horizontal B-14, B-17, 04694 connection support, 115 mm between A-5, A-6, A-7,
busbar with Linergy LGY profile B-18 centres A-15, A-43
21


04703 Canalis interface, 1600 A, 3P A-11, A-17 04901 Form 3 horizontal partition B-60
04704 Canalis interface, 1600 A, 4P A-11, A-17 04911 Inter-cubicle partition, D = 400 mm B-63
04711 Canalis connection for front-connected A-11, A-17 04915 Plain barrier for horizontal busbars, B-58
NS-NT, 3P W = 400 mm, D = 400 mm
04712 Canalis connection for front-connected A-11, A-17 04919 Plain barrier for horizontal busbars, B-58
NS-NT, 4P W = 800 mm, D = 400 mm
04713 Canalis connection for rear-connected A-11, A-17 04920 Form 2 front barrier for lateral vertical B-58
NS-NT, 3P busbars, W = 300 mm
04714 Canalis connection for rear-connected A-11, A-17 04921 Form 2 front barrier for lateral vertical B-58
NS-NT, 4P busbars
04715 Canalis connection 1600 A NW 3P A-6 04922 Form 2 side barrier for lateral vertical B-58
04716 Canalis connection 1600 A NW 4P A-6 busbars
04725 Canalis connection 2500 A NW 3P A-6 04924 Form 2 restoration kit for side barrier B-58
cut-out
04726 Canalis connection 2500 A NW 4P A-6
04926 Cover for connection to vertical device A-5, A-6,
04735 Canalis connection 3200 A NW 3P A-6
> 800 A, W = 650 mm A-10, A-11,
04736 Canalis connection 3200 A NW 4P A-6 A-15, A-16,
04742 Insulated flexible bar 20 x 2 W1800 B-32 A-17, A-43,
04743 Insulated flexible bar 20 x 3 W1800 B-32 B-56
04746 Insulated flexible bar 24 x 5 W1800 B-32 04927 Additional cover for connection, A-5, A-6,
04751 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 5 W1800 B-32 W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm A-15, B-56
04752 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 6 W1800 B-32 04931 Inter-cubicle partition, D = 600 mm B-63
04753 Insulated flexible bar 32 x 8 W1800 B-32 04943 Rear support for Form 3 partition B-60
04759 Torque nuts, M8 (20) B-19 04946 Form 4 backplate for front connection, B-62
D = 600 mm
04766 M8 Linergy LGY bolts (20) for cable lugs/ B-19, B-49
flexible bar W = 25 mm 04951 Form 4 gland plate, 3 or 4 modules B-62
04767 M8 Linergy LGY bolts (20) for copper bar B-19 04952 Form 4 gland plate, 5 or 6 modules B-62
W = 39 mm 04953 Form 4 cover for connection transfer B-62
04768 Flat plates with 2 studs (set of 12) B-19 assembly, 3 to 5 modules
+ 24 torque nuts + 24 contact washers 04954 Form 4 cover for connection transfer B-62
04769 Flat plates with 3 studs (set of 8) + 24 B-19 assembly, 4 to 6 modules
torque nuts + 24 contact washers 04955 Form 3 vertical partition for rear B-60
04772 M8/diameter 20 mm flat washers (20) for B-19 connection, 3 or 4 modules
flexible bar Linergy LGY 04956 Form 3 vertical partition for rear B-60
04773 M8/diameter 24 mm flat washers (20) for B-19 connection, 5 or 6 modules
flexible bar Linergy LGY 04963 Partition for horizontal busbars, 4000 A, B-58
04774 M8/diameter 28 mm flat washers (20) for B-19 W = 300 mm, D = 600 mm
flexible bar Linergy LGY 04964 Partition for horizontal busbars, 4000 A, B-58
04775 M8/diameter 20 mm flat washers (20) for B-19 W = 400 mm, D = 600 mm
lugs < 25² Linergy LGY 04966 Partition for horizontal busbars, 4000 A, B-58
04782 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 20 /Linergy BS B-19 W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm
04783 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 25 /Linergy BS B-19 04968 Partition for horizontal busbars, 4000 A, B-58
W = 800 mm, D = 600 mm
04784 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 30 /Linergy BS B-19
04973 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04786 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 40 /Linergy BS B-19 04974 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04788 Bolts (20) 8.8 class M8 x 50 /Linergy BS B-19 04976 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04794 Phase markers (set of 12) for Linergy B-19 W = 650 mm, D = 400 mm
LGY/LGYE profile 04978 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04809 Tooth-caps, 4P, for Linergy FC A-25, A-27, W = 800 mm, D = 400 mm
distribution block for Compact NSX250 A-31, A-33, 04983 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
A-44, B-31 W = 300 mm, D = 600 mm
04842 Connection cover for horiz. fixed NS1600 A-18 04984 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04844 Rear connection cover for horizontal A-18 W = 400 mm, D = 600 mm
fixed NS1600 04986 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04851 Front connection cover for vertical fixed A-16, A-17, W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm
NS1600 B-56 04988 Form 2 cover for horizontal busbars, B-58
04852 Front connection cover for vertical A-10, A-11, W = 800 mm, D = 600 mm
NS1600-NT A-16, A-17, 07000
B-56
07051 Cable connectors (4) 1P 160 A 70 mm² B-27
04853 Rear connection cover for vertical fixed A-16, A-17, for rear busbar Linergy BS
NS1600 B-56
04854 Rear connection cover for vertical A-10, A-11, for rear busbar Linergy BS
NS1600-NT A-17, B-56
04855 Cover for vertical NS1600-NT, 3P, A-14, A-21 for rear busbar Linergy BS
W = 400 mm
04860 Busbar cover for NW or ISFL, A-8, A-63 08000
W = 650 mm 08403 Framework, W = 300 mm, D = 400 mm C-11
04861 Front connection cover for NW A-5, A-6, A-7, 08404 Framework, W = 400 mm, D = 400 mm C-11
A-9, B-56 08406 Framework, W = 650 mm, D = 400 mm C-11
04863 Rear connection cover for NW A-5, A-6, 08407 Framework, W = 650 + 150 mm, C-11
B-56 D = 400 mm
04871 Canalis cover A-6, A-11, 08408 Framework, W = 800 mm, D = 400 mm C-11
A-17, B-56
22


08433 IP30 plain roof, W = 300 mm, C-14 08608 Framework, W = 800 mm, D = 600 mm C-11
D = 400 mm 08633 IP30 plain roof, W = 300 mm, C-14
08434 IP30 plain roof, W = 400 mm, C-14 D = 600 mm
08476 IP30 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, C-25 D = 600 mm
D = 400 mm 08676 IP30 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, C-25
08478 IP54 ventilated roof, W = 650 mm, A-67, C-25 D = 600 mm
D = 400 mm 08678 IP54 ventilated roof, W = 800 mm, A-67, C-25
08483 Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 300 mm, C-17 D = 600 mm
D = 400 mm 08683 Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 300 mm, C-17
08487 Plain gland plate, IP55, C-17 D = 600 mm
W = 650 + 150 mm, D = 400 mm 08687 Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 650 + C-17
08488 Plain gland plate, IP55, W = 800 mm, C-17 150 mm, D = 600 mm
08493 Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 300 mm, C-17 D = 600 mm
D = 400 mm 08693 Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 300 mm, C-17
08497 Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 650 + C-17 D = 600 mm
150 mm, D = 400 mm 08697 Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 650 + C-17
08498 Two-part gland plate, IP30, W = 800 mm, C-17 150 mm, D = 600 mm
08513 IP30 plain door, W = 300 mm C-13 D = 600 mm
08514 IP30 plain door, W = 400 mm C-13 08700 Lifting rings (4) C-19
08516 IP30 plain door, W = 650 mm C-13 08701 Stabiliser kit C-19
08518 IP30 plain door, W = 800 mm C-13 08702 Levelling kit C-19
08523 Plain door, IP55, W = 300 mm C-15 08703 False floor fixing kit C-19
08524 Plain door, IP55, W = 400 mm C-15 08704 Floor or wall fixing kit C-19
08526 Plain door, IP55, W = 650 mm C-15 08705 Handling plinth, W = 1200 -> 1900 mm C-18, D-96
08528 Plain door, IP55, W = 800 mm C-15 08706 Handling plinth, W = 2000 -> 2550 mm C-18, D-96
08534 IP30 transparent door, W = 400 mm C-13 08707 Handling plinth, W = 2650 -> 3050 mm C-18, D-96
08536 IP30 transparent door, W = 650 mm C-13 08711 Sealing kit, IP31 C-14
08538 IP30 transparent door, W = 800 mm C-13 08712 Sealing kit, IP40 C-18
08544 Transparent door, IP55, W = 400 mm C-15 08713 Right-angle kit, IP30 C-18
08546 Transparent door, IP55, W = 650 mm C-15 08714 Cubicle handling plinth end-pieces (2), C-18, D-96
08548 Transparent door, IP55, W = 800 mm C-15 D = 400 mm
08560 Front plate support frame kit, 10 modules A-9, C-11 08716 Cubicle handling plinth end-pieces (2), C-18, D-96
W = 650 mm D = 600 mm
08562 Front plate support frame, 12 Modules A-9, A-63, 08717 IP55 sealing kit for side-by-side C-12
W = 650 mm C-11 combinations
08564 Front plate support frame, W = 400 mm C-11 08718 Set of 10 screws + combination accessory C-12
08566 Front plate support frame, W = 650 mm C-11 08719 Double depth combination kit C-12
08574 IP30 cover frame, W = 400 mm C-13 08720 Side plates for plinth (2), D = 400 mm C-17
08576 IP30 cover frame, W = 650 mm C-13 08721 Side plates for plinth (2), D = 600 mm C-17
08578 IP30 cover frame, W = 800 mm C-13 08722 Lifting reinforcement kit C-18, D-96
08585 Front plate hinge kit (2) C-20 08723 Plinth, H = 100 mm, W = 300 mm, C-17
08593 IP30 door with cut-out for human- C-13 D = 400 mm
switchboard interface, W = 300 mm 08724 Plinth, H = 100 mm, W = 400 mm, C-17
08594 IP30 door with cut-out for human- C-13 D = 400 mm
switchboard interface, W = 400 mm 08726 Plinth, H = 100 mm, W = 650 mm, C-17
08603 Framework, W = 300 mm, D = 600 mm C-11 D = 400 mm
08604 Framework, W = 400 mm, D = 600 mm C-11 08728 Plinth, H = 100 mm, W = 800 mm, C-17
D = 400 mm
08606 Framework, W = 650 mm, D = 600 mm C-11
08733 IP30 rear panel, W = 300 mm C-13
08607 Framework, W = 650 + 150 mm, C-11
D = 600 mm 08734 IP30 rear panel, W = 400 mm C-13
23


08736 IP30 rear panel, W = 650 mm C-13 10388 Comb busbar 1P 63A 57 mod B-45
08738 IP30 rear panel, W = 800 mm C-13 10389 Comb busbar Domae 2P 63 A B-45
08743 IP55 rear panel, W = 300 mm C-15 W = 12 x 18 mm
08744 IP55 rear panel, W = 400 mm C-15 10390 Comb busbar 2P 63 A 56 modules B-45
08746 IP55 rear panel, W = 650 mm C-15 10391 Comb busbar 3P 63 A 12 modules B-45
08748 IP55 rear panel, W = 800 mm A-67, C-15 10392 Comb busbar 3P 63 A 57 modules B-45
08749 IP55 rear panel, W = 400 mm A-67 10393 Comb busbar Domae 4P 63 A B-45
W = 12 x 18 mm
08750 IP30 side panels (2), W = 400 mm C-14
10394 Comb busbar 4P 63 A 56 modules B-45
10395 Comb busbar 4P 63A 54 modules B-45
08756 IP55 combination side panels (2), C-16
W = 400 mm 10396 Tooth caps (set of 10) B-45
08760 IP30 side panels (2), W = 600 mm C-14 10397 Insulated connector for comb busbar B-45
35 mm² 63 A (set of 4)
10398 Side plate for comb busbar 2P (set of 10) B-45
08773 Cable tie supports (4), W = 300 mm A-79
10399 End cover for comb busbar 3P (set of 10) B-45
08774 Cable tie supports (4), W = 400 mm A-13, A-20,
A-79 10405 Side plate for comb busbar (set of 10) B-43
08776 Cable tie supports (4), W = 650 mm A-79 10545 Comb busbar 12 mod. C60 Clario left B-43
08778 Cable tie supports (4), W = 800 mm A-79 10546 Comb busbar 48 mod. C60 Clario left B-43
08783 Form C cable-tie support, W = 1600 mm A-79 10547 Comb busbar 48 mod. C60 Clario right B-43
08794 Cable tie supports (4), D = 400 mm A-13, A-20, 13000
A-79 13735 Self-adhesive label sheets for common C-20
08796 Cable tie supports (4), D = 600 mm A-13, A-20, symbols (10)
A-79 13736 Self-adhesive label sheets for special C-20
08900 Switchboard identification plate C-20 symbols (10)
08903 Adhesive label holders (12) H = 24 mm, C-20 14000
W = 432 mm
14811 Comb busbar (W = 430 mm, 16 poles) B-40
08904 Adhesive label holders (12) H = 36 mm, C-20 1P
W = 432 mm
W = 180 mm
W = 180 mm
08910 Earthing braid, 6 mm² C-21 4P
08911 Earthing wire, 6 mm² A-69, C-21 14818 Tooth caps (set of 20) B-40
08913 Clip-on labels (12), 18 x 35 mm C-20 14885 Insulated connectors for 25 mm² cables B-40
08914 Engraving plates (12), 18 x 35 mm C-20 (4)
08915 Clip-on labels (12), 18 x 72 mm C-20 19000
08916 Engraving plates (12), 18 x 72 mm C-20 19512 Comb busbar - 1 pole + N - 80 A B-43
08917 Clip-on labels (12), 25 x 85 mm C-20 18 modules
08918 Engraving plates (12), 25 x 85 mm C-20 19516 Comb busbar Librio - 1 pole + N - 80 A B-43
08921 Screws (20) + wing nuts for framework C-12 L = 18 x 18 mm
08931 Standard handle, RAL 7016, Prisma P C-21 21000
08932 EURO handle without insert C-21 21089 Comb busbar for DPN - 2P - 96 mod B-43
08933 Handle without insert, ASSA-ABLOY C-21 (9 mm)
08938 Handle padlocking kit C-21 21093 Comb busbar for DPN - 3P - 96 mod B-43
08940 Barrel lock no. 405 C-21 (9 mm)
08941 Barrel lock no. 455 C-21 21094 Lateral tooth-caps - 2P B-43
08942 Barrel lock no. 1242 E C-21 21095 Lateral tooth-caps - 3P B-43
08943 Barrel lock no. 3113 A C-21 21096 Tooth-caps (12) B-43
08944 Barrel lock no. 2433 A C-21 21098 Insulated connectors (4) B-43
08945 DIN double bar insert C-21 21501 Comb busbar PH and N 12 poles B-43
08946 Screwdriver slot insert C-21 21503 Comb busbar PH and N 24 poles B-43
08947 Triangle insert, 6.5 mm male C-21 21505 Comb busbar 3P and N 12 poles B-43
08948 Triangle insert, 7 mm male C-21 21507 Comb busbar 3P and N 24 poles B-43
08949 Triangle insert, 8 mm male C-21 31000
08950 Triangle insert, 9 mm male C-21 31073 Mechanical interlocking INS-INV250 A-60
08951 Square insert, 6 mm male C-21 31074 Mechanical interlocking INS-INV320/630 A-60
08952 Square insert, 7 mm male C-21 31140 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
08953 Square insert, 8 mm male C-21 - 100 A - 3P
08955 Square insert, 6 mm female C-21 31141 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
- 100 A - 4P
08956 Barrel lock no. 2432E C-21
31142 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
08961 Touch-up paint brush C-20
- 200 A - 3P
08963 Adhesive drawing holder C-20
31143 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
08964 Switchboard lighting A-80 - 200 A - 4P
08965 Switchboard portable lamp A-80 31144 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
08986 Roof fan C-25 - 160 A - 3P
10000 31145 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
- 160 A - 4P
10387 Comb busbar Domae 1P 63 A B-45
W = 12 x 18 mm 31146 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61
- 250 A - 3P
24


31147 Source changeover assembly INS250 A-61 A9N21037 Comb busbar 1P + N + Vigi 63 A ,56 B-44
- 250 A - 4 P modules
31148 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9N21038 Comb busbar 3P + N + Vigi repart 63 A, B-44
INS320/630 - 320 A - 3P 56 modules
31149 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9N21039 End Caps 1P + N (set of 20) B-44
INS320/630 - 320 A - 4P A9N21040 End Caps 3P + N (set of 20) B-44
31150 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9N21041 Phase connectors 63 A (set of 10) B-44
INS320/630 - 400 A - 3P
A9N21042 Neutral connectors 63 A (set of 10) B-44
31151 Source changeover assembly A-61
A9N21050 Tooth caps (set of 10) B-44
INS320/630 - 400 A - 4P
A9XAH157 Comb busbar aux. 1P 100 A, 57 modules B-41
31152 Source changeover assembly A-61
INS320/630 - 500 A - 3P A9XAH257 Comb busbar aux. 2P 100 A, 57 modules B-41
31153 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9XAH357 Comb busbar aux. 3P 100 A, 57 modules B-41
INS320/630 - 500 A - 4P A9XAH457 Comb busbar aux. 4P 100 A, 57 modules B-41
31154 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9XAH557 Comb busbar aux. 4P repart. 100 A, 57 B-41
INS320/630 - 630 A - 3P modules
31155 Source changeover assembly A-61 A9XAH657 Comb busbar aux. 3P repart 100 A, 57 B-41
INS320/630 - 630 A -4 P modules
31301 Vertical connection adaptors INS- A-43 A9XPCD04 Connect. 100 A double terminal (set of 4) B-41, B-42
INV630b/1600, 3P A9XPCM04 Connect. 100 A monoconnect (set of 10) B-41, B-42
31302 Vertical connection adaptors INS- A-43 A9XPE110 Side plates 1P (set of 10) B-41
INV630b/1600, 4P A9XPE210 Side plates 2P (set of 10) B-41
33000 A9XPE310 Side plates 3P (set of 10) B-41
33596 Arc chute screen NS630b/1600, 3P A-16, A-17, A9XPE410 Side plates 4P (set of 10) B-41
A-18, A-20 A9XPH106 Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 6 mod., 18 mm B-41
33597 Arc chute screen NS630b/1600, 4P A-16, A-17, A9XPH112 Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 12 mod., 18 mm B-41
33628 Long terminal shield, 3P A-57 A9XPH157 Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 57 mod., 18 mm B-41
33629 Long terminal shield, 4P A-57 A9XPH212 Comb busbar 2P 100 A, 12 mod., 18 mm B-41
33642 Vertical connection adapters, NT06/16, A-10, A-13, A9XPH224 Comb busbar 2P 100 A, 24 mod., 18 mm B-41
NS630b/1600, 3P A-16, A-20,
33643 Vertical-connection adapters, NT06/16, A-10, A-16, A9XPH312 Comb busbar 3P 100 A, 12 mod., 18 mm B-41
NS630b/1600, 4P A-20, A-54, A9XPH324 Comb busbar 3P 100 A, 24 mod., 18 mm B-41
A-56 A9XPH357 Comb busbar 3P 100 A, 57 mod., 18 mm B-41
33644 Cable lug adapters INS-INV630b/1600, A-10, A-13, A9XPH412 Comb busbar 4P 100 A, 12 mod., 18 mm B-41
3P A-16, A-20, A9XPH424 Comb busbar 4P 100 A, 24 mod., 18 mm B-41
A-43
A9XPH457 Comb busbar 4P 100 A, 57 mod., 18 mm B-41
33645 Cable lug adapters INS-INV630b/1600, A-10, A-16,
4P A-20, A-43 A9XPH512 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 12 mod. B-41
33890 Mechanical interlocking NS630b/1000, A-57 A9XPH518 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 18 mod. B-41
3-4P A9XPH524 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 24 mod. B-41
33975 Vertical connection adaptors A-15, A-43 A9XPH557 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 57 mod. B-41
NS1600b/3200, 3P A9XPM112 Comb busbar 1P 100 A, 12 mod. B-42
33976 Vertical connection adaptors A-15, A-43 A9XPM212 Comb busbar 2P 100 A, 12 mod. B-42
NS1600b/3200, 3P A9XPM312 Comb busbar 3P 100 A, 12 mod. B-42
47000 A9XPM412 Comb busbar 4P 100 A, 12 mod. B-42
47335 Arc chute screen NT06/16, 3P A-10, A-11, A9XPM512 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100 A, 12 mod. B-42
A-13 A9XPT920 Tooth caps (set of 20) B-41, B-42
47336 Arc chute screen NT06/16, 4P A-10, A-11
E
49000 EZATSHD3P Long terminal shield EZC100, 3P A-42
49860 Distribution connector 3 x 10 mm² (set of A-64 EZATSHD4P Long terminal shield EZC100, 4P A-42
3) - for ISFT100
EZETSHD3P Long terminal shield EZC250, 3P A-42
49861 Comb busbar to supply 2 devices - for A-64
EZETSHD3PN Long terminal shield EZC250, 3P A-42
ISFT100
EZETSHD4P Long terminal shield EZC250, 4P A-42
49862 Comb busbar to supply 3 devices - for A-64
ISFT100 EZETSHD4PN Long terminal shield EZC250, 4P A-42
49863 Comb busbar to supply 4 devices - for A-64 L
ISFT100 LGY112510 DS Distribution Block 1P 125 A, 10 holes B-38
49864 Insulated comb cover for free outgoer - A-64 LGY116013 DS Distribution Block 1P 160 A, 13 holes B-38
for ISFT100
LGY125014 DS Distribution Block 1P 250 A, 14 holes B-38
49865 Incoming connector (25 to 95 mm²) for A-64
LGY410028 DS Distribution Block 4P 100 A, B-38
comb busbars (set of 3)
4 x 7 holes
49869 Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT160-3P A-64
LGY412548 DS Distribution Block 4P 125 A, B-39
49872 Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT250-3P A-64 4 x 12 holes
49875 Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT400 A-64 LGY412560 DS Distribution Block 4P 125 A, B-39
49876 Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT630 A-64 4 x 15 holes
49880 Short terminal shield Fupact ISFT160 A-64 LGY416048 DS Distribution Block 4P 160 A, B-39
49890 Comb busbar coupler to supply 5 devices A-64 4 x 12 holes
(joins 2-device + 3-device comb) LGYN1007 Additional neutral bar for screw B-39
distribution block - 100 A - 7 connections
A
LGYN12512 Additional neutral bar for screw B-39
A9N21035 Comb busbar 1P + N 63 A, 56 modules B-44
distribution block - 125 A - 12
A9N21036 Comb busbar 3P + N repart 63 A, B-44 connections
56 modules
25


LGYN12515 Additional neutral bar for screw B-39 LV429527 Escutcheon collar Vigi CVS400/630 A-39
distribution block - 125 A - 15 LV432475 Short rear connections NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
connections Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, A-26, A-28,
LV429235 Short rear connections NSX100/250, A-23, A-24, Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
Vigi NSX100/250, 3-4P A-25, A-27, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-32, A-34,
A-29, A-30, A-35, A-36,
A-31, A-33, A-37, A-38,
A-35, A-36, A-39, A-40,
A-37, A-38, A-41, A-44
A-39, A-40, LV432476 Long rear connections NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
A-41, A-44 Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, A-26, A-28,
LV429236 Long rear connections NSX100/250, A-23, A-24, Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
Vigi NSX100/250, 3-4P A-25, A-27, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-32, A-34,
A-29, A-30, A-35, A-36,
A-31, A-33, A-37, A-38,
A-35, A-36, A-39, A-40,
A-37, A-38, A-41, A-44
A-39, A-40, LV432516 Short terminal shields INS-INV250 A-44
A-41, A-44
LV432534 Escutcheon collar NSX400/630, Vigi A-35, A-36,
LV429284 Escutcheon collar NSX100/630 A-35, A-36 NSX400/630 A-37
LV429285 Escutcheon collar NSX100/630, A-29, A-30, LV432584 Connection adapter for plug-in base A-24, A-28,
CVS100/250 A-31, A-32, NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, 3P A-30, A-34,
A-33, A-34, A-35, A-36,
A-35, A-36, A-37
A-39, A-41
LV432585 Connection adapter for plug-in base A-24, A-28,
LV429286 Locking kit NSX100/630 A-35 NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630, 4P A-30, A-34,
LV429306 Connection adapter for plug-in base A-24, A-27, A-35, A-36,
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 3P A-30, A-33, A-37
A-35, A-36, LV432591 Short terminal shields, 3P, NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
A-37 Vigi NSX400/630, A-26, A-28,
LV429307 Connection adapter for plug-in base A-24, A-27, Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 4P A-30, A-33, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-32, A-34,
A-35, A-36, A-35, A-36,
A-37 A-37, A-38,
LV429316 IP40 escutcheon for Vigi module A-31, A-32, A-39, A-40,
NSX100/250 A-33, A-34 A-41, A-58,
A-59
LV429358 Couplage inverseurs de source A-58, A-59
NSX100/250 - 3P LV432592 Short terminal shields, 4P, NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, A-26, A-28,
LV429359 Couplage inverseurs de source A-58, A-59,
Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
NSX100/250 4 P, INS-INV250 3/4P A-60, A-61
Easypact Vigi CVS400/630 A-32, A-34,
LV429369 Mechanical interlocking for source A-58 A-35, A-36,
changeover system NSX100/250 A-37, A-38,
LV429515 Short terminal shield NSX100/250 3P A-23, A-24, A-39, A-40,
A-25, A-27, A-41, A-44,
A-29, A-30, A-58, A-59
A-31, A-33, LV432593 Long terminal shields, 3P, NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
A-35, A-36, Vigi NSX400/630, A-26, A-28,
A-37, A-38, Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
A-39, A-40, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630, A-32, A-34,
A-41, A-58, Easypact EZC400/630 A-35, A-36,
A-59 A-37, A-38,
LV429516 Short terminal shield NSX100/250 4P A-23, A-24, A-39, A-40,
A-25, A-27, A-41, A-42,
A-29, A-30, A-58, A-59
A-31, A-33, LV432594 Long terminal shields, 4P, NSX400/630, A-23, A-24,
A-35, A-36, Vigi NSX400/630, INS-INV320/630, A-26, A-28,
A-37, A-38, Easypact CVS400/630, A-29, A-30,
A-39, A-40, Easypact Vigi CVS400/630, A-32, A-34,
A-41, A-58, Easypact EZC400/630 A-35, A-36,
A-59 A-37, A-38,
LV429517 Long terminal shield NSX100/250 3P A-23, A-24, A-39, A-40,
A-25, A-27, A-41, A-42,
A-29, A-30, A-44, A-58,
A-31, A-33, A-59, A-60,
A-35, A-36, A-61
A-37, A-38, LV432595 Long terminal shield for spreaders,, 3P, A-58, A-59
A-39, A-40, NSX400/630
A-41, A-58,
LV432596 Long terminal shield for spreaders,, 4P, A-58, A-59
A-59
NSX400/630
LV429518 Long terminal shield NSX100/250 4P, A-23, A-24,
LV432619 Downstream coupling accessories, 3P, A-58, A-59
INS-INV250 3/4 P A-25, A-27,
NSX400/630
A-29, A-30,
A-31, A-33, LV432620 Downstream coupling accessories, A-58, A-59,
A-35, A-36, NSX400/630 4P, INS-INV320/630 3/4P A-60, A-61
A-37, A-38, LV432621 Mechanical interlocking NSX400/630 A-58
A-39, A-40, LV480445 Long terminal shield Fupact INF100/160 A-65
A-41, A-44,
LV480550 Short terminal shield Fupact INF200 A-65
A-58, A-59,
A-60, A-61 LV480551 Long terminal shield Fupact INF200 A-65
LV480552 Short terminal shield Fupact INF250 A-65
26


LV480553 Long terminal shield Fupact INF250 A-65 R9XFH312 Comb busbar 3P 12 modules 63 A B-46
LV480554 Short terminal shield Fupact INF400 A-65 R9XFH318 Comb busbar 3P 18 modules 63 A B-46
LV480555 Long terminal shield Fupact INF400 A-65 R9XFH357 Comb busbar 3P 57 modules 63 A B-46
LV480556 Short terminal shield Fupact INF600/800 A-65 R9XFH412 Comb busbar 4P 12 modules 63 A B-46
LV480557 Long terminal shield Fupact INF600/800 A-65 R9XFH418 Comb busbar 4P 18 modules 63 A B-46
LV480756 Long terminal shield Fupact ISFT100N A-64 R9XFH457 Comb busbar 4P 57 modules 63 A B-46
LV480854 Conversion kit for direct connection to A-63 R9XFH518 Comb busbar balanced 4P 18 modules B-46
busbars Fupact ISFL160 63 A
LV480868 Sideframe door cut out Fupact A-63 R9XFH518G Comb busbar hog balanced 4P B-46
ISFL160/250/400/630 18 modules 63 A
LV480870 Length adaptor Fupact ISFL160 A-63 R9XFH557 Comb busbar balanced 4P 57 modules B-46
63 A
N
R9XT20 Tooth Caps (set of 20) B-46
NSYCAC228RMF Roof outlet grille cut-out A-67, C-25
NSYCAF92 Filter standard G2 M1 cut-out C-23
92 x 92 mm
125 x 125 mm
NSYCAF125T Fine filter G3 M1 cut-out 125 x 125 mm C-23
223 x 223 mm
NSYCAF228R Filter de rechange cut-out 228 x 228 mm A-67
NSYCAF291 Filter standard G2 M1 cut- C-23
out 291 x 291 mm
NSYCAG92LPF Outlet grille cut-out 92 x 92 mm C-23
NSYCAG291LPF Outlet grille cut-out 291 x 291 mm A-67, C-23
NSYCAP125LE Cover, IP55 cut-out 125 x 125 mm C-23
NSYCCASTE PTC external temperature sensor C-27
(double insulation)
NSYCCOHY230VID Electronical Hygrostat 230 V C-27
NSYCCOHYT230VID Hygrotherm 230 V C-27
NSYCCOTH230VID Electronical thermostat 230 V C-27
NSYCCOTHD Double thermostat C-27
NSYCCOTHI Thermostat w/Invers Contact (ºC) C-27
NSYCR10WU2 Resist. heater Alum 10 W, 110-250 V C-26
NSYCR250W230VV Resis. ventil 250 W - 230 V Alum C-26
NSYCR400W230VV Resis. ventil 400 W 230 V Alum C-26
NSYCRP1W230VTVC Thermoventil. Heat. 400-550 W, 230 V C-26
NSYCVF38M230PF Filterfan 38 m3/h 230 V C-23
NSYCVF170M230 Filterfan without grille C-25
NSYCVF575M230MF Top hood Roof with filterfan A-67, C-25
NSYCVF850M230PF Filterfan 850 m3/h 230 V A-67, C-23
NSYTRA ppp Accessories for terminal blocks B-53
NSYTR ppp Terminal blocks B-52, B-53
R
R9XE110 End Caps 1P (set of 10) B-46
R9XFC04 Connectors 63A (set of 4) B-46
R9XFH112 Comb busbar 1P 12 modules 63 A B-46
27

Presentation
Overview
Pack enclosures 160, Prisma G Pack 250

Enclosures and cubicles G up to 630 A
IP30, IP31, IP43, IP55
250 A
PD390240_R.eps
> Small companies

160 A
> Buildings
160 A > Offices
> Laboratories
> Healthcare centres
> Schools
> Small businesses
Pack > Hotels
> Supermarkets
> Hotels, etc. > Malls, etc.
28

Cubicles P up to 4000 A
IP30, IP55
4000 A
> Hospitals
630 A > Internet data centres

> Logistics centres, etc.
> Shopping centres
Prisma P
> Offices buildings
Prisma G
29

Develop your business efficiency
Switchboards
that are safe…
With Prisma P you can be sure to build 100%
Schneider Electric switchboards
that are safe, optimised:
• All components (switchgear, distribution
blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.)
are perfectly rated and coordinated
to work together.
• All switchboard configurations, even the most
demanding ones, have been tested.
You can prove that your switchboard meets
the current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical
installation and give your customers full
satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety
for people and the installation.
Tested low voltage

switchboard,
IEC 61439-1&2
compliant.
• Available
power
• Safety
of people and property
• Controlled
costs and delivery times
• Upgradeability
30

with our functional Lv systems
…optimised and upgradeable Straightforward

organisation
With Prisma P you can build just the right switchboard for
to make your job

your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs. With this complete,
prefabricated and tested system, it's easy to upgrade your installation
•
easier
and still maintain the original performance levels.
The cubicles combine easily with switchboards already in service.
• Devices can be replaced or added at any time. The switchboard is structured by zones dedicated
to switchgear, busbars, cables, etc.
Compact NSX Vertical

busbars
Mounting plate
Prefabricated
connections
Front plate
Connection
transfer
assemblies
The functional units are naturally stacking

in the switchboard.
Each configuration is tested for improved safety.
Temperature rise test in laboratory.
readily available
close by
The kit concept makes handling and
transport easier and you get to benefit
from Schneider Electric's efficient international
logistics. Your distributor, selected by
Schneider Electric, can give you
the very best advice.
31

Electrical switchboards ...
The Prisma P functional system can be used for all types of low-voltage
distribution switchboards (main, subdistribution and final) up to 4000 A,
in commercial and industrial environments.
PD390150_SE_R.eps
PD390381_SE.eps
Advantages of Prisma P switchboards

1 A dependable electrical installation
The total compatibility of Schneider Electric
Switchboard design is very simple devices with the Prisma P is a key advantage in
ensuring a high level of installation dependability.
2 An upgradeable electrical installation
1 A metal structure
Thanks to modular design, Prisma P switchboards
The switchboard is made up of one or more
can be modified easily to integrate new functional
frameworks combined side-by-side or
units as needed.
back-to-back, on which a complete selection of
Maintenance operations, carried out with the
cover panels and doors can be mounted.
switchboard de-energised, are fast and straight-
2 A distribution system forward due to easy access to devices.
Horizontal busbars or vertical busbars positioned 3 Total safety for personnel
in a lateral compartment or at the rear of the cubicle Work in a switchboard must be carried out by
are used to distribute electricity throughout the authorised persons in compliance with all
switchboard. applicable safety regulations.
3 Complete functional units To increase the safety of personnel, devices are
b a dedicated mounting plate for device installation installed behind protective front plates; only the
b a front plate to block direct access to live parts operating handles are accessible.
b prefabricated busbar connections Additional internal protection (partitions, barriers)
b devices for on-site connections. is available to create form 2, 3 or 4 separation to
Each functional unit contributes to a function in the protect against direct contacts with live parts.
switchboard. Terminal shields are mandatory for installation of
The functional units are modular and are arranged Compact NSX and INS/INV devices in Prisma P
rationally. enclosures.
The system includes everything required for
functional unit mounting, supply and onsite
connection.
The components of the Prisma P and those of the
functional units in particular have been designed
and tested taking into account device
characteristics.
This design approach ensures a high degree
of reliability in system operation and
optimum safety for personnel.
32

... up to 4000 A
System design has been validated by type tests as per standards
IEC 61439-1 and 2 and benefits from the combined experience of
Schneider Electric customers over many years.
PD391298.eps
Electrical characteristics Mechanical characteristics

b Steel sheet metal
Complying with standards IEC 62208 and EN 62208:
b Electrophoresis treatment + hot-polymerised
b rated insulation level of main busbars: 1000 V
polyester epoxy powder, white colour RAL 9001
b InA : 4000 A
b Can be dismantled
b rated peak withstand current Ipk: 220 kÂ
b Can be combined side-by-side and
b rated short-time withstand current Icw:
back-to-back
100 kA rms / 1 second
b Degree of protection:
b frequency: 50/60 Hz.
v IP30: with IP30 cover panels including
a door or a cover frame
v IP31: with IP30 cover panels including
a door + gasket
v IP55: with IP55 cover panels
b Degree of protection against mechanical
impacts:
v IIK07: with cover frame
v IK08: with IP30 door
v IK10: with IP55 door
b Framework dimensions:
v four widths:
- W = 300: cable compartment
- W = 400: cable compartment or device
compartment
- W = 650: device compartment or cable
compartment
- W = 800: device compartment with busbar
compartment or cable compartment
v two depths: 400, 600 mm
v height: 2000 mm.
b Indoor cubicles.
Electrical switchboards built using the Prisma P functional system and

Schneider Electric recommendations fully comply with international standards
IEC 61439-1 and 2.
33

Prisma PH - Lv Switchboards
for harsh environments up to 4000 A
When demanding applications and severe conditions require the best,
assure your success with Prisma PH.
PD391264b_SE.eps
PD391268b_SE.eps
reinforced solution for low voltage

switchboards up to 4000 A
Technical characteristics More than Prisma, Prisma PH contributes to
safety of persons as well as to reliability and
continuity of service of the electrical
b High grade steel, durable epoxy painting
installation. Thanks to its reinforced metal
techniques and ingenious design for a
structure, it combines outstanding robustness
remarkable robustness.
with versatility and flexibility, by resisting to
b Steel sheet metal, thickness 1.5 mm on
harsh environments and heavy loads.
panels and 1.8 mm on doors.
Prisma PH is ready to perform in any condition.
b Electrophoresis treatment and
As Prisma, Prisma PH is a solution of kit
hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder.
cubicles for low voltage electrical
b White color RAL 9001.
distribution switchboards:
b Degree of protection: IP55 (IEC 60529).
b the components (switchgear, busbars, etc.)
b Degree of protection against mechanical
are designed for joint operation
impacts: IK10 with door (IEC 62262).
b all the most demanding switchboard
b Frame dimensions:
configurations have been tested and are IEC
v 2 widths:
standard compliant.
- 700 mm (for functional units)
- 300 mm (for vertical busbars and cables ducts)
v 2 depths:
- 500 mm (up to 1600 A)
- 800 mm (up to 4000 A)
v height: 2000 mm.
Total safety and reliability Low Voltage electrical distribution

Catalogue│2014
Prisma PH is designed to operate up to 4000 A. Prisma PH

It is fully tested to perform in extreme conditions, and fully compliant with standards
IEC 61439-1 et 2 and EN 61439-1 et 2, IEC 62208 and EN 62208.
Prisma PH withstands seismic vibrations (Standard EDF CrT91C11200, AS1170, EAK 2000,
ENDESA 1986, rPA 99 2003, Gore Gr 63, Turkish Seismic Code, GOST 17516.1-90).
Seismic tests are performed by an external laboratory, CESI Labs. All documentation required by
local authorities and customers in order to get the approval are available.
Seismic resistance:
> for civil installations: 0.7 g APN (rms) and 3.5 g peak, without any extra accessories,
> for nuclear installations: 1 g APN (rms) and 5 g peak, with reinforcement accessories.
34

Solutions for continuity of service
in electrical installations with Prisma
The right level of continuity of service

All organizations have some sensitivity to the continuity of service of electrical power.
For some power is a vital component to their ongoing success and viability.
The required level of continuity of service must be considered for each application so that the electrical installation
can be optimised accordingly.
The stakes of continuity of service are high. Even a brief electrical distribution failure can have serious
consequences on many activities.
Continuity of service solutions for Operation, Maintenance, Evolution

All solutions proposed comply with standards EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2.
The system solutions proposed include Schneider Electric products exclusively to fully ensure compatibility and
operation.
To ensure safety, solutions with switchgear mounted on plug-in bases, withdrawable chassis and disconnectable or
withdrawable mounting plates include safety trip levers that open the circuit breaker if it is removed in closed
position.
For highest continuity of services

Functional units with devices on
live-disconnectable mounting plates
Disconnectable IS 223: (correspondence
with standard IEC 61439-2: WFD)
> High continuity of service
> Maximum time to restore power
after maintenance: 1 CEhour
> Live upgrading.
Functional units with devices on safety trip levers

live-withdrawable mounting plates
Disconnectable IS 233: (correspondence
with standard IEC 61439-2 : WWW)
> High continuity of service
> Maximum time to restore power after
maintenance: 1/4 h
> Live upgrading.
safety trip levers
See the solution guide Solutions for

Continuity of Service
“Solutions for Continuity of in Prisma Plus
electrical installations
Service in Prisma electrical
installations” Solution guide
2012
(COM-POWER-LVIS01EN).
35

Secure power distribution and monitoring
solution for operating theatres
To ensure the safety of patients, the availability and quality of electric power
are essential.
The electrical installations of operating theatres should enable the continuity
of healthcare in all circumstances.
Enhancing patient safety

A solution you can trust… Ensuring the satisfactory operation of operating
>A
ll the components of this solution are room is essential for a hospital.
designed, manufactured, and tested by Ensuring continuity of electrical
Schneider Electric to operate together and
service
be implemented by trained and approved
Because nothing must disturb the medical team
partners.
during operations.
>S
chneider Electric provides maintenance
plans and operating procedures linked to Improving the efficiency of hospital
this solution. personnel
>S
chneider Electric ensure the continuity of A controllable environment and perfectly
the components throughout the functioning equipment mean more comfort.
installation's life.
… thanks to secure power Patients Continuity of

safety service
distribution…
>T
he solution Schneider Electric
incorporates an isolation transformer and a
continuous insulation monitor in compliance
with the required standars to ensure the Efficiency of medical personnel
supply of power to medical equipement in
the event of a first insulation fault.
>T
he continuity of the electric power supply
is ensured thanks to total coordination of all
the Schneider Electric components,
including and uninterruptible power supply.
>T
he Schneider Electric solution is designed,
wired and tested to attenuate
electromagnetic disturbances in accordance
with the IEC 60364-4-4-44 standard.
… to event monitoring and

traceability
The Schneider Electric solution
incorporates a monitoring system to:
> inform maintenance and medical
personnel in real time in the event of an
electrical fault in the operarting room
>m onitor the operating room environment
and record all environmental events and
data
>p rovide data to the hospital building
management system.
To know more, see the solution guide,

ref. DESWED109024.
36

Power Outage Insight Solution
As the global specialist in energy management, Schneider Electric offers the only
solution capable of providing energy availability while addressing staff and cost
allocation constraints.
The Power Outage Insight Solution acts as a 24/7 in-house electrical expert.
It monitors your critical power availability, issues warnings on power quality,
schedules predictive maintenance, and most importantly, in case of a power
failure, it performs real-time diagnostics to quickly identify the source of the
problem for your staff to restore normal operation.
Introducing the solution

With the combination of a few
components, the Power Outage Insight
solution provides the data you can
>a ct on for managing an electrical crisis
safely,
> s cheduling predictive maintenance to
prevent failures that require switching
to emergency conditions and backup Standard offer
power. The POIS offer comprises 2 basic components:
For daily functions, our solution provides > P
ower E-Box, a PC embedded in the main
real-time diagnosis, delivering vital switchboard, connected to Masterpact NT/NW,
information on the condition of your Compact NS and NSX circuit breakers and Power
breakers and loads. In a single snapshot, Meter & ION controllers with a PC software tool for
your personnel can see: real-time electrical installation monitoring.
> t he number of trips a breaker has > a
n I/O module for extra PC functions (Zigbee signal,
endured, GMS modules, temperature, vibration or humidity
> t he load on each breaker, sensors, etc.) for optimal efficiency and inputs.
> t he mechanical endurance of your
equipment
>m aintenance status.
Power White space

management management Introducing a total energy management architecture that can save
up to 30 % on CapEx, OpEx, and energy consumption
Power Outage Insight Solution is an efficient, "just-enough" answer for
predictive maintenance and safe recovery for electrical failures. For a more
Process & powerful energy efficiency solution that is simple to use, ensures reliability,
Machine
management
Building confort
management and improves the bottom lines, the answer is EcoStruxureTM integrated
system architecture.
Security
management
To know more, see the solution guide,

ref. COM-POWER-POIS-EN Data Centers and Network Hospitals Industry
37

Energy management
has never been simpler
Simple-to-install Smart Panels connect your building to real savings
in 3 steps
Measure
Embedded and stand-
alone metering & control
capabilities
Connect Save
> Integrated communication > Data-driven energy efficiency
interfaces actions
> Ready to connect to > Real time monitoring and control
energy management > Access to energy and site
platforms information through on-line
services
Smart Panels connect you to energy savings
38

Measure
"Smart Panels" mean
visible information
Grouping most of the electrical protection,
command and metering components, the
switchboards are now significant sources
CLOUD of data locally displayed and sent via
communication networks.
connect
… and ready to be linked
to expertise
Smart Panels use reliable, simple to install
and use displays, and Ethernet and Modbus
interfaces on the Enerlin’X communication
system.
Information is safely transmitted through the
most efficient networks:
• Modbus SL inside switchboards, between
components
• Ethernet, on cable or WiFi, inside the
building and connecting switchboards,
computers,
• Ethernet on DSL or GPRS, for access to
on-line services by Schneider Electric.
Energy experts, wherever they are, are
now able to provide advises based on
permanently updated data of the building.
Save
CLOUD
On-site real time

monitoring and control
On a touch screen display connected
to Ethernet
• shows essential electrical information and
On-line Energy
alarms concerning the electrical network, Management services
• allows control (open, close, reset…) of
StruXureWare Energy Operation
various equipments.
automates data collection via an open,
This touch screen is well appreciated for real scalable, and secure energy management
time value checking and control, directly on information system.
the front panel of the main switchboard.
With the help of the Schneider Electric energy
On a PC display with common browser
management services team, data is then
• shows monitoring web pages hosted into turned into actionable information to enable
the local Ethernet interface, customers to understand their facilities’
• alarm events generate automatic email performance on an ongoing basis.
notifications,
Energy Operation leverages companies’
• allows control (open, close, reset…) of current investments in their existing systems,
various equipments. and can be used to communicate advanced
Data displayed on graphics or recorded into results and performance to a broad audience
files are of a great interest for optimizing for a shared understanding throughout an
the use of energy in the building. organization.
As an example, they definitely help validating
the change of temperature settings, time
scheduling in a Building Management System
or other automated devices.
39

Presentation Determining catalogue numbers
Rapsody software
Easy design
with Rapsody
software
A time-saver in
the design and
quotation phases.
More flexibility since
modifications and
upgrades are
possible throughout
the project.
5
easy steps to design a switchboard
Define the switchboard's

electrical and environmental
characteristics, in a few clicks.
Choose and configure

the devices to be installed,
with no risk of error.
Customise, and easily modify

the single-line diagram.
Move or duplicate devices.
Generate current distribution
and connection systems.
Choose the switchboard

and let the software set up
the enclosure.
A list of mounting and connection
accessories is proposed to make
mounting work easier.
Automatically export
the information required to
make a clear, comprehensive
and professional quotation.
40

Presentation Examples of switchboard
configurations
PB105001.eps
Incomer
Masterpact NT1000 3P
Drawout, front connection
Supply via Canalis
Distribution
Linergy LGY busbars
Outgoing devices
Compact NSX250
Vertical
Fixed, front connection
Toggle
Supply Linergy FC distribution block
Connection Direct via cables
Compact NSX250
Horizontal
Toggle
Supply Prefabricated connection
Connection Transferred to cable compartment,
W = 400 mm
Compact NSX400
Horizontal
Toggle
Supply Prefabricated connection
Connection Transferred to cable compartment,
W = 400 mm
Acti 9 devices
Supply Linergy FM 80 A
Linergy FH
Cable running Cable straps
Trunking
Connection Linergy TA in the cable
compartment, W = 300 mm
Motor protection devices
PD390407_SE_R.eps
Supply Linergy FH
Cable running Cable straps
Trunking
Connection Linergy TA in the cable
compartment, W = 300 mm
Enclosure
Cubicle for devices W = 800/650 mm
D = 400 mm
Cable compartment W = 300/400 mm
D = 400 mm
41

3.0

configurations
PB105002.eps
1 Incoming function see page A-11

Connection via Canalis
2 Distribution function see page B-10
Linergy LGY busbars in busbar compartment,
W = 150 mm
Linergy LGYE horizontal busbars see page B-12
Linergy BW busbars see page B-22
3 Device compartment, W = 650 mm see page C-11
4 Connection compartment, W = 300 mm see page C-11
5 Connection compartment, W = 400 mm see page C-11
42

configurations
PB105003.eps
1 Hinged front plate support frame see page C-11
2 Roof see page C-14
3 Rear panels see page C-13
4 Front panels see page C-13
5 Gland plates see page C-17
6 Side panels see page C-14
43

Linergy offers you smart power network
44

solutions for your switchboard.
Linergy LGY / LGYE / BS

Power busbars
>>Solutions available up to 4000 A

>>Connection everywhere without drilling
(with LGY and LGYE profile)
 page B-12 to B-19
Linergy FC
Quick distribution blocks
>>Compact (3 x 4P / 4 x 3P) solution

>>Reliable connection
>>Quick connection system dedicated to
Compact NSX up to 250 A
 page B-30
Linergy DP
Distribution blocks
>>Compactness of up to 250 A
>>Simplicity of use
>>Quick connection system dedicated to
Compact NSX
 page B-28
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks and bars
>>Simplicity of use
>>Consistency and cross-functionality
guaranteed
 page B-52
45

Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The switchboard,
central to the electrical installation
Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution
to the site applications, the LV switchboard is the intelligence
of the system, central to the electrical installation.
It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.
Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 standard
aims to better define "low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are
reached. It specifies in particular:
> the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organization
that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard,
and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;
> the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.
All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard. Equipment produced
in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.
A switchboard must comply with the Prisma tested switchboards

equirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2
to guarantee the safety and reliability of the The conformity of the switchboard has been tested
installation. Managers of installations, fully and proven.
aware of the professional and legal liabilities A Prisma switchboard is:
weighing on their company and on themselves, > made up of Schneider Electric low-voltage devices and
demand a high level of safety for the electrical components that all comply with the applicable standards;
installation. > based on configurations in our catalogue;
>m ade up of Prisma and Linergy mechanical and electrical
What is more, the serious economic
components that have been subjected to the verification of
consequences of prolonged halts in production
original equipment manufacturer;
mean that the electrical switchboard must provide
>m ounted and wired by a panelbuilder in compliance
excellent continuity of service, whatever the
with professional standards;
operating conditions.
> subjected to the individual verification.
Schneider Electric makes available to the panelbuilder
everything required to create tested Prisma switchboards,
The Schneider Electric solution
including the basic configurations in
> Specify switchboards that comply with
the low voltage distribution catalogue, all the documentation
standard IEC 61439-1 and 2.
for switchboard design and mounting, calculation and design
> Guarantee a level of safety that has been software, etc.
100 % tested, from the day the switchboard
Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity with standard
is installed and throughout its service life.
IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting the declarations or
> Ensure a lasting investment through easy certificates of conformity for type tests carried out by
upgrading of the installation in compliance with independent laboratories (ASEFA, ASTA, KEMA, etc.)
the standard. and supplied by Schneider Electric. The panelbuilder
> Guarantee that the switchboard complies is responsible for the individual routine verification and
with the technical specifications. delivers the corresponding declarations of conformity.
46

Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer:
Both involved
in tested assemblies
Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines
the type of verifications that must be conducted
by both organisations involved in final conformity of
the solution: the Original Manufacturer, guaranteeing
assembly system design and the Assembly
Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity
of the switchboard.
Specifier
> Specifies the needs and
constraints for design,
installation, operation and
tion*
upgrading of the complete
cifica system.
> Checks that its
ct spe
requirements have been fully

integrated by the Assembly
Proje
Manufacturer. Depending on
the application, the specifier
could be the end-user or a
design office.
Tes
em ted
yst As
ly S Assembly sem
mb bly
Asse Manufacturer
(Panel builder)
The organisation (whether
or not the same as the OM)
responsible for the completed
assembly.
Original He is responsible for End-User
Manufacturer "Routine verifications"
Should ask for a certified
on each panel produced,
The organisation that has according to the standard. LV switchboard.
carried out the original design
If he derivates from the By systematically requesting
and the associated
instructions of the original routine verifications,
verification of an assembly manufacturer he has to carry he ensures that the assembly
system. out again design verifications. system used is compliant.
He is responsible for the
"Design verifications" listed by
IEC 61439-2 including many
electrical tests.
* Schneider Electric has developed
a specification guide.
47

Presentation
IEC 61439 standard
The main 10 functions

of standard IEC 61439
For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design
verifications from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and
routine verifications on each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals:
safety, continuity of service and compliance with end-user requirements.
Safety
Voltage stresses withstand capability
To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation coordination principles
and requirements.
Current-carrying capability
To protect against burns and to withstand temperature rise:
> when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current
> when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits and/or as
a function of the time).
Short-circuit withstand capability

To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High forces between
conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).
Protection against electric shock

> Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection)
> Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (fault protection).
Protection against risk of fire or explosion

> Resistance to internal glowing elements
> Note: protection of persons, and optional protection of the assembly, against arcing due to internal fault can be specified through
a "special test" according to IEC 61641.
Continuity of service
Maintenance and modification capability
Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing safety during assembly maintenance or modification
> Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits
> Speed of exchange of the functional units
> Test facilities…
Electro-Magnetic compatibility
To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions:
> Industrial networks or locations (Environment A)
> Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).
Compliance with end-user requirements

Capability to operate the electrical installation
To properly function, according to:
> The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination…)
> The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the outgoing circuits…).
Capability to be installed on site

> To withstand handling, transport, storage… and installation constraints
> Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external conductors).
Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions

> Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529)
> External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262)
> Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV).
48

IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.4
Protection against electric shocks

and integrity of protection circuits
Standard individual
check sheet
The following should be checked visually:
> presence of protective shields against
direct and indirect contacts on live parts;
> presence of the PE conductor.
The continuity of protection circuits is
in accordance with the IEC 61439-1
ensured by compliance with the assembly and 2 standard from the assembly
instructions delivered with each product.
manufacturer (panelbuilder)
Integration of incorporated
Job No.: .................................................................................................
components
Switchboard No.: ...................................................................................
The assembly manufacturer must comply
with the instructions of the original equipment Drawing No./Rev. No.: ............................................................................
manufacturer for installation
and wiring of the components used.
Chapter Verified
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.6 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 11.2
Internal electric circuits Insulation clearances and creepage distances 11.3
and connections
Protection against electric shocks and integrity
Schneider Electric recommends marking 11.4
of protection circuits
the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible
Integration of incorporated components 11.5
and temperature-resistant.
This allows: Internal electric circuits and connections 11.6
> not only self-checking to check effective
Terminals for external conductors 11.7
tightening to torque;
> but also identification of any loosening. Mechanical operation 11.8
IEC 61439-1 paragraphe 11.9 Dielectric properties 11.9
Dielectric properties Wiring, operating performance and function 11.10

The main circuits, and the auxiliary and
control circuits connected to the main circuit,
shall be subjected to the test voltage in
accordance. Date of verification:
............ / ............ /.............
Wiring, operating performance

Verifications performed by:
and function
Verification of wiring and marking conformity ..........................................................................…………………………
with the drawings, parts list and diagram.
49

Determining cat. no. Determining catalogue numbers
and configuration assistance
Cat. no. selection
Starting with the electrical
DD384077.eps
diagram: IP30 switchboard NSX250 NSX250 NSX250 INS
NS1000
C60 C60 GV2

or or
IC60 IC60
Install the incomer 1 Front conn. using cables Device Fixed device
DD385547EN.eps
NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
Arc chute screen 3P 33596
See page A-16
DD380878.eps
4P 33597
Order Vertical connection 3P 33642
Dd380822.eps
adapters
bb connection 4P 33643
Front connection cover 04851
components
bb mounting plates and
front plates
Device installation Mounting Front connection with cables
bb busbar connections. 2
DD385548EN.eps
Device Fixed device
NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
DD380870.eps
Number of devices per row 1 1

No. of vertical modules 12 14
Mounting plates 03482 03482
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03804 [4]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03690 or 03701 [7]
modules]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
Linergy LGY BB conn. Device Fixed device

3
DD385549EN.eps
NS630b/1250 NS1600
connection type Front connection delivered with the device
DD380871.eps
Busbars connection For Linergy LGY busbars: prefabricated connection

3P 04485 04487
4P 04486 04488
Cover for busbars connection 04926
Linergy LGY, LGYE, BS
Install the Compact devices

Device Toggle
Installation
1
DD385550EN.eps
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250

3P 4P
See page A-23 Number of devices per row 1 1
DD383867.eps
Order No. of vertical modules 3 4

Dd380823.eps

bb mounting plates and Front plates with cut-out 03604 [3] 03606 [4]
[No. of vertical modules]
front plates
bb busbar connections
bb connection Linergy LGY BB conn. Linergy LGY
2
DD385551EN.eps
Device Toggle
accessories. NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
3P 4P
DD380873.eps
Prefabricated connection 04423 04424
Device Toggle
Connection
3
DD385552EN.eps
NSX100/160 Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250

Number of devices per row 3/4 3/4 3/4
No. of vertical modules 6 8 7
DD380874.eps
Mounting plates 03420 03420 03420

Front plates with cut-out 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03243 [5]
[No. of vert. mod.] downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2]
See page A-25

Order 1 Installation Device Toggle
Dd380824.eps
DD385553EN.eps
NSX100/160 Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250 Vigi NSX250

bb mounting plates and Number of devices per row 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
No. of vertical modules 6 8 7 9
front plates
DD380875.eps
Mounting plates 03420 03420 03420 03420

bb distribution block Front plates
[No. of vert. mod.]
with cut-out 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03243 [5] 03241 [7]
downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
bb connection
accessories.
Linergy LGY
Linergy LGY BB conn.
2
DD385554EN.eps
Device Toggle
NSX100/160, Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250, Vigi NSX250
3P 4P 3P 4P
DD380876.eps
Number of devices 4 3 4 3
Linergy FC distribution blocks 04403 04404 04403 04404
(with connection)
Device Toggle
Connection
3
DD385555EN.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518
DD380877.eps
long terminal shields

Rear connection LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516
short terminal shields
50

Determining cat. no. Determining catalogue numbers
and configuration assistance
Cat. no. selection
Install the modular devices Acti 9 Device All modular devices Modular devices 40 A
1
DD385556EN.eps
Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 48 48
See page A-45 No. of vertical modules 4 3
Order the mounting
Dd385315.eps
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) 03401 03401
DD385316.eps
plates and front plates Modular front plates
Blanking strip
03204 [4]
03220
03203 [3]
03220
taking into account: plate divisible 03221 03221
bb supply to the rows

bb cable running.
GV2 circuit breaker Device Circuit breaker

2
DD385557EN.eps
GV2RT - GV2ME - GV2LE GV3
See page A-68 No. of vertical modules 3 5
Useful length of rail (mm) 432
Modular rail (adjustable) 03401 03402
Dd381919.eps
Front plates with cut-out 03203 [3] 03205 [5]
[No. of vert.
modules]
b Linergy FH distribution block see page 51 à 51

b cable running see page 51
Determine the size of the switchboard

b count the number of 32 modules The capacity of a cubicle is 36 modules.
modules occuped
b determine the number 1 cubicle
of cubicles
b order the additional Plain front plate Plain front plate W = 500 mm
DD385558EN.eps
H = 50 mm H = 100 mm H = 150 mm H = 200 mm H = 250 mm H = 300 mm

plain front plate. See page A-74 [No. of vert. mod.] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]
Cat. no 03801 03802 03803 03804 03805 03806
Plan the distribution system 1

Linergy LGY busbars Intensity Linergy LGY profils Number of busbar supports
DD385276EN.eps
(A) for table Icw (kA rms/1 s)

See page B-10
Dd385317.eps
DD380880.eps
DD380900EN.eps
Designation Cat. No.

Busbar supports
Linergy BW busbars
Linergy BW busbars
2
DD385277EN.eps
3P W = 1000 mm
See page B-22
2
W = 1400 mm
2 10mm
2 6mm
2 10mm
2 6mm
2 10mm
2 6mm
2 10mm
6mm
4P W = 1000 mm
W = 1400 mm
DD380881.eps
Select the enclosures Frameworks Width (mm) 300 400 650 800 800
1
DD385559EN.eps
(650 + 150)
Base frame
Cat. no. 08403 08404 08406 08408 08407
Dd380827.eps
DD385561EN.eps DD385560EN.eps
Hinged front plate support Width (mm) 400 650

2 frame
Hinged front plate support frame
Cat. no. 08564 08566
Doors Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800

3 Plain door 08513 08514 08516 08518
Transparent door - 08534 08536 08538
Rear panels Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800

4
DD385562EN.eps
Rear panels 08733 08734 08736 08738

DD385564EN.eps DD385563EN.eps
Side panels Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600

5 Side panels 08750 08760
Roofs Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800

6 Plain roof D = 400 mm
Plain roof D = 600 mm
08433
08633
08434
08634
08436
08636
08438
08638
Plinth, gland plates,

7 finishing parts, etc.
51

Prisma functional
system

Prisma functional system Contents
Circuit breakers
Presentation of Masterpact NW/NT circuit breaker A-4
Masterpact NW08 to 32
Cables connection A-5
Canalis connection A-6
Masterpact NW08 to NW40
Dedicated cubicle A-7
Partial front plate support frames A-9
Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Toggle and motor mechanism - Cables connection A-10
Toggle and motor mechanism - Canalis connection A-11
Dedicated cubicle 3P A-12
Compact NS1600b to 3200
Cables connection A-15
Compact NS630b to NS1600
Vertical mounting with cable A-16
Canalis vertical mounting A-17
Horizontal mounting A-18
Compact NS630b/1600
Dedicated cubicle A-19
Presentation of Compact NSX circuit breakers for Prisma P A-22
Compact NSX100 to NSX630
Horizontal mounting - Toggle - Fixed A-23
Horizontal mounting - Toggle - Plug-in A-24
Vertical mounting - Toggle - Fixed A-25
Vertical mounting - Toggle - Fixed A-26
Vertical mounting - Toggle - Plug-in A-27
Vertical mounting - Toggle - Plug-in A-28
Horizontal mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed A-29
Horizontal mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Plug-in A-30
Vertical mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed A-31
Vertical mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed A-32
Vertical mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Plug-in A-33
Vertical mounting - Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Plug-in A-34
Horizontal mounting - All controls - Withdrawable A-35
Vertical mounting - All controls - Withdrawable A-36
Vertical mounting - All controls - Fixed/Plug-in A-37
Easypact CVS100/630 horizontal fixed mounting
Toggle A-38
Rotary handle A-39
Easypact CVS100/630 vertical fixed mounting
Toggle A-40
Rotary handle A-41
Fixed, toggle A-42
Switch disconnectors
Compact INS-INV630b to 1600 Compact INS-INV2000-2500 A-43
Compact INS-INV250 to 630
Horizontal / Vertical - Front handle A-44
A-1

Prisma functional system Contents
Modular devices
Modular devices
Acti 9 A-45
Modular devices Acti 9 y 63 A A-46
Modular devices 80/160 A switchboard incomer A-47
Source-changeover
Source-changeover, Compact / Masterpact A-48
Possible combinations, Compact NSX100/630, NS630b/1600,
Masterpact NT06/16, NW08/32 A-49
Manual or remote-operated or automatic source-changeover
Masterpact NW08/32, front connection
S1 device identical to S2 device A-50
Masterpact NW08/32, rear connection
S1 device different to S2 device A-52
Masterpact NT06/16, front connection
Masterpact NT06/16, rear connection
Compact NS630b to 1000 A-57
Manual source-changeover
Compact NSX100/630 A-58
Remote-operated source-changeover
Compact NSX100/630 A-59
Compact INS-INV250 to 630 Front direct rotary handle A-60
Compact INS250 to 630
Complete assembly device A-61
Fusegear
Fupact presentation A-62
Fupact ISFL
Vertical / 3P - Determining the busbars A-63
Fupact ISFT
Vertical / 3P - Installation on mounting plate or busbars
Determining the busbars A-64
Fupact INF
Horizontal / Vertical - Extended rotary handle A-65
Others
Power factor correction equipment A-66
Industrial control devices A-68
Metering
3-phase kilowatt-hour meters A-69
Single-phase and 3-phase kilowatt-hour meters
Class 2 A-70
Human-switchboard interface
72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm devices A-71
Reserve space A-74
Fixing accessories A-75
Universal adapter
Prisma G adapter - Mounting on a plain backplate A-76
Mounting on a slotted plate - Mounting on a modular rail A-77
Cable running A-78
Connection accessories
Cable-tie supports, lateral and longitudinal cross-members A-79
Switchboard lighting A-80
A-2

Functional units
Upgradeable Prisma functional units: the best electrical and mechanical +
communication consistency.
Functional units include switchgear mounting plates, front plates,
connections, barriers for ensuring the best level of continuity of service,
safety of life and property.
Masterpact NW08 to NW40 Masterpact NT06 to NT16
> A-5 > A-10
Compact NS Compact NS Compact NSX Easypact CVS/EZC

from 1600b to 3200 A from 630b to 1600 A up to 630 A from 100 to 630 A
> A-15 > A-16 > A-23 > A-38
Compact INS-INV630-2500 A Compact INS-INV250-630 A Acti 9, NG160, NG125,

> A-43 > A-44 C120, iC120, INS40/160
> A-45
Compact/Masterpact source-changeover Compact INS source-changeover

> A-49 > A-60
DD385432.eps
Fupact from 32 to 1250 A Industrial control devices, metering

> A-63 > A-68
Human-switchboard interface
> A-71
A-3

Functional system Presentation of
Functional units Masterpact NW/NT
Circuit breakers
circuit breaker
Presentation
>> H
3: for incoming devices supplying critical applications
An answer to specific applications requiring both high performance and a high level of
In addition to the traditional features of power circuit discrimination.
breakers (withdrawability, discrimination and low >> L
1: for high current-limiting capability and a
maintenance), Masterpact NT and NW ranges offer built-in discrimination level (37 kA) as yet unequalled by any
communications and metering functions, all in optimised other circuit breaker of itstype; intended for the
frame sizes. protection of cable-type feeders or to raise the
performance level of a switchboard when the
Masterpact NT and NW incorporate the latest technology to
transformer power rating is increased.
enhance both performance and safety. Easy to install, with
user-friendly, intuitive operation and environment-friendly
design, Masterpact NT and NW are, quite simply, circuit
breakers of their time
Two families and three frame sizes

The range of power circuit breakers includes two families:
>> Masterpact NT, the world’s smallest true power circuit
breaker, with ratings from 630 to 1600 A
PB106363A32.eps
PB106367A24.eps
>> Masterpact NW, in two frame sizes, one from 800 to

4000 A and the other from 4000 A to 6300 A.
5 performance levels
>> N1: for standard applications with low short-circuit
levels.
>> H1: for industrial sites with high short-circuit levels or
installations with two parallel-connected transformers.
>> H2: high-performance for heavy industry where very high
short-circuits can occur.
Installation
PB104860.eps
Standardisation of the switchboard

With optimised sizes, the Masterpact NT and NW ranges simplify the
design of switchboards and standardise the installation of devices:
>> horizontal or vertical rear connections can be modified on-site by
turning the connectors 90° or they can even be replaced by front
connection terminals
>> identical connection terminals for the fixed or draw-out version
from 800 to 6300 A (Masterpact NW) front connection requires
little space because the connectors not increase the depth of the
device.
Practical installation solutions
The Masterpact NW range further improves the installation solutions
that have built the success of its predecessors: 115 mm pole pitch for
NW, 70 mm pole pitch for NT
>> incoming connection to top or bottom terminals:
horizontal or vertical, rear or front connection
or more informations, you can consult Masterpact NT/NW

F
catalogue, ref. LVPED208008_EN.
A-4

Functional system Masterpact NW08 to 32
Functional units Cables connection
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection
Dd383686.eps
600 150
650
Devices Fixed device Withdrawable device

NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1
Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
Front plates upstream 03804 [4] 03805 [5] 03804 [4] 03805 [5]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03711 [9] 03711 [9] 03710 [10] 03710 [10]
modules] downstream 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5]
Mounting Rear connection

Dd383686.eps
50
650 1

NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
Front plates with cut-out 03711 [9] 03711 [9] 03710 [10] 03710 [10]
[No. of vertical downstream 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5]
modules]
Connection Upstream on incomer

Dd383682.eps
Dd383680.eps

NW08/32 NW08/32
Type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Terminal extension for front connection 2 x 04694 + 04678
bar support for rear connection 2 x 04694
Connection must be made (1)
Front connection cables cover 04861
Rear connection cables cover 04863
(1) Connection to be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
Distribution Downstream on Linergy LGY, LGYE or BS busbars

Dd383687.eps
DD383808.eps

NW08/32 NW08/32
Type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device
Busbars connection (2) must be made (1). For the connection to flat busbars > 1600 A, order one joint per phase: 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm
(04640), 1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (04641). For the connection to Linergy LGYE busbars, see page B-19
Free support for busbars connection 2 x 04662
For Icw u 75 kA rms, add an additional free support 04662
Cover for busbars connection 04926 + 04927
(2) For LGYE 08/25, use a duct W = 150 mm. For LGYE 32/40, use a duct W = 300 mm.
Note: to make measurements:
b Install the CTs preferably upstream, on the supply terminal extension bars or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection). In this case, add one
module and a plain front plate (03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
Selection of Linergy LGY: see page B-14, Linergy LGYE: see page B-15, Linergy BS: see page B-16.
A-5

Functional system Masterpact NW08 to 32
Functional units Canalis connection
Circuit breakers
Dd383686.eps
600 150
650

NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
Front plates upstream 03805 [5] 2 x 03805 [10] 3 x 03804 [12] 03805 [5]
[No. of vertical 2 x 03804 [8] 03804 [4] 2 x 03804 [8]
modules] with cut-out 03711 [9] 03711 [9] 03710 [10] 03710 [10]
downstream 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5] 03805 [5]

Dd383686.eps
50
650 1

NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
[No. of vertical + 03803 [3] + 03803 [3] + 03803 [3] + 03803 [3]
modules] with cut-out 03711 [9] 03711 [9] 03710 [10] 03710 [10]

Dd383681.eps
Dd383683.eps

NW08/16 NW20/25 NW32 NW08/16 NW20/25 NW32
Type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Terminal for front connection 2 x 04694 + 04678
extension bar for rear connection 2 x 04694
support
Canalis support 03561
Connection Canalis/device interface + connection (terminal extension bar support must be made) (1)
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
04715 04716 04725 04726 04735 04736 04715 04716 04725 04726 04735 04736
Canalis cover front connection 04871 + 04861
Canalis cover rear connection 04871 + 04863
Dd383687.eps
DD383808.eps

NW08/32 NW08/32
Busbars connection must be made (1). For the connection to flat busbars > 1600 A, order one joint per phase: 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm
(04640), 1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (04641). For the connection to Linergy LGYE busbars, see page B-19
For Icw u 75 kA rms, add an additional free support 04662
Cover for busbars connection 04926 + 04927
(2) For LGYE 08/25, use a duct W = 150 mm. For LGYE 32/40, use a duct W = 300 mm.
b install the CTs preferably upstream, on the supply terminal extension bars or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection).. In this case, add one
module and a plain front plate (03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
A-6

Functional system Masterpact NW08 to NW40
Functional units Dedicated cubicle
Circuit breakers
Mounting Dedicated cubicle
Dd384530.eps
600 150
650

NW08/32 NW40 (2) NW08/32 NW40 (2)
Number of devices per row 1 (2)
1 (2)
No. of vertical modules 36 (2)

36 (2)
Mounting plates 03500 (2)

03500 (2)
Front plates upstream (1) 03808 [12] (2)

03808 [12] (2)
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03711 [9] (2)

03710 [10] (2)
modules]
downstream 03808 [12] + 03803 [3] (2)
03808 [12] + 03802 [2] (2)
(1) One or two 3-module front plates for 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm measurement devices can be installed just above the cut-out front plate:
b 1 3-module front plate + 1 plain front plate 03807 (9 modules)
b 2 3-module front plates + 1 plain front plate 03806 (6 modules)
(2) Contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle.
Human-switchboard interface, see from page A-71.
Connection Bottom using cables

Dd384528.eps
Devices Fixed/withdrawable
NW08/32 NW40 (2)
Type of terminals Vertical rear connectors (2)
Terminal extension bars must be made (1) (2)
for connection
Terminal extension bar supports 04694 x 2 (2)
Cables cover 04861 (2)
A-7

Circuit breakers
Distribution Connection to horizontal busbars Connection to horizontal busbars

Linergy LGYE Linergy BS
Dd384529.eps
Devices Fixed/withdrawable
NW08/16 NW20/25 NW32 NW40 (5) NW08/25 NW32 NW40 (5)
Type of terminals Front connection Front connection
Spacing rods for flat bars 04690 x 2 04690 x 2 04690 x 2 - 04690 x 2 04690 x 2 -
Connection Connection must be made (4) Connection must be made (4)

horizontal 3200 A - 04637 (3) 04637 (3) -
mouting hardware - - 04642 -
Busbar cover (1) 04860 04860 04860 - 04860 04860 -
(1) The cover is compulsory behind front plates designed for measurement devices.
(2) Catalogue numbers 04604, 04605 et 04607 include 1 connection only. Order 1 connection per phase.
(3) Catalogue number 04637 includes 1 connection only. Order 1 connection per phase.
Accessories
DD381316.eps
DD381581.eps
Cross-members
Catalogue number 03584 03586
Characteristics Set of 2 Set of 2
W = 400 mm for frameworks that are 400 mm deep W = 200 mm, can be added to the 400 mm cross-members
for frameworks that are 600 mm deep. They can also be
installed separately
A-8

Functional units Partial front plate support frames
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection with cables in dedicated cubicle
DD385539.eps
600 50 150
6
Dd383723.eps
Devices Withdrawable device
NW08/32
Mounting plates 03500
Front plates upstream 2 x 03806 [12]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03709 [10]
modules]
downstream 2 x 03806 [12]
1/3 front plate support frame 08560 (1) + 2 x 08562 (2)
Cover 04861
Mounting Canalis front connection

DD385539.eps
600 50 150
Dd383681.eps

NW08/16 NW20/32
No. of vertical modules 27 (3) 28 (3)
Front plates upstream 3 x 03804 [12] 2 x 03805 [10] + 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03709 [10] 03710 [10]
modules]
downstream 03804 [4] 03804 [4]
1/3 front plate support frame 08560 (1) + 2 x 08562 (2) 08560 (1) + 2 x 08562 (2)
Cover 04861 04861
Mounting Rear connection with cables

DD385539.eps
Dd383682.eps
50
650 1

NW08/32
Front plates upstream -
modules]
downstream 03804 [4]
1/3 front plate support frame 08560 (1) + 2 x 08562 (2)
(1) 1/3 front plate support frame 10 modules.
(2) 1/3 front plate support frame 12 modules.
(3) Modularity includes the space of one module between each front plate support frame.
A-9

Functional system Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Functional units Toggle and motor mechanism
Cables connection
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection with cables
Dd380794.eps
400 150
650

NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
Mounting plates 03484 03484 03483 03483
modules]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

Dd380796.eps
150

NT06/16 NT06/16
Front plates upstream 03801 [1] -
modules]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Type of terminals for front connection Front connections supplied with the device
for rear connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Vertical connection adapters 33642 (2) 33643 (2) 33642 (2) 33643 (2) 33642 (2) 33643 (2) 33642 (2) 33643 (2)
Terminal extension bar support rear 2 x 04693
connection
Arc-chute cover 47335 47336 47335 47336 -
Connection block cable-lug adapters Direct 33644 (2) 33645 (2) Direct 33644 (2) 33645 (2)
spacing rods 04691 04691
Cables cover front connection 04852
rear connection 04854
DD380648.eps
DD380649.eps

NT06/12 NT16 NT06/12 NT16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
04475 04476 04489 04490 04477 04478 04491 04492
must be made (1) . For Linergy LGYE (see page B-19) and Linergy BS busbars
(2) Vertical connection adapters and cable-lug adapters are not compatible with input voltage u 500 V.
b install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate (03801) or install a Micrologic
control unit capable of displaying the values.
A-10

Functional units Toggle and motor mechanism
Canalis connection
Circuit breakers
Dd380795.eps
400 150
650

NT06/12 NT16 NT06/12 NT16
Number of devices per row 1 - 1 -
No. of vertical modules 17 - 18 -
Mounting plates 03484 - 03483 -
Front plates upstream 03804 [4] + 03803 [3] - 03804 [4] + 03803 [3] -
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03692 [7] - 03691 [8] -
downstream 03803 [3] - 03803 [3] -
Mounting Canalis rear connection

Dd383683.eps
150

NT06/16 NT06/16
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03692 [7] 03691 [8]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

NT06/12 NT16 NT06/12 NT16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Type of terminals front connection Front connections supplied with the device
rear connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Terminal extension bar support rear connection 2 x 04693 -
Arc-chute cover 47335 47336 - - -
Canalis support 03561 -
Canalis interface 04703 04704 04703 04704 04703 04704 04703 04704
Canalis/device connection front connection 04711 04712 - 04711 04712 -
rear connection 04713 04714 04713 04714 04713 04714 04713 04714
Canalis cover front connection 04871 + 04852 - 04871 + 04852 -
rear connection 04871 + 04854
Connection must be made (1) on rear connection

DD380648.eps
DD380649.eps

NT06/12 NT16 NT06/12 NT16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
04475 04476 04489 04490 04477 04478 04491 04492
Free support for busbars connection For flat busbars: 2 x 04662
b install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate (03801)
b or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
A-11

Functional units Dedicated cubicle 3P
W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Mounting
Dd382506.eps
400
400

NT06 to NT16
[No. of vertical upstream (1) cut-out for 72 x 72 03723 [12] 03723 [12]
modules] or 96 x 96 mm
or plain 03722 [12] 03722 [12]
downstream (1) plain 03722 [12] 03722 [12]
(1) Hinged or reversible (left or right-hand opening) front plates connect directly to the framework, without a front-plate support frame.
Measurement-device installation
Measurement devices are installed on a front plate (03723) using plastic mounting
plates with cut-outs. The front plate can hold:
bb six 72 x 72 mm cases
bb or four 96 x 96 mm cases + 2 switches.
Number and type of Metal front plate with No. of Plastic Blanking plate
devices per row cut-out vertical mounting or device support
modules plates
with
cut-out
Mounting on interface with plastic mounting plates
To blank-off or install:
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
Dd382670.eps
- from 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm
- 1 device 45 x 45
Vigirex (1) and other
3 x 72 x 72 devices 72 x 72
without switch
03902 03900
60
12
40
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
60
40 10 A
0
A
- 1 to 4 buttons ø 16 or 22 mm
10
0
- 1 device 45 x 45
Power Meter (2) and
- 1 device 72 x 72
2 x 96 x 96 other devices 96 x 96
with switch
03723 03903 03901

Characteristics b Installation of three devices (72 x 72 mm cases) using plastic mounting plates (03902) and two devices (96 x 96 mm
cases) + a switch using plastic mounting plates (03903) on a hinged front plate (03723)
b The plain mounting plates have knock-outs for lamps, pushbuttons, switches or devices.
Knock-outs for 03900: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 mm device.
Knock-outs for 03901: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 or 72 x 72 mm device.
(1) RHU, RH10P, RH21P, RH99 relays, RM12T Multiplexer.
(2) PM200 / PM700 / PM800, FDM121.
A-12

W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Dd382672.eps
Dd382669.eps
NT06 to NT16
Arc-chute cover 47335 -
Vert. conn. adapters 33642 (1) 33642 (1)

Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1) 33644 (1)
Spacing rods 04691 04691
Accessories
Dd382513.eps
Dd382514.eps
W = 400 D = 400 D = 600

4 cable tie supports for 08774 08794 08794 + 08796
framework
A-13

W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Distribution Connection to horizontal Connection to horizontal Connection to vertical busbars

busbars Linergy LGYE busbars Linergy BS Linergy LGY or LGYE or BS
DD385311.eps
DD383814.eps
Devices Fixed/withdrawable device Fixed/withdrawable device Fixed/withdrawable device
NT06 to NT16 NT06 to NT16
Type of terminals Front connection Front connection Front connection
Support 2 x 04692 2 x 04692 2 x 04662
Barrier (1) 04855 04855 04855
Horizontal-busbar connections must be made (2) - -

60/80, 5 mm - must be made (2) -
thick
50/60/80, 10 - 04636 (3) + Connection must be made -
mm thick
Vertical-busbar connections - - must be made
(1) A barrier must be installed behind front plate 03723 when measurement devices are installed.
Connection between device and horizontal busbars must be made by the customer.
Selection of Linergy BS bars for the connection: see page B-13.
Selection of Linergy LGYE busbars: see page B-12.
A-14

Functional system Compact NS1600b to 3200
Functional units Cables connection
Circuit breakers
Dd385439.eps
400 150 600 150
650 650
NS1600b NS2000/3200
Devices Fixed device

NS1600b NS2000/3200
modules]
downstream 03804 [4] 03806 [6]

Dd385440.eps

NS1600b/2500 NS3200
Vertical-connection adapters 3P 33975 (1) 33975 (1)
4P 33976 (1) 33976 (1)
Terminal extension bar support 04694

Dd383548.eps

NS1600b NS2000/2500 NS3200
Busbars connection Must be made (2) (3)
Cover for busbars connection 04926 04926 04926
Additional cover - 04927 04927
(2) For the connection to flat busbars > 1600 A, order one joint per phase:
b 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm (04640)
b 1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (04641)
b install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate (03801)
b or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
A-15

Functional system Compact NS630b to NS1600
Functional units vertical mounting with cable
Toggle, rotary handle and motor mechanism
Circuit breakers
DD383692.eps
400 150
650

NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600 NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
Mounting plates 03482 03482 03483 03483
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03690 or 03701 (1) [7] 03691 [8] 03691 [8]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

DD383694.eps
150

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Front plates with cut-out 03690 or 03701 (1) [7] 03691 [8]
[No. of vertical downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
modules]
(1) For devices with toggle or rotary handle catalogue number 03690, with a motor mechanism catalogue number 03701.

NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600 NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 33596 33597 -
Vertical connection adapters 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3)
Cable-lug adapters Direct 33644 (3) 33645 (3) Direct 33644 (3) 33645 (3)
Spacing rods - 04691 (3) - 04691 (3)
connection
Cables cover front connection 04851 04852
rear connection 04853
Dd383701.eps
Dd383702.eps

NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
04485 04486 04487 04488 04477 04478 04491 04492
Can be reversed for upstream supply
must be made (4). For Linergy LGYE and Linergy BS busbars
b install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
b or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars; in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate downstream (03801).
A-16

Functional units Canalis vertical mounting
Toggle, rotary handle and motor mechanism
Circuit breakers
DD383693.eps
400 150
650

NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
Number of devices per row 1 - 1 -
No. of vertical modules 17 - 18 -
Mounting plates 03482 - 03483 -
Front plates upstream 03804 [4] + 03803 [3] - 03804 [4] + 03803 [3] -
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03690 or 03701 (1) [7] - 03691 [8] -
modules] downstream 03803 [3] - 03803 [3] -
Mounting Canalis rear connection

DD383695.eps
150

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03690 or 03701 (1) [7] 03691 [8]
modules] downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
(1) For devices with toggle or rotary handle catalogue number 03690, with a motor mechanism catalogue number 03701

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
3P 4P 3P 4P
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 -
connection
Canalis support 03561
Canalis interface 04703 04704 04703 04704
Canalis/device front connection 04711 04712 04711 04712
rear connection 04713 04714 04713 04714
Canalis cover front connection 04871 + 04851 04871 + 04852
rear connection 04871 + 04853 04871 + 04854

Dd383701.eps
Dd383702.eps

NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
04485 04486 04487 04488 04477 04478 04491 04492
Can be reversed for upstream supply
For Linergy LGYE and Linergy BS busbars: must be made (2)
b install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
b or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars; in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate downstream (03801).
A-17

Functional units Horizontal mounting
Toggle and rotary handle
Circuit breakers
Dd383551.eps
400 150
650

NS630b/1000
Number of devices per row 1
Front plates with cut-outs 03687 [7]
150

NS630b/1000
Front plates with cut-outs 03687 [7]
(1) Mounting of 03480 + connection transfert assembly 04483 or 04484 needs 8 vertical modules (use of one complementary front plate 1 module 03801) at the
bottom of the functional unit.

Dd383550.eps

NS630b/1000
3P 4P
Connection transfer assembly 04483 04484
Three 300 mm² or six 185 mm² cables can be connected per phase with lugs that are not of the two-metal type.
Cover rear connection 04844

Dd383552.eps

NS630b/1000
3P 4P
04473 04474
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597
A-18

Functional system Compact NS630b/1600
W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Mounting Toggle, rotary handle and motor mechanism
DD382506.eps
400
400

NS630b/1600 3/4P NS630b/1600 3P
[No. of vertical upstream (1) with cut-out for 03723 [12] 03723 [12]
modules] 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 mm meters
or plain 03722 [12] 03722 [12]
downstream (1) plain 03722 [12] 03722 [12]
(1) Hinged or reversible (left or right-hand opening) front plates connect directly to the framework, without a front-plate support frame.
Measurement-device installation
Measurement devices are installed on a front plate (03723) using plastic mounting
plates with cut-outs. The front plate can hold:
bb six 72 x 72 mm cases
bb or four 96 x 96 mm cases + 2 switches.
Number and type of Metal front plate with No. of Plastic Blanking plate
devices per row cut-out vertical mounting or device support
modules plates
with
cut-out
Mounting on an interface with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
Dd382670.eps
- 1 device 45 x 45
Vigirex (1) and other
3 x 72 x 72 devices 72 x 72 without
switch
03902 03900
40
60
12
60
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
40 10 A
0
10 A

0
- 1 device 45 x 45
Power Meter (2) and
- 1 device 72 x 72
2 x 96 x 96 other devices 96 x 96
with switch
03723 03903 03901

Characteristics b Installation of three devices (72 x 72 mm cases) using plastic mounting plates (03902) and two devices (96 x 96 mm
cases) + a switch using plastic mounting plates (03903) on a hinged front plate (03723)
b The plain mounting plates have knock-outs for lamps, pushbuttons, switches or devices.
Knock-outs for 03900: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 mm device.
Knock-outs for 03901: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 or 72 x 72 mm device.
(1) RHU, RH10P, RH21P, RH99 relays, RM12T Multiplexer.
(2) PM200 / PM700 / PM800, FDM121.
A-19

W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Dd382672.eps
NS630b/1600
3P 4P 3P
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 -
Vert. conn. adapters 33642 (1) 33643 (1) 33642 (1)

Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1)
33645 (1)
33644 (1)
Spacing rods 04691 04691
Accessories
Dd382513.eps
Dd382514.eps
W =400 D = 400 D = 600

4 cable tie supports for 08774 08794 08794 + 08796
framework
A-20

W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Distribution Connection to horizontal Connection to horizontal Connection to vertical busbars

busbars Linergy LGYE busbars Linergy BS Linergy LGY or LGYE or BS
DD383814.eps
DD385311.eps
Devices Fixed device Withdrawable Fixed device Withdrawable Fixed device Withdrawable
device device device
NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
3P/4P 3P 3P/4P 3P 3P/4P 3P
Type of terminals Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection
Support 2 x 04692 2 x 04692 2 x 04692 2 x 04692 - -
Barrier (1) 04855 04855 04855 04855 04855 04855
Horizontal-busbar must be made (4) - - - -

connections
50/60/80 - - 04636 (3) 04636 - -
+ Connection + Connection
must be made (4) must be made (4)
Vertical-busbar - - - - must be made
connections
Free support - - - - 2 x 04662 2 x 04662
(1) A barrier must be installed behind front plate 03723 when measurement devices are installed.
Connection between device and horizontal busbars must be made by the customer.
Selection of Linergy BS bars for the connection: see pages B-13 - B-16.
Selection of Linergy LGYE or LGY: see page B-12 or B-14.
A-21

Functional system Presentation of Compact NSX
Functional units circuit breakers for Prisma P
Circuit breakers
Presentation
A range of intelligent circuit breakers
PB105112.eps
Compact NSX improves management of electrical
PB108167.eps
installations
In addition to protection functions, the new generation of
Compact NSX moulded case circuit breakers provides new
features (analysis, measurements and communication)
with access to information:
>> either directly on the LCD screen of the trip unit to set the
circuit breaker or read the main electrical values, including
FDM121
U, I, f, P(W) and E (kWh)
>> or on the FDM121 or FDM128 display on the front of the
PB111801-32_r.eps
Prisma P switchboard (duct door with special front plate)
for quick access to a greater wealth of information.
A cable connects the display to the trip unit without any
special settings or configuration, making it easy to
personalise alarms and displays or read event logs and
maintenance indicators. FDM128
Integration of Compact NSX in Prisma P

PB391288-65_R.eps
Installation of Compact NSX devices in a Prisma P functional

switchboard is very easy and made of a functional unit
system:
- dedicated mounting plates for Compact NSX offer
- same power connections (Linergy FC distribution block
and prefabricated connections)
- identical control connections
- identical partitioning (form 2b to 4b)
- same modularity (taking into account the safety
clearances).
Installation architectures for the measurement

Installation function
A new front plate Compact NSX circuit breakers equipped with
The front of Compact NSX circuit breakers has an Micrologic 5/6 A or E trip units provide measurements
eye-pleasing curved profile, making Prisma P that can be read on the FDM 121 display module or
switchboards even more attractive. directly on the circuit breaker.
Prisma front plates are designed to take into account This makes it possible to optimise the space required by
all types of controls (toggle, motor mechanism, the functional unit.
rotary handle). What is more, installation and connections are made
easier because the FDM 121 or the FDM 128 is installed:
>> on direct cut-out in a plain door
PB391289-135_R.eps
Toggle
>> on a front for one or four 96 x 96 devices in the
functional unit or the 300 mm wide duct door.
Motor mechanism
PB391291-57_R.eps
Rotary handle
or more information on the communication functions of

F
Compact NSX, see the ULP system user manual, ref.
TRV99100, and the Compact NSX catalogue, ref.
LVPED208001_EN.
A-22

Functional system Compact NSX100 to NSX630
Toggle
Circuit breakers Fixed
Mounting Horizontal fixed
DD383868.eps
400 150
650
Devices Toggle
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 (1) NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03411 03412 03451 03452
(1) Ammeter can be added.
Connection Distribution via lateral busbars

Linergy LGY
DD380513.eps
Devices Toggle
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Prefabricated connection 04423 04424 04453 04454
Linergy BS, LGYE
DD380693.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
(2) Connections must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32.
Distribution Downstream in cubicle

DD380694.eps
Devices Toggle
NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250 NSX400/630 Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
Connection connection 04425 04426 04429 (4) 04430 (4) 04455 04456 04459 (4) 04460 (4)
transfer assembly long terminal shields- - LV429517 LV429518 - - LV432593 LV432594
Rear connection short terminal shields LV429515 (3) LV429516 (3) LV429515 (3) LV429516 (3) LV432591 (3) LV432592 (3) LV432591 (3) LV432592 (3)
short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476
(3) Protection of terminals is ensured by Form 4 partitioning: see page B-61.
(4) No connection.
A-23

Toggle
Circuit breakers Plug-in
Mounting Horizontal plug-in
DD383869.eps
400 150
650
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03413 03414 03453 03454

Linergy LGY
DD384325.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Prefabricated connection 04431 04432 04461 04462
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
Short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383557.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32.
Long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592

Dd383558.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
connection short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Connection connection 04429 (1) 04430 (1) 04459 (1) 04460 (1)
transfer connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
assembly
short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Rear short terminal shields 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
(1) No connection.
A-24

Functional units vertical mounting
Toggle
Mounting Vertical fixed
DD380506.eps
400 150
650
Devices Toggle
Number of devices per row 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4
No. of vertical modules (1) 6 8 7 9
Mounting plates 03420 03420 03420 03420
[No. of vertical modules] downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
(1) For the Compact NSX100/250, the number of modules indicated is for supply via a Linergy FC distribution block.
For supply via cables, two additional modules are required; add an upstream plain front plate (03802).
Linergy LGY
DD380508.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy FC distribution blocks (with connection) 04403 04404 04403 04404
Linergy BS, LGYE
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy FC distribution blocks (without connection) 04407 04408 04407 04408
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518
with cable(1)
Rear connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516
with cable short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236
Accessories
Linergy FC tooth-caps 04809
Divisible blanking plate 03249
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip unit 03222

DD380696.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518
Rear connection (2) short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516
short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235
(2) Size reduced one module downstream.
A-25

Functional units Vertical mounting
Toggle
Dd383554.eps
Devices Toggle
NSX400 Vigi NSX400 NSX630 Vigi NSX630
Number of devices per row 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Mounting plates 03461 03461 03461 03461
Front plates upstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] - 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03801 [1] 03803 [3]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03275 [9] 03663 [7] 03297 [11] 03666 [9] 03275 [9] 03663 [7] 03297 [11] 03666 [9]
modules]
downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

Linergy LGY, Linergy BS, LGYE
Devices Toggle
NSX400, Vigi NSX400 NSX630, Vigi NSX630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1/2 1/2
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32.
connection long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
Rear short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592 LV432591 LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV432475 LV432475

Dd383554.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
connection
connection (1) short rear connectors LV432475 LV432475
A-26

Toggle
Mounting Vertical plug-in
Dd383559.eps
400 150
650
Devices Toggle
No. of vertical modules 9 7 11 9 10 8 12 10
Mounting plates 03421 (1) 03423 (2) 03421 (1) 03423 (2) 03421 (1) 03423 (2) 03421 (1) 03423 (2)
Front plates upstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1]
[No. of vertical modules] + 03802 [2] + 03802 [2] + 03802 [2] + 03802 [2]
with cut-out 03243 [5] 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03241 [7] 03243 [5] 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03241 [7]
downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
(1) Not compatible with Linergy FC distribution block.
(2) Compatible with Linergy FC distribution block.
Linergy LGY Dd383560.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy FC distribution blocks (with connection) 04405 (3) 04406 (3) 04405 (3) 04406 (3)
Linergy BS, LGYE
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy FC distribution blocks (without connection) 04407 04408 04407 04408
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Accessories
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip unit 03222
(3) Catalogue number 04924 is recommended when installing those references.
Dd383561.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV429306 LV429307
connection short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516
long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518
A-27

Toggle
Dd383554.eps
400 150
650
Devices Toggle
NSX400 Vigi NSX400 NSX630 Vigi NSX630
Mounting plates 03461 03461 03461 03461
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03275 [9] 03663 [7] 03297 [11] 03666 [9] 03275 [9] 03663 [7] 03297 [11] 03666 [9]
downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]

Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1/2 1/2
connection adapter for plug- LV432584 LV432585 LV432584 LV432585
in base
connection adapter for LV432584 LV432585 LV432584 LV432585
plug-in base

Dd383554.eps
Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter for LV432584 LV432585 LV432584 LV432585
connection plug-in base
short terminal shields on LV432591 LV432592 LV432591 LV432592
device
long terminal shields on LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
plug-in base
plug-in base
A-28

rotary handle, motor mechanism
Mounting Horizontal, fixed on plug-in base
Dd383562.eps
400 150
650
Devices Rotary handle, motor mechanism

NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250 NSX400/630 (1) Vigi NSX400/630 (1)
rotary handle, rotary handle,
motor mechanism motor mechanism
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03413 03414 03413 03414 03453 (2) 03454 (2) 03453 (2) 03454 (2)
Front plates with cut-out 03604 [3] 03606 [4] 03604 [3] 03606 [4] 03643 [4] 03644 [5] 03643 [4] 03644 [5]
[No. of vertical
modules]
Collar - - LV429285 LV429285 - - LV429285 LV429285
(1) For direct installation under horizontal busbars, the busbars must be covered: see page B-58.
(2) Catalogue number 03460 is recommended when installing an NSX with a motor mechanism.

Linergy LGY
Dd383563.eps

NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250 NSX400/630 , Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection 04427 04428 must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32.
Long terminal shields - LV432593 LV432594
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383564.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P

Dd383565.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P
connection
transfer
assembly long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
(3) No connection.
A-29

Mounting Horizontal plug-in
Dd383562.eps
400 150
650

NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250 rotary NSX400/630 (1) Vigi NSX400/630 (1)
handle, motor rotary handle,
mechanism motor mechanism
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03413 03414 03413 03414 03453 (2) 03454 (2) 03453 (2) 03454 (2)
Collar - - LV429285 LV429285 - - LV429285 LV429285
(1) For direct installation under horizontal busbars, the busbars must be covered: see page page B-58.

Linergy LGY
Dd383563.eps
Devices Plug-in device

3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection 04427 04428 must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32.
Short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383564.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P

Dd383565.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection adapter LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
for plug-in base
transfer long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
assembly
for plug-in base
(3) No connection.
A-30

Dd383566.eps
400 150
650

Mounting plates 03422 03422 03422 03422
[No. of vertical modules] downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 front-panel escutcheons - LV429316 (2) - LV429316 (2)
(2) For ammeter, take LV429285 + LV429318 catalogue numbers.

Linergy LGY

NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
Number of devices per row 4 x 3P 3 x 4P
Linergy FC distribution blocks 04405 (3) 04406 (3)
(with connection)
Linergy BS, LGYE
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
Linergy FC distribution blocks 04407 04408
(without connection)
Accessories
Blanking plate fract. + electronic trip unit 03222

NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
3P 4P
Front long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 (4) LV429516 (4)
connection short rear connectors LV429235
long rear connectors LV429236
A-31

Dd383567.eps
400 150
650

NSX400 Vigi NSX400 Rotary NSX630 Vigi NSX630 Rotary
handle handle
Mounting plates 03461 (2) 03461 03461 (2) 03461
downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 escutcheons - LV429316 (3) - LV429316 (3)


NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1/2
connection long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594

NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P
connection
A-32

Dd383567.eps
400 150
650

Mounting plates 03421 03421 03421 03421
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03243 [5] 03244 [7] 03243 [5] 03244 [7]
downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 escutcheons - LV429316 (2) - LV429316 (2)

Linergy LGY

NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
Linergy FC distribution blocks (with 04405 (3) 04406 (3)
connection).
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307
Linergy BS, LGYE
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
Linergy FC distribution blocks (without 04407 04408
connection).
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307
Accessories
Blanking plate fract. + electronic trip unit 03222

NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
connection adapter for LV429306 LV429307
plug-in base
Rear short terminal shields 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516
plug-in base
A-33

Dd383567.eps
400 150
650

NSX400 Vigi NSX400 NSX630 Vigi NSX630 Rotary
Rotary handle handle
Mounting plates 03461 (2) 03461 03461 (2) 03461
downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 front-panel escutcheons - LV429316 (3) - LV429316 (3)


NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1/2
connection long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594
short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592
plug-in base
plug-in base

NSX400/630, Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592
plug-in base
plug-in base
A-34

All controls
Circuit breakers Withdrawable
Mounting Horizontal withdrawable
DD383870.eps
400 150
650
Devices All controls

NSX100/250 Vigi NSX100/250 NSX400/630 Vigi NSX400/630
Mounting plates 03415 03415 03462 (1) 03462 (1)
Collar LV429284 LV429285 LV432534 LV429285
Locking kit (2) LV429286 LV429286 LV429286 (3) LV429286 (3)
(2) If mounting several above one another chassis + form 3b + chassis locking kit LV429286, the number of vertical modules must be increased by 2 ; it is necessary
to add a 2 modules front plate 03802.
(3) Not compatible with NSX630.
Linergy LGY H
G
F
E
D
C
B
Dd383571.eps
A
G
F
E
D
C
B
A

3P 4P 3P 4P
Prefabricated connection for toggle 04431 04432 04461 04462
Prefabricated connection for rotary handle & motor 04427 04428 must be made with insulated flexible bars, see
mechanism page B-32.
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383572.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P

Dd383573.eps
Devices Vertical withdrawable

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
Connection transfer connection 04429 (4) 04430 (4) 04459 (4) 04460 (4)
assembly connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
Rear connection short terminal shields 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
(4) No connection.
A-35

All controls
Circuit breakers Withdrawable
Mounting Vertical withdrawable
Dd383574.eps
400 150
650

NSX100/160 NSX250 NSX400 NSX400 NSX400 NSX630 NSX630 NSX630
toggle rotary handle toggle rotary handle
+ motor + motor
mechanism mechanism
Mounting plates 03421 03421 03461 (2) 03461 03461 (2) 03461 (2) 03461 03461 (2)
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03803 [3] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03243 [5] 03243 [5] 03663 [7] 03275 [9] 03275 [9] 03663 [7] 03275 [9] 03275 [9]
modules] downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03803 [3] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
Collar LV429284 (1) LV429284 (1) LV432534 (1) LV432534 - LV432534 (1) LV432534 -
Mounting Vertical withdrawable

Dd383574.eps
400 150
650

Vigi Vigi NSX250 Vigi NSX400 Vigi NSX400 Vigi NSX630 Vigi NSX630
NSX100/160 toggle rotary handle + toggle rotary handle +
motor mechanism motor mechanism
Number of devices per row 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
No. of vertical modules 10 11 13 13 15 15
Mounting plates 03421 03421 03461 03461 03461 03461 03461 03461 03461 03461
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] - 03802 [2] - 03802 [2] 03801 [1] 03803 [3] 03801 [1] 03803 [3]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03244 [7] 03244 [7] 03297 [11] 03666 [9] 03297 [11] 03666 [9] 03297 [11] 03666 [9] 03297 [11] 03666 [9]
modules] downstream 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
Collar LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285
+ LV429284 (1) + LV429284 (1) + LV432534 (1) + LV432534
(1) For devices with toggle only.

3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 2 1/2
conn. long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
plug-in base
conn. short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
plug-in base
Dd383575.eps
Devices Vertical withdrawable

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
conn. for plug-in base
on device
on plug-in base
conn. short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
for plug-in base
A-36

Functional system Compact NSX100 to 630
Functional units Vertical mounting
W = 400 mm All controls
Circuit breakers Fixed/Plug-in
Mounting Device vertical, front connection
DD383879.eps
400
400
Devices Fixed/withdrawable Fixed/withdrawable Fixed/withdrawable Fixed/withdrawable

Compact NSX100/250 Vigicompact Compact NSX400/630 Vigicompact
NSX100/250 NSX400/630
Toggle Toggle Toggle, Toggle
Rotary handle Rotary handle
Motor mechanism Motor mechanism
Mounting plates 03051 03050 03487 03487
Adapter Prisma G 03596 03596 - -
[No. of vertical downstream - - - 03814 [4]
modules]
Collar - LV432534 - LV432534

DD383614.eps

NSX100/250, NSX400/630, NSX100/250, NSX400/630,
Vigi NSX100/250 Vigi NSX400/630 Vigi NSX100/250 Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter - - LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
connection for plug-in base
short terminal shields - - LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
ong terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594

DD383921.eps

NSX100/250, NSX400/630, NSX100/250, NSX400/630,
Vigi NSX100/250 Vigi NSX400/630 Vigi NSX100/250 Vigi NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front short terminal shields - - LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection adapter for - - LV429306 LV429307 L
V432584 LV432585
plug-in base
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475 LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476 LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476
connection adapter for
- - LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
plug-in base
A-37

Functional system Easypact CVS100/630
Functional units Horizontal fixed mounting
and distribution Toggle
Circuit breakers
DD383868.eps
650
Devices Toggle
Easypact CVS100/250 Easypact CVS400/630
Easypact Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact Vigi CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03411 03412 03451 03452

Devices Toggle
3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection must be made with insulated flexible bars, see page B-32. 400

DD380694.eps
Devices Toggle
Easypact CVS100/250 Easypact Vigi Easypact CVS400/630 Easypact Vigi
CVS100/250 CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
connection
Connection connection 04429 (1) 04430 (1) 04429 (1) 04430 (1) 04459 (1) 04460 (1) 04459 (1) 04460 (1)
transfer long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
assembly
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592 LV432591 LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
(1) No connection.
A-38

Functional units Horizontal fixed mounting
and distribution Rotary handle
Circuit breakers
Dd383562.eps
400 650
Devices Rotary handle

3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03413 03414 03453 03454
Collar (1) LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 + LV429527 LV429285 + LV429527
(1) On Vigi CVS only.


400 Easypact Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact Vigi CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P

Dd383565.eps

3P 4P 3P 4P
connection
Connection connection 04429 (2)
04430 (2)
04459 (2)
04460 (2)
transfer long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
assembly
(2) No connection.
A-39

Functional units Vertical fixed mounting
and distribution Toggle
Circuit breakers
DD380506.eps
400 650
Devices Toggle
Easypact CVS100/250 Easypact Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 4 3 4 3 1
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03273 [9]
downstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]

DD385433.eps
Devices Toggle
Easypact CVS100/250 Easypact Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 3/4 1
Front long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476
Divisible blanking plate 03249 03249 03249
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip 03222 03222 03222
unit

DD385434.eps
Devices Toggle
Easypact CVS100/160, Easypact CVS250,
Easypact Vigi CVS100/160 Easypact Vigi CVS250
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 (1) LV429516 (1) LV429515 (1) LV429516 (1)
A-40

Functional units Vertical fixed mounting
and distribution Rotary handle
Circuit breakers
Dd383566.eps
400 650

Easypact CVS100/250 Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 4 3 4 3 1
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out 03243 [5] 03244 [7] 03275 [9]
downstream 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
Collar - LV429285 -

DD385435.eps

Easypact CVS100/250 Vigi CVS100/250 Easypact CVS400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 3/4 1
Front long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip 03222 03222 03222
unit

DD385436.eps

Easypact CVS100/250, Easypact CVS400/630,
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 (1) LV429516 (1) LV432591 (1) LV432592 (1)
A-41

Functional system Easypact EZC100, EZC200,
Functional units EZCV250, EZC400, EZC630
and distribution
Circuit breakers
Horizontal /vertical mounting
Fixed, toggle
DD384004.eps
400 650
Devices Toggle
Easypact EZC250 Easypact EZC400/630
Easypact EZCV250
3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates 03504 03504 03451 03452
[No. of vertical
modules]
Long terminal shields EZETSHD3P (1) EZETSHD4P (1) LV432593 LV432594

Dd383577.eps
400 650
Devices Toggle
Easypact EZC100 Easypact EZC250 Easypact EZC400/630
Easypact EZCV250
1P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 15 5 3 4 3 1
Front plates upstream - - 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03303 [5] 03305 [7] 03273 [9]
modules]
downstream - - 03802 [2]
Long terminal shields - EZATSHD3P (1) EZATSHD4P (1) EZETSHD3PN (1) EZETSHD4PN (1) LV432593 LV432594
(1) Set of 2.
A-42

Functional system Compact INS-INV630b to 1600
Functional units Compact INS-INV2000-2500
Dd383581.eps
400 150
650

INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500
3P 4P 3P 4P
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03713 [6] 03714 [6] 03715 [10]
modules]
downstream 03804 [4] 03803 [3]
Characteristics Depending on the type of front connection, an INS-INV2000-2500 can be mounted in a 400 mm or 600 mm deep enclosure.
For rear connection, a 600 mm deep enclosure is required.
Connection With cable

Dd383580.eps

INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500
3P 4P 3P 4P
Vertical connection adapters 31301 (1) 31302 (1) 33975 (1) 33976 (1)
Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1) 33645 (1) - -
Connection - must be made
Terminal extension bar support - 04694 04694
Distribution Connection with cable

Dd383582.eps

INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500
3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection LGY 04481 04482 must be made
Connection BS, LGYE must be made must be made
Cover for busbars connection 04926 (2) 04926 (2)
Free support - 2 x 04662
(2) Partitioning of devices must be made.
A-43

Functional system Compact INS-INV250 to 630
Functional units Horizontal / vertical
Front handle
Mounting Horizontal fixed Vertical fixed
DD380543.eps
DD380546.eps
400 150
650

INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630 INS-INV250 INS-INV320/400 INS-INV500/630
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 2/3 1 1

No. of vertical modules 4 5 7 (1) 10 11
Mounting plates 03412 03452 03420 03461 03461
Front plates upstream - - 03801 [1] - 03801 [1]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03617 [4] 03658 [5] 03248 [5] 03620 [5] 03274 [10] 03274 [10]
modules]
downstream - - 03801 [1] - -
(1) For the Compact INS-INV250, the number of modules indicated is for supply via a Linergy FC distribution block.

Linergy LGY
DD380544.eps
DD380547.eps
INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630 INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630
3P 4P
Prefabricated connection 04427 04428 must be made -
Distribution block Linergy FC - 04404 must be made
Long terminal shields - LV432594 - LV432594
Accessories
Linergy FC tooth-caps - 04809
Linergy BS, LGYE
DD381423.eps
DD380548.eps

Connection must be made -
Linergy FC distribution blocks (without - 04408 must be made
connection)
Long terminal shields LV429518 LV432594 - LV432594
Accessories
Linergy FC tooth-caps - 04809

DD380545.eps
DD380549.eps

connection
connection (2) short rear connectors LV429235 LV432475 LV429235 LV432475
(2) For rear connection, size reduced one module; a plain downstream front plate (03801) is not needed.
A-44

Functional system Modular devices
Functional units Acti 9
Circuit breaker NG160, NG125, C120 or iC120
Modular devices Interrupteur INS40/160
Presentation
PB105004.eps
A modular double profile rail offering a high level of
performance
Made using an aluminium alloy, a-magnetic properties, the
rail design is extremely rigid. The rail supports are crimp
mounted.
Fast mounting
The rail supports have positioning studs to guide the rail on
the framework. Only two mounting screws are required.
Multiple functions
A number of devices clip directly onto the rails, including
Linergy FM 80 and 200 A Multiclip distribution blocks, all
horizontal cable-running accessories such as cable straps
and trunking supports, as well as the supports for earth
bars Linergy TB.
What is more, for cable running to the Linergy TB terminal
block at the top or bottom of the cubicle, the supports are
designed to allow the passage to two vertical trunking
sections on the left and right.
Supply from all directions
Supply to the rows, using comb busbars Linergy FH or
Linergy FM distribution blocks, can be via:
>> Linergy BS busbars or Linergy BW insulated busbars
installed behind the devices
>> Linergy LGYE, Linergy LGY, Linergy BS installed in a
busbar compartment.
Compact NSX400 with motor mechanism, supplying rows of
Multi 9 or Acti 9 devices via Linergy BW insulated busbar.
Distribution Cable running

Linergy FM 80 and 200 A distribution blocks Straps
>> Fast and secure front connection using spring >> Easy and fast to install.
terminals. >> Low cost.
>> Reliable connections, will not loosen over time, >> Perfectly organised and integrated cable running.
insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations. >> Professional finish.
>> All types of modular devices can be mixed. >> Clips to the rear of the modular rail, very small size.
>> Easy balancing of phases.
>> Interchangeable devices. Trunking
>> Easy installation upgrades. >> Traditional solution.
>> Fully insulated (IPxxB).
Linergy FH comb busbars

>> Direct connection to device terminals or via a
PB105005.eps
connector.
>> Fully insulated.
>> Can be cut to length.
Linergy DP quick distribution blocks

>> See page B-28
Linergy DX quick distribution blocks

>> See page B-34
Linergy DS screw distribution blocks

>> See page B-38
A-45

Functional units
Acti 9 y 63 A
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal distances between centres: Horizontal distances between centres: 150 mm
200 mm
Dd380771.eps
Dd385399.eps
Dd385400.eps
400 150
650
Devices All modular devices Modular devices 40 A

Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 48 48 48
No. of vertical modules 4 (1) 3 8
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) 03401 03401 3 x 03401
Modular front plates 03204 [4] 03203 [3] 03223 [8]
Blanking strip 03220 03220 03220
plate divisible 03221 03221 03221
(1) For a modular row with a 160 A (half row) and 200 A Linergy FM distribution block positioned directly below a non-modular mounting-plate (Compact, etc.), or at
the top of a switchboard, add one additional module (i.e. 4+1) and a plain upstream front plate (03801).
Mounting Horizontal distances between centres: Horizontal distances between centres: 150 mm
200 mm
Dd382519.eps
650
400
Devices All modular devices Modular devices 40 A

Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 20 20
Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) 03404 (adjustable) 03404 (adjustable)
Modular front plates 03214 [4] 03213 [3]
Blanking plate strip 03220 03220
divisible 03221 03221
Connection Linergy FH comb busbar Distribution block Linergy FM 63 to 200 A row

Dd382484.eps
DD384088.EPS
Type of connected devices According devices All type

Comb busbars / distribution > page B-40 > page B-36
blocks
Linergy TR Terminal blocks: see page B-52.
A-46

Functional units 80/160 A switchboard incomer
Circuit breakers
Mounting Circuit breakers Switch disconnectors
DD380769.eps
DD380770.eps
400
650
Devices NG160, NG160NA NG125, NG125NA,Vigi NG125, Compact Compact INS100/160

Vigi NG160 C120, Vigi C120, iC120, Vigi iC120 INS40/160 with long terminal shields
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) 03402 (adjustable) (1) 03401 03401 03401
+ 04227
Modular front plates 03205 [5] 03205 [5] 03204 [4] 03205 [5]
Blanking plate strip 03220 03220
divisible 03221 03221
(1) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (cat. no. 04227) to instal modular devices on.
Note: width of NG160 circuit breakers: NG160 3P: 10 modules / NG160 4P: 14 modules
Vigi NG160 3P: 24 modules / Vigi NG160 4P: 27 modules
width of NG125 circuit breakers: NG125 3P: 9 modules / NG125 4P: 12 modules
Vigi NG125 3P y 63 A: fixed sensitivity 18 modules
adjustable sensitivity 20 modules
> 63 A : fixed sensitivity 20 modules
Vigi NG125 4P y 63 A : fixed sensitivity 21 modules
> 63 A : fixed sensitivity 23 modules
C120 or iC120 3P: 9 modules / C120 or iC120 4P: 12 modules
Vigi C120 or iC120 3P: 19 modules / Vigi C120 or iC120 4P: 22 modules
width of devices: INS40/80: width 10 modules
INS100/160: width 15 modules
Mounting Circuit breakers Switch disconnectors

Dd382520.eps
Dd382522.eps
650
400
Devices NG160, NG160NA, NG125, NSA125/160 INS40/160 INS100/160 with long terminal shields
Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) 03404 (adjustable) (2) 03404 (adjustable) 03404 (adjustable)
Front plates modular 03214 [4] 03214 [4] 03214 [4]
[No. of vertical
modules] downstream 03811 [1] - 03811 [1]
Blanking plate strip 03220 03220 03220
divisible 03221 03221 03221
(2) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (04227) to instal modular devices on.
Note: to mix an NSA125/160 circuit breaker with Multi 9 or Acti 9 modular devices, order (with the device) the symmetrical rail + raiser set (28041).
Width of devices: NSA125/160 3P: 10 modules / NSA125/160 4P: 14 modules.
Connection Insulated Rear Linergy BS Linergy BS Linergy DX 1P, Linergy DX 4P, Linergy DS
Linergy BW busbars multi-stage 160 A 160 A multi-stage
busbars busbars distribution distribution distribution
block block
Dd382578.eps
Dd382628.eps
Dd383648.eps
DD381402.eps
Dd381308.eps
DD385267.eps
Type of connected devices All type All type All type All type All type All type
Distribution block / busbars > page B-22 > page B-18 > page B-16 > page B-35 > page B-35 > page B-38
Connection > page B-23 must be made must be made > page B-35 > page B-35 must be made
A-47

Functional system Source-changeover
Functional units Compact / Masterpact
Source-changeover
Presentation
1 Manual source-changeover system
To ensure the supply
This is the most simple system. A human operator is required
of energy at all times,
and consequently, the transfer from the source S1 to the
certain electrical source S2 is delayed.
installations are
A manual source-changeover system comprises two or three
connected to two
manually controlled devices (circuit breakers or switch-
sources: disconnectors) that are mechanically interlocked.
>> the normal source
The interlocking system avoids simultaneous connection (even
>> the replacement source that steps in transient) of the two sources.
to supply the installation if the
normal source is not available.
A mechanical and/or electrical

interlocking system between two
Compact or Masterpact switch- 2 Remote-operated source-changeover
disconnectors or circuit breakers (or a system
mixture) avoids simultaneous
connection of the two sources during This is the most commonly used system. No human intervention
switching. is required.
The source-changeover system can be: The transfer from the S1 to the S2 source is managed
>> manual when the devices are electrically.
mechanically interlocked A remote-operated source-changeover system is made up of
>> remote operated when there is also two or three devices linked by an electrical interlocking system
an electrical interlocking system implemented in a number of manners.
>> automatic, by adding an automatic Device control is backed up by a mechanical interlocking system
controller that manages switching that protects against the consequences of an electrical
from one source to another malfunction and inhibits incorrect manual operation.
according to a number of external
parameters.
S1 S2
3
Dd385519.eps
Automatic source-changeover system

When a remote-operated source-changeover system is
combined with an automatic controller, the sources can be
controlled automatically according to a number of
programmed operating modes.
This solution provides optimum energy management:
>> switching to a source S2 depending on any external
conditions
>> management of sources
>> regulation
>> emergency source replacement, etc.
ee the catalogue dedicated to
S A communications function for dialogue with a supervisor is
Compact and Masterpact available for the automatic controller.
source-changeover systems, catalogue
number: LVPED21122EN
ee "Installation of source-changeover systems" pages D-89

S
and D-90.
A-48

Functional system Source-changeover
Functional units Possible combinations
Compact NSX100/630, NS630b/1600
Source-changeover Masterpact NT06/16, NW08/32
Dd383703.eps
Type of device Type of interlocking
Complete Toggle Keylock Rotary On base plate Cable-type Cable-type Cable-type
assembly handle with 2 with 3 with 2 devices
devices devices one above
side-by-side side-by-side another
(2) (2)
INS250 (rating 100 to 250)

INV100 to INV250 (1)
INS320 to INS630
INV320 to INV630 (1)
NSX100 to NSX250
NSX400 to NSX630
NS630b to NS1600
NT06 to NT16
NW08 to NW32
(1) Visible break function.
(2) In 2 or 3 cubicles.
Remote-operated source-changeover systems - Mechanical interlocking system

DD383809.eps
Devices Combination of Compact NSX “S1” and “S2” devices

"S1" "S2"
NSX100 NSX160 NSX250 NSX400 NSX630
NSX100 Rating 12,5...100 A
NSX160 Rating 12,5...160 A
NSX250 Rating 12,5...250 A
NSX400 Rating 160...400 A
NSX630 Rating 250...630 A
Dd383578.eps
Devices Combination of “S1” and “S2” devices, Interlocking via cables

"S1" "S2"
NS630b to NS1600 NT06 to NT16 NW08 to NW40
NS630b to NS1600
NT06 to NT16
NW08 to NW40
Possible combinations.
A-49

Functional system Manual or remote-operated or
Functional units automatic source-changeover
Source-changeover
S1 device identical to S2 device
DD385442.eps
600 150
650

Number of vertical modules 31 34 33 36
Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream 03805 [5] 03806 [6] 03805 [5] 03806 [6]
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Front plates upstream - - - -
modules]
downstream 03804 [4] 03805 [5] 03804 [4] 03805 [5]
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Upstream connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW06/10 NW20/32
Downstream connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Distribution Linergy LGY, LGYE or BS busbars

Selection of Linergy LGY busbars: see page B-14, Linergy LGYE: see page B-15, Linergy BS: see page B-16.
S1 device
Upstream connection Front connections supplied with the device
S2 device
Downstream connection Front connections supplied with the device
Mounting Controller outside the device zone

DD383813.eps
600 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Number of vertical modules 4
Front plates with cut-out 03671 [4]
[No. of vertical mod.]
Characteristics When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting plate, the sources can be controlled
automatically according to a number of programmed operating modes.
A-50

Source-changeover
DD385443.eps
600 150
650

Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream 03805 [5] 03806 [6] 03805 [5] 03806 [6]
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream - - - -
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW06/10 NW20/32

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
600 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
A-51

Source-changeover
S1 device different to S2 device
DD385442.eps
600 150
650

Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream 03806 [6] 03806 [6] 03806 [6] 03806 [6]
S2 device
NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16
modules]
downstream 03805 [5] 03804 [4] 03805 [5] 03804 [4]
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NWT06/10 NW20/32

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
600 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
A-52

Source-changeover
DD385443.eps
600 150
650

Mounting plates 03500 03500 03500 03500
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream 03806 [6] 03806 [6] 03806 [6] 03806 [6]
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream - - - -
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW06/10 NW20/32

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
600 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
A-53

Source-changeover
DD385441.eps
600 150
650

Mounting plates 03484 03484 03483 03483
S1 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
S2 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
downstream 03802 [2] 03804 [4] 03802 [2] 03804 [4]
Connection

S1 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Vertical connection adapters 33642 33643 33642 33643 33642 33643 33642 33643
S2 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

S1 device
Connection must be made
S2 device
Mounting Outside the device zone

DD383813.eps
600 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Characteristics When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting plate, the sources can be
controlled automatically according to a number of programmed operating modes.
A-54

Masterpact NT06/16, rear connection
Source-changeover
Dd380796.eps
150

Number of vertical modules 22 22
S1 device
NT06/16 NT06/16
modules]
downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
S2 device
NT06/16 NT06/16
modules]
downstream 03801 [1] -
Connection

S1 device
NT06/16 NT06/16
S2 device
NT06/16 NT06/16

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
400 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
A-55

Source-changeover
DD385441.eps
400 150
650

Mounting plates 03484 03484 03483 03483
S1 device
NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10
S2 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
Connection

S1 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
S2 device
NT06/10 NT12/16 NT06/10 NT12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
400 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
A-56

Compact NS630b to 1000
Source-changeover
Mounting Horizontal
Dd381534.eps
400 150
650
Devices
NS630b/1000
3P 4P
Front plates upstream -
modules]
downstream -
Mechanical interlock 33890 33890
Characteristics Interlocking of direct rotary handles.
The devices are equipped with a direct rotary handle.
Type of connected devices Compact NS630b/1000

3P 4P
Front long terminal shields 33628 x 2 33629 x 2
connection
A-57

Functional system Manual source-changeover
Functional units Compact NSX100/630
Source-changeover
Mounting Vertical Horizontal
DD381529.eps
DD383810.eps
400 150
650
A
ON
I
reset
O
OFF
Devices
NSX100/250 NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
modules]
Mechanical interlock LV429369 LV429369 LV432621 LV432621
Characteristics Interlocking of rotary handles
The devices are equipped with a rotary handle.
They are mounted on a dedicated mounting plate.
Type of connected devices Compact NSX100/250 Compact NSX400/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front conn. long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
for spreader - - LV432595 LV432596
Coupling accessory LV429358 LV429359 LV432619 LV432620
Rear conn. short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
A-58

Functional system Remote-operated
Functional units source-changeover
Compact NSX100/630
Source-changeover
Mounting Horizontal
DD383811.eps
DD383812.eps
400 150
650
Devices
NSX100/250 NSX400/630
Mounting plates 03417 (1) 03457 (2)
Front plates with 03616 [8] 03656 [10]
[No. of vertical cut-out
mod.]
Characteristics The devices are equipped with motor mechanisms.
(1) Order mounting plate + IVE electrical interlocking unit for NSX100/250 (cat. no. 29350 for AC or 29351 for DC version).
(2) Order mounting plate + IVE electrical interlocking unit for NSX400/630 (cat. no. 32610 for AC or 32611 for DC version).
Incoming and busbar connections to be made.
Type of connected devices Compact NSX100/250 Compact NSX400/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front long terminal LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection shields
for spreader - - LV432595 LV432596
Rear short terminal LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection shields
Mounting Controller
DD383813.eps
400 150
650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
[No. of vertical
mod.]
A-59

Functional units Compact INS-INv250 to 630
Front direct rotary handle
Source-changeover
Mounting Front vertical rotary handle Front horizontal rotary handle
DD381537.eps
Dd383707.eps
400 150
650
Devices Mechanical interlocking

INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630
modules]
Mechanical interlock 31073 31074
Distribution
Type of connected devices Compact INS-INV250 Compact INS-INV320/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front conn. long terminal 2 x LV429518 2 x LV429518 -
shields
long terminal - 2 x LV432594 2 x LV432594
shields
45 mm
A-60

Functional units Compact INS250 to 630
Complete assembly device
Source-changeover
Mounting Vertical complete assembly Horizontal complete assembly
Dd381539.eps
Dd383708.eps
400 150
650
Devices Complete source-changeover assembly

INS250 INS320/630
modules]
Distribution
Type of connected devices Compact INS250 Compact INS320/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front conn. long terminal 2 x LV429518 2 x LV429518 -
shields
long terminal - 2 x LV432594 2 x LV432594
shields
45 mm
Complete 100 A 31140 31141
source- 160 A 31144 31145
changeover
assembly 200 A 31142 31143
250 A 31146 31147
320 A 31148 31149
400 A 31150 31151
500 A 31152 31153
630 A 31154 31155
A-61

Functional system Fupact presentation
Functional units
Fusegear
Presentation
Fupact INF Fupact ISFT Fupact ISFL

from 32 to 800 A from100 to 630 A from160 to 630 A
The Fupact fuse - Fupact ISFT fuse - Fupact ISFL vertical fuse -
switch-disconnectors are designed for switch-disconnectors are particularly switch-disconnectors are mainly
mounting the main fuses applying with suited for: intended for:
european standards: NFC, DIN, BS. >> secondary distribution circuits >> main power distibution switchboard
Fupact INF ensure your power >> powering and control of industrial >> public power distribution for power
application for: motors as local isolation device. supply companies
PB107274_22.eps
>> distribution switchboards
>> disconnection, isolation, locking and
PB104875.eps
PB104876.eps
primary control of incoming circuits

>> e mergency stop,
>> motor feeders (protect motors
against single-phasing).
PB107591_35.eps
Installation
PB104887.eps
Easy implementation
Fupact fusegear can be installed on mounting plates
or mounted directly on the busbars. Installation is
made easy by special components for each type of
mounting and clear instructions in accordance with
standard working practices.
All the fittings are provided

Depending on the model of the device, it can be
installed:
>> vertically or horizontally
>> in the device compartment or in a lateral duct
>> by mixing the ratings of the devices and at the
same time ensuring the best filling ratio
Full functional-unit performance

For INF, ISFT and ISFL fusegear, a complete set of
mounting plates, front plates and prefabricated
connection accessories offer all the advantages of
the Prisma installation in terms of safety and ease of
installation.
Maximum safety
Positioning and mounting of the devices in the
switchboard and the percentage of space occupied
take into account temperature rise, short-circuit
withstand capacities, clearances, etc.
A-62

Functional system Fupact ISFL
Functional units vertical / 3P
Determining the busbars
Fusegear
Mounting Through cut-out front plate Through a 2/3 cut-out front plate Accessories
DD384443.EPS
DD384444.EPS
DD384445.EPS
400 150
650
Devices
ISFL160 ISFL160 ISFL250/400/630
Number of devices per row 9 10 5 -
Number of vertical modules 11 24 24 -
Mounting plates 03545 + (1) 03546 + (1) 03546 (1) + (2) -
Length adapter - + 5 x LV480870 (2) - -
Conversion kit for direct conn. - + 5 x LV480854 (2) - -
Front plates with cut-out 03736 [11] - - -
[No. of vertical FAV 2/3 - 03735 [24] 03735 [24] -
mod.]
CSP 12 mod. - 08562 08562 -
Side frame door cut-out 2 x LV480868 2 x LV480868 2 x LV480868 -
Blanking plate 03740 03740 03741 (3) -
Busbars cover - - - 04860
Characteristics b The fuses are installed on the horizontal bars b The fuses are installed on the horizontal bars
which are in turn supported by a mounting plate which are in turn supported by a mounting plate
b The front plates are secured to the hinged front b The front of the cubicle is made up of two parts:
plate support frame. v 2/3 cut-out front plate allowing introduction of the
b The front may be covered either by a cover frame fuses
or a plain or transparent door. v 1/3 front plate support frame (12 modules) on
b Current transformers can be installed behind ISFL which the functional units are mounted
fuse-switch disconnectors. b The front may be covered either by a cover frame
or a plain or transparent door.
b Current transformers can be installed behind ISFL
fuse-switch disconnectors.
(1) The bars are made by the customer: for choice of bars, see pages B-12 to B-19.
(2) Adaptation accessories LV480870 + LV480855 used to:
b install two ISFL160 devices on a mounting plate 03546
b mix ISFL devices.
(3) Use 2 blanking plates per device.
Note: for ISFL160, by fixing screws only.
Connection Direct
Devices
ISFL160/630
Connection By cables or directly on the busbars with clamp fixing or pressure fixing
Distribution
Devices
ISFL160/630
Downstream connection With cable
Note: for determining the busbar, see page D-60.
A-63

Functional system Fupact ISFT
Functional units vertical / 3P
Installation on mounting plate or busbars
Fusegear/Switch-disconnector Determining the busbars
Mounting On base plate On busbars
Dd383589.eps
Dd383590.eps
400 150
650
Devices
ISFT100 ISFT100N ISFT160 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630 ISFT100N ISFT160
Number of vertical modules 6 8 6 9 9 10 8 6
Mounting plates 03554 03553 03556 03557 03557 03557 03555 03555
[No. of vertical downstream - - - - - 03802 [2] - -
mod.]
Connection Direct
Devices
ISFT100 ISFT100N ISFT160 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630 ISFT100N ISFT160
Downstream, with cable or flexible bars
Short terminal shields - - 49880 - - - - -
Long terminal shields - LV480756 2 x 49869 2 x 49872 2 x 49875 2 x 49876 - 2 x 49869
Distribution
Linergy FH for 2 devices 49861 49861

for 3 devices 49862 49862
for 4 devices 49863 49863
Coupler to connect 2 busbars 49890 49890
Tooth cap 49864 49864
Set of 3 connectors 49865 49865
(25 to 95 mm²)
Set of 3 distribution 49860 49860
connectors 3 x 10 mm²
Note: for determining the busbar, see page D-60.
A-64

Functional system Fupact INF
Functional units Horizontal / vertical
Extended rotary handle
Fusegear/Switch-disconnector
Mounting Horizontal
DD384452.EPS
DD384453.EPS
400 150
650

Devices
INF32/40 INF63 INF100/160 INF200 INF250 INF400 INF600/800
3P/4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Number of vertical modules 3 5 5 7 7 8 11
Mounting plates 03540 03541 03541 03534 03534 03535 03536
Front plates with cut-out 03313 [3] 03314 [5] 03314 [5] 03727 [7] 03727 [7] 03729 [8] 03730 [11]
[No. of vertical
mod.]
Mounting Vertical
DD381858.EPS
DD381859.eps
150

400 650

Devices
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
Number of vertical modules 3 5 5 9 9 9 11
Mounting plates 03540 03541 03541 03537 03537 03537 03537
Front plates upstream - - - 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03312 [3] 03313 [3] 03314 [5] 03315 [5] 03315 [5] 03728 [6] 03728 [6] 03728 [6] 03728 [6]
mod.]
downstream - - - 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03802 [2] 03803 [3]
Connection Direct
Devices
3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P 3P/4P
Short terminal shields - - - LV480550 (1) LV480552 (1) LV480554 (1) LV480556 (1)
Long terminal shields - - LV480445 (1) LV480551 (1) LV480553 (1) LV480555 (1) LV480557 (1)
(1) Set of 1: 3 x 3P, 4 x 4P.
Distribution Lateral busbars

DD384454.EPS
DD381860.EPS

Linergy LGYE, Linergy LGY or Linergy BS busbars (1)

Busbars connection Must be made
(1) Selection of flexible bars for the connection INF y 630 A: see page B-32.
A-65

Functional system Power factor correction
Functional units equipment
Others
Presentation
DD385374.EPS
Prisma P cubicles can be used for installation of the new
“VarplusCan” power factor correction modules designed
to improve power system quality and reduce consumption
of reactive energy.
These modules are made up of capacitors, contactors and

special protection against internal faults.
The power factor correction modules are installed

horizontally in a cubicle.
It is necessary to select each devices to create the power

factor correction module according to the “Panelbuilder
guide of Power Factor correction” number
FCED111008EN.
The busbars are supplied by a protection device installed

in an adjacent cubicle.
Special Prisma P cubicles are used for power factor

correction, given the temperature rise inside the cubicles.
They comply with and are tested according to standard
IEC 61439-1 et 2.
Installation
DD385395.eps
DD385437.eps
Mounting plates are equipped with the power factor

correction modules, made up of a contactor, the
corresponding protection fuses and a set of busbars.
>> They are installed in a 650 mm + 150 mm wide
cubicle that is either 400 or 600 mm deep
depending on the depth of the switchboard to
which it will be added.
>> Each cubicle can be equipped with up to
5 VarplusCan power factor correction Modules
(100 kvar) or up to 4 VarplusCan with self power
factor correction Modules (50 kvar), positioned one
above the other.
>> The cubicle has a ventilated roof that can be
equipped with one or two fans. Cubicle with a 300 mm wide
>> The door has cut-outs, one for the Varlogic power compartment for incoming
Standard cubicle
factor controller and another in the bottom for a cables via the top.
supplied via the bottom.
filter.
DD385373.eps
Device installation
VarplusCan with self :
>> No. of power factor correction modules per cubicle: 4
>> Power range (kvar): 200
>> C atalogue number: 03979.
VarplusCan without self :
>> No. of power factor correction modules per cubicle: 5
>> Power range (kvar): 500
>> C atalogue number: 03979.
A-66

Functional system Power factor correction
Functional units equipment
Others
Mounting Door with cut-outs Mounting plate
DD385372.eps
DD385426.eps
400 150
650
600 150
650

Characteristics Standard cover panels are used. The mounting plates are designed for installation of capacitors,
However, a special door is used (hinges on left only) that has contactors and devices protecting against internal faults.
cut-outs, one for the Varlogic power factor controller and another The power factor correction modules are installed horizontally in the
in the bottom for a filter. cubicle.
Gasket gland plate NSYTPV is necessary for mounting plate wiring.
Note: for further details, see page B-63.
Mounting Ventilation accessories

DD385396.eps
Cover panels Roof with cut-out Fan + top hood Top hood without Outlet grill Fan with filter Spare filter
D = 400 mm D = 600 mm fan
Catalogue number 08478 08678 NSYCVF575M230MF NSYCAC228RMF NSYCAG291LPF NSYCVF850M230PF NSYCAF228R
Characteristics A roof with a cut-out Fan characteristics b Material: steel b Material: b Power: 150/195 W For outlet grill
ensures natural b Power: 85 W b Finishing parts: Injected b Input voltage: or filter IP54,
ventilation of the b Input voltage: 230 V painted with thermoplastic 207 V... 244 V cut-out
equipment. b Throughput via outlet grill : epoxy-polyester (ASA PC). (230 V) 228 x 228 mm
It can also be equipped v with 1 outlet grill: resin, textured self- b Throughput via
with two fans. 350 m3/hr RAL 7035 grey extinguishing outlet grill:
v Free with filter: 575 m3/hr b IP54 according to v with 1 outlet grill:
b Noise level: 64 dB. b Fixing to the top UL 94 V-0 (m3/h):
Top hood characteristics by means of b RAL 7035 grey 718 (50 Hz)
b Material: steel caged nuts and b IP54 568 (60 Hz)
b Finishing parts: painted with special screws b Free with filter: 838
epoxy-polyester resin, textured (50 Hz)
RAL 7035 grey 803 (60 Hz)
b IP54 b Noise level: 76/75
b Fixing to the top by means of dB
caged nuts and special screws
Configuration 200 kvar 500 kvar

Door
Designation Door with cut-outs Door with cut-outs
For front
Catalogue number NSYCVF850M230PF NSYCAG291LPF
Designation Fan with filter Outlet grill
For rear
Catalogue number 08748 08749 + NSYCAG291LPF
Designation Rear panel IP55 Rear panel IP55 with cut-out + outlet grill
Roof
Catalogue number 08478 or 08678 08478 or 08678
Designation Roof with cut-out Roof with cut-out
On roof
Catalogue number NSYCAC228RMF x 2 NSYCVF575M230MF x 2
Designation 2 top hood without fan IP54 2 fans + top hood IP54
Mounting plate
Designation Mounting plate Mounting plate
A-67

Functional system Industrial control devices
Functional units
Others
Mounting On a modular rail
DD381159.eps
Dd381164.eps
Dd381165.eps
Dd381166.eps
400 650 150
Devices Contactor Circuit breaker Circuit breaker + TeSys

contactor
Series D and GV2RT- GV2L- GV2P GV3 GV2 + Series D and K TeSys modèle U
K y 40 A contactors GV2ME- y 40 A contactors
GV2LE
Number of vertical modules 3 3 3 5 5 5 4 (1)
Useful length of rail (mm) 432 432 432 432
Modular rail (adjustable) 03402 03401 (2) 03402 03402 03402 03402
Front plates plain 03803 [3] - - - 03804 [4]
[No. of vertical transparent - - 03342 [4] - ou 03342 [4]
mod.]
with cut-out - 03203 [3] 03203 [3] 03205 [5] - 03205 [5] -
downstream - - 03801 [1] -
Characteristics - Width of devices without lateral auxiliaries: 45 mm.
(1) Version without communication module, auxiliary contact and reversing module.
(2) Non-adjustable.
Mounting On a modular rail On a base plate

DD383842.eps
DD383817.eps
Dd381169.eps
400 650 150
Devices Soft starters ATS01 LV/LV transformer

ATS01N103/106FT ATS01N109/112FT ATS01N222 to ATS01N230LY ATS01N272LY ABL6-TS/TD up to
ATS01N206 to 212 232 ATS01N244LY ATS01N285LY 2500 VA
ATS01N244Q ATS01N272Q ABL6-RT up to 960 W
ATS01N285Q ABL6-RF up to 480 W
Number of vertical modules 4 5 6 5 6 4
Useful length of rail (mm) 432 432 432 432 - -
Modular rail (adjustable) 03402 03402 03402 03402 - -
Slotted mounting plates - - - - 03572 03571
Front plate plain 03804 [4] 03805 [5] 03806 [6] 03805 [5] 03806 [6] 03804 [4]
Characteristics Width of devices (mm) -
22.5 45 45 180 180
A-68

Functional system Metering
Functional units 3-phase kilowatt-hour meters
Class 1
Others
Mounting With 1 mounting plate
DD383114.eps
DD383112.eps
DD383113.eps
400 650 150
Devices Meter and connection block

Meter 3 Ph + N Connection block Meter + connection block
Number of devices per row 2 2 1+1
Number of vertical modules 6 6 6
Front plates transparent 03343 [6] 03343 [6] 03343 [6]
[No. of vertical or plain 03806 [6] 03806 [6] 03806 [6]
mod.]
Mounting With 2 mounting plates

DD383116.eps
DD383117.eps
400 650 150
Devices Meter and connection block

Meter 3 Ph + N Meter + connection block
Number of devices per row 4 2+2
Mounting plates 2 x 03508 2 x 03508
Front plates transparent 2 x 03343 [6] 2 x 03343 [6]
[No. of vertical or plain 2 x 03806 [6] 2 x 03806 [6]
mod.]
Connection
Accessories
Earthing wire 6 mm² 08911
A-69

Functional system Metering
Functional units Single-phase
and 3-phase kilowatt-hour meters
Others Class 2
Mounting Behind front plate
DD382954.eps
DD382952.eps
400 650 150
Devices
Single-phase (Ph + N) 3-phase (3 Ph + N)
Front plates transparent 03343 [6] 03344 [9]
[No. of vertical mod.] or plain 03806 [6] 03807 [9]
Insulating 03154 03154
plate
Adapter 03595 03595
Accessories M5 spacers for mounting plate > page A-75
Note: meters can be installed at different levels on the functional uprights of frameworks.
A-70

Functional system Human-switchboard interface
Functional units 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm devices
Others
Presentation Installation in a switchboard
Device mounting 1
On an interface with plastic mounting plates, >> In the device zone of enclosures and cubicles,
H = 150 mm (3 modules) like a front plate
Dd381705.eps
2
>> On a door with cut-outs in a 300 or 400 mm wide
cubicle
Dd381684.eps
The interface is made up of a metal front plate and
plastic mounting plates that clip onto the front plate: 40
60
>> the devices are attached in the cut-outs of the plastic

10 A
60 0
40
10 A
0
mounting plates and insulated from the front plate 40

60
10 A
0
Dd381687.eps
60
40
10 A
0
>> a system at the rear of the mounting plates guides the

wires
3
Dd381688.eps
>> On a plain door with cut-outs in wall-mounted

and floor-standing enclosures (except IP55).
Dd383642.eps
>> each mounting plate can receive an adhesive label

>> plain mounting plates are available to blank off any
unused locations.
On a metal front plate with cut-outs,

H = 150 mm (3 modules)
Dd381689.eps
The degree of protection for installed devices is IP30.
>> Devices are attached directly to the metal front plate. Note: to maintain the IP55 degree of protection,
>> Blanking plates are available to blank off any unused the measurement devices must be installed
locations. behind a transparent door.
>> Economical solution. If they are installed on a plain door, use the
corresponding mounting plates.
Possible installation
Catalogue number 03904 03928 03910 03911 03913 03912 03914
CSP (08564, 08566) b b b b b b b
L300/L400 with cut-out (08593, 08594) b b b b b - -
Note: device mounting on door: earthing braid (cat. no. 08910) or earthing wire (cat. no. 08911) mandatory.
A-71

Functional units
Others
Number and type of Metal front plate with No. of Plastic Blanking plate or devices support
devices per row cut-out vertical mounting
mod. plates
with
cut-out
Mounting on an interface with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
- 1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Vigirex (1) and others
DD385458.eps
5 x 72 x 72 - 1 device, 45 x 45
devices 72 x 72
03902 03900
3
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
-1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Power Meter (2) and - 1 device, 45 x 45
4 x 96 x 96
others devices 96 x 96 - one 72 x 72 device
03904 03903 03901
Mounting on an inclined visor by 30° with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
- 1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Vigirex (1) and others - 1 device, 45 x 45
DD385459.eps
5 x 72 x 72
devices 72 x 72
03902 03900
3
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
-1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Power Meter and
(2)
- 1 device, 45 x 45
4 x 96 x 96
others devices 96 x 96 - one 72 x 72 device
03928 (3) 03903 03901
Direct mounting on a metal front plate with cut-outs
72 x 72 device
Direct To blank-off or install:
DD385460.eps
DD385469.eps
mounting - 1 or 2 Ø 22 mm buttons
- 1 device, 45 x 45
Vigirex (1) and others
6 x 72 x 72 3
devices 72 x 72
03910 - 03907
96 x 96 device
DD385461.eps
DD385470.eps
- 1 device, 45 x 45
Power Meter (2) and
6 x 96 x 96 3 - one 72 x 72 device
others devices 96 x 96
03911 - 03908
DD385462.eps
DD385470.eps
- 1 device, 45 x 45
Power Meter (2) and
1 x 96 x 96 3 - one 72 x 72 device
others devices 96 x 96
03913 - 03908
144 x 144 device + 72 x 72 devices
DD385463.eps
DD385469.eps
144
1x x mounting - 1 or 2 Ø 22 mm buttons
144 - 1 device, 45 x 45
144 x 144 device
+ + 4
devices 72 x 72
4 x 72 x 72
03912 - 03907
Pushbuttons and lamps Ø 22 mm
Direct
DD385464.eps
mounting
12 x Ø 22 mm 2
03914 - -
(1) RHU, RH10P, RH21P, RH99 relays, RM12T multiplexer.
(2) PM200 / PM700 / PM800, FDM121.
(3) The visor (cat. no. 03928) can be installed on a plain door with cut-out.
A-72

Functional units
Others
Mounting Powerlogic system
DD381716.eps
DD381694.eps
DD384028.eps
Dd383019.eps
400 650 150
com
DMB300
Digipact
2 ?
P
Powerlogic
system
U
CM
4000
3 I
select
4
1
1
t
s
m
Devices
PM400/500/ PM5500 CM3000 CM4000 DMB300 DMC300 Digipact
700/800/ /400 DC150 data concentrator (1) + SC150
5100/5300 indication and control module CLS150,
FDM121 UM100, IM100 (72 x 72 mm cases) (2)
Number of vertical mod. 3 3 4 6 3 4 4
Mounting plates or DIN rail - 03402 03571 03572 - - -
Front plates plain - 03803 03804 [4] 03806 [6] - - 03804 [4]
with 03911 [3] - 03918 03918 03916 [3] 03917 [4] -
cut-out
Slotted mounting plates - - - - - - 03571
Characteristics Metal front plate with Installation in the device compartment
cut-out 96 x 96
(1) Example of a data concentrator in a 300 mm wide compartment :
Dd380859.eps
(2) For CLS150, UM100, IM100 (72 x 72 mm cases), see page A-71.
Note: the PM5500 (catalogue number METSEPM5563) is mounted on a DIN rail.
Mounting Vigilohm system Vigilohm

Dd381754.eps
Dd381699.eps
Dd381698.eps
400 650 150 7

8
9
1 40
60
MERLIN
GERIN 10 A
0
Vigirex
RM12
Devices
IM400 or XML308/316 or XML308/316 or IM10 / IM10H IM20H / IM20H IM9, IM9-OL
XM300C XM300C XM300C HV-IM20 /
with 3 XD301 or with two interfaces with XL308 or with HV-IM400
with 2 XD312 or XLI300 or XTU300 XL316
with XD301 + or XD308C
XD312
Number of vertical mod. 6 4 4 4 3 3
Modular rail - - - 03401 - 03401
Mounting plates 03930 03931 03931 - - -
Front plates with cut-outs 03932 03933 03933 03934 03911 03203
Characteristics Installation in the device compartment
Mounting Vigirex Acti 9

Dd381720.eps
Dd381722.eps
400 650 150
4 5
3
2
GERIN
MERLIN
3
4 5 A
Vigirex 2
RH10M
on A
Reset
fault
Test
no trip
Test
Devices
RH10/RH21/RH99 relays (2) RMH relay Lamps, pushbuttons Ammeter, voltmeter
RHU/RH197M relays (2) RM12T multiplexer (2)
Number of vertical mod. 3 3 2 3
Modular rail 03401 03401 03401 03401
Front plates with cut-outs 03203 03203 03202 03203
Characteristics Installation in the device compartment
(2) For 72 x 72 mm cases, see page A-71.
A-73

Functional system Reserve space
Functional units
Others
Reserve space
DD381583.eps
400
Plain front plate W = 250 mm

H = 50 mm H = 100 mm H = 150 mm H = 200 mm H = 250 mm H = 300 mm H = 600 mm
[No. of vertical mod.] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [12]
Catalogue number 03811 03812 03813 03814 03815 03816 03817
DD381585.eps
Transparent front plate W = 250 mm

[No. of vertical mod.] - - - [4] - [6] [9]
Catalogue number - - - 03352 - 03353 03354
Reserve space
DD381583.eps
650
Plain front plate W = 500 mm

H = 50 mm H = 100 mm H = 150 mm H = 200 mm H = 250 mm H = 300 mm H = 450 mm H = 600 mm
[No. of vertical mod.] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [9] [12]
Catalogue number 03801 03802 03803 03804 03805 03806 03807 03808
DD381582.eps
Transparent front plate W = 500 mm

[No. of vertical mod.] - - - [4] - [6] [9] [12]
Catalogue number - - - 03342 - 03343 03344 03345
Dd383121.eps
Front plate with cut-out W = 500 mm

[No. of vertical mod.] - - - - - - [9] [12]
Catalogue number - - - - - - 03228 03229
A-74

Functional system Fixing accessories
Functional units
Others
Clip-nuts
Mounting For slotted mounting plates For modular rails For lateral and longitudinal
cross-members
Dd381313.eps
DD381312.eps
Dd381612.eps
M4 03180 03164 -
M5 03181 03165 -
M6 03182 03166 03194
Characteristics Set of 20 Set of 20 Set of 20
Mounting of various devices Mounting of various devices Mounting in cubicles
Pratic raiser
Raiser
DD381576.eps
DD381314.eps
Catalogue number 04224

Characteristics Set of 5
Height 10 mm, wide 27 mm
Color: RAL 9001, insulating material
Hexagonal spacers
Hexagonal spacers
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
M5 03185 03186 - 03187 -

M6 03195 03196 03198 03197 -
M8 - - - - 03199
Characteristics Height: 9 mm Height: 23 mm Height: 25 mm Height: 55 mm Height: 40 + 10 mm
Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4
Universal angle brackets

Universal angle brackets
DD385531.eps
DD383657.eps
DD381577.eps
DD382920.eps
DD383078.eps
Catalogue number 03580 03581 03582 03583 04667

Characteristics Set of 4 + vis Set of 2 6 universal inserts Set of 6 Set of 2
A-75

Functional system Universal adapter
Functional units Prisma G adapter
Mounting on a plain backplate
Others
Prisma G adapter
W = 500 W = 250
DD381603.eps
Characteristics For installation in a device compartment W = 650 mm For installation in a device compartment W = 400 mm
Kit with four lateral and two longitudinal cross-members that can be depth adjusted.
Installation of components, notably the functional mounting plates, the Linergy BW insulated busbars and the 400 A rear
Linergy BS busbars.
Note: the adapter 03595 can be used for all mounting plates, except 03030.
The Linergy BW busbars can be positioned to the left, middle or right of the modular row.
Depth adjustable, the busbars can be supplied by a Compact INS switch-disconnector or a fixed/withdrawable Compact NSX circuit breaker, whatever the type of
operating system (toggle, rotary handle, motor mechanism).
For Linergy BW busbars, order two adapters (03595 x 2).
Mounting on a plain backplate

Mounting Plain backplate Slide rails + angle brackets
Dd381174.eps
Dd381309.eps
400 650 150
Catalogue number 03570 03569 03593

Characteristics 36 modules 510 mm wide 36 modules 660 mm wide Set of 2
for installation in a device compartment for installation for a cubicle for the installation and depth adjustment
W = 650 mm or W = 800 mm (650 + W = 800 mm
150)
A-76

Functional system Others devices
Functional units Mounting on a slotted plate
Mounting on a modular rail
Others
Mounting on a slotted plate

Mounting Slotted mounting plates + lateral cross-members Slotted mounting plate
without lateral cross-
members
Dd381178.eps
Dd381175.eps
Dd381176.eps
400 650 150

Number of vertical modules 4 6 12
Height (mm) 200 300 600
2 universal angle brackets - 2 x 03581 -
Characteristics Installation Galvanised, slotted metal mounting
bb either in the device zone on the four lateral cross-members (depth adjustment is plate
possible) Supplied with four angle brackets,
bb or vertically at the rear of a cable compartment, W = 300 mm (03571) they connect directly to the rear of a
or W = 400 mm (03572). framework, W = 650 mm or 800 mm
(650 + 150 mm)
The mounting plate can also be
installed using two sets of two slide
rails (03593 x 2) for depth adjustment.
Mounting on a modular rail

Mounting Modular rails Modular rail W = 650 mm
Dd381180.eps
Dd381187.eps
Dd381310.eps
Dd381186.eps
400 650 150
Catalogue number 03401 03402 04226 (1) 03590

Characteristics Useful length: 432 mm Useful length: 432 mm Set of 2 rails, useful length: W = 650 mm
Modular rail (adjustable) 1600 mm with 4 holes, Ø 6.4 Supplied with two angle brackets for
mm, 450 mm between mounting on the framework
centres
(1) Example of a Linergy busbars installed in a busbar compartment, on a modular rail cat. no. 04226 + 03581 + 08794: see page B-48.
Dd381185.eps
A-77

Functional system Cable running
Functional units
Others
Straps and covers

Type Vertical cable straps Covers for vertical Horizontal cable Covers for horizontal
cable straps straps cable straps
Dd381632.eps
Dd381622_R.eps
DD381629.eps
Dd381633.eps
Dd381618.eps
Dd381621.eps
Catalogue number 04262 04263 04239 04243
Characteristics Set of 12 Set of 2 x 1 m Set of 12 Set of 4 covers of 430 mm
Horizontal cable straps have
the same capacity as
60 x 30 mm trunking.
Trunking supports
Type Horizontal trunking supports Adaptable support for horizontal trunking
Dd382924.eps
Dd382320.eps
Dd381626.eps
Dd382922.eps

Characteristics Set of 12 Set of 10
Aligns the cover of a horizontal trunking section (H = 60 or
80 mm) with that of a vertical trunking section (H = 80 mm)
Note: not designed for use with Pack enclosures.
Trunkings
Type Vertical trunkings Horizontal trunkings Cable trunkings for doors
80 x 60 mm 60 x 30 mm 30 x 30 mm
Dd381640.eps
Dd381639.eps
Dd381641.eps

Characteristics Set of 18 Set of 4 Set of 30 adhesive trunkings
L = 2000 mm L = 450 mm 30 x 30 mm
Supplied with supports L = 2000
Cable trunkings for doors, grommets

Type Flexible trunkings for wiring to door Grommets
Dd383653.eps
DD384372.eps

Characteristics W = 500 mm, inner ø = 19 mm Set of 10.
For wiring through front.
A-78

Functional system Connection accessories
Functional units Cable-tie supports, lateral and
longitudinal cross-members
Others
Mounting Longitudinal cable-tie supports Lateral cable-tie supports
DD381556.eps
DD381557.eps
Dd381638.eps
Catalogue number 08773 08774 08776 08778 08794 08796
Characteristics W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800 D = 400 mm D = 200 mm
mm mm mm mm
Set of 4, supplied with the necessary hardware for For frameworks that are 400 mm deep, assign a 400 mm deep
connection to the framework. Cable-tie supports are support to a 200 mm deep support.
used to correctly position the cables in the connection
compartment.
Mounting C-shaped cable-tie supports
Dd383425.eps

Characteristics C-shaped 1600 mm long support, supplied with hardware for mounting on universal angle brackets and modular rails, that
can be cut to length as needed.
Can be secured to:
bb universal angle bracket 03581 (for the longitudinal support)
bb universal angle bracket 03582 (for the lateral support)
bb modular rail 03593 (for depth adjustment).
Mounting Lateral cross-members Longitudinal cross-members

DD381316.eps
DD381581.eps
Dd381580.eps
400 650 150

Characteristics Set of 2 Set of 2 Set of 2
W = 400 mm: for frameworks that are W = 200 mm: can be added to W = 650 mm
400 mm deep the 400 mm crossmembers for They are connected directly to the
frameworks that are 600 mm deep. framework (W = 650 mm). They can also be
They can also be installed separately. mounted on the lateral cross-members.
Metallics, they offer numerous positioning holes for easier installation.
A-79

Functional system Switchboard lighting
Functional units
Others
Fixed lighting
Fixed lighting
DD384098.eps
650

Presentation This system is generally used to illuminate the front of a switchboard.
bb The kit is made up of:
vv a base
vv a neon tube
vv a front plate with cut-out (1 module)
vv a door contact.
Characteristics bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V
bb Power rating: 8 W
bb Height: 1 vertical module (50 mm)
Switchboard portable lamp

Switchboard portable lamp
DD381675.eps

Presentation bb Lamp with a magnetic base for installation behind a door or directly on the cubicle framework.
bb Supplied without a power cord.
bb H x W x D: 90 x 345 x 42
Characteristics bb Supply voltage: 220/240 V
bb Power rating: 11 W
bb Lamp: picoline OSRAM 8W (supplied)
bb Class 2
bb IP20
A-80

A-81

Linergy
distribution

Distribution Contents
Main distribution
Busbars presentation Linergy LGYE 630 A to 4000 A
Horizontal/vertical B-8
Horizontal and lateral busbars B-9
Linergy LGY busbars presentation
Lateral busbars B-10
Linergy BS busbars presentation
Horizontal and lateral busbars B-11
Power busbars
Linergy LGYE
Horizontal profiles up to 4000 A B-12
Linergy BS
Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A B-13
Linergy LGY
Lateral profiles up to 3200 A B-14
Linergy LGYE
Lateral profiles up to 4000 A B-15
Linergy BS
Lateral flat busbars up to 4000 A B-16
Linergy LGY
Rear profiles up to 1600 A B-17
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 1600 A B-18
Linergy - Accessories B-19
Linergy BW
Insulated busbars up to 630 A B-22
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 400 A B-24
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A B-25
Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A B-26
Incomer accessories up to 630 A B-27
Distribution blocks
Linergy DP
Quick distribution blocks B-28
Device feeders
Linergy FC
Feeders for Compact NSX & INS B-30
Insulated flexible bars B-32
Distribution blocks
Linergy DX
Quick distribution blocks B-34
Device feeders
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders B-36
Distribution blocks
Linergy DS
Screw distribution blocks B-38
Device feeders
Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125 B-40
Comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 B-41
Comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60 B-43
Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Domae B-45
Horizontal biconnect comb busbar for 18 mm pitch B-46
Terminal blocks and lines
Linergy TA
Auxiliary connections B-47
Linergy TB
Earth bars B-48
PE conductor B-49
Secondary distribution
Linergy TB terminal block support B-50
Linergy TR
Introduction B-51
Terminal blocks B-52
Prisma functional system B-54
Main distribution
Form 1 partitioning B-55
Covering the supply terminals on the incoming device B-56
Other partitions B-63
B-1

Linergy
LGYE-LGY
Putting the latest
technological innovation
in your hands
B-2

Linergy LGYE-LGY
a breakthrough in busbar systems
Safe, reliable, Schneider Electric’s Prisma PTM is one of the leading

flexible, and switchboard enclosure systems on the market. Designed for
use with Prisma P, the Linergy LGYE-LGY busbar system
flexible with
now includes horizontal busbars, for greater electrical
the highest
switchboard enclosure performance, reliability, and
level of costeffectiveness.
performance
Manufactured using a revolutionary process, patented Linergy
busbars are unique on the market, taking your electrical
switchboard installations a giant leap into the future.
Discover how
Linergy LGYE-LGY
can place the next
generation of low-voltage
switchboards in your
hands.
B-3

Innovative technology
from an energy expert you can trust
Patented Linergy LGYE-LGY is backed by Schneider Electric’s decades of expertise
in electrical distribution systems and is certified IEC 61439-2 compliant by ASEFA.
Linergy unique profile was designed Linergy LGYE-LGY busbars

with the ratings you need, a commitment to performances are identical or better than
performance backed by regular testing up to traditional all Linergy BS busbars.
4000 A.
Heat is dissipated by conduction Unlike tin-plated aluminum

and radiation for performance only a market
busbars, rugged Linergy LGYE-LGY busbars
leader like Prisma P can bring you.
are resistant to scratching during assembly to
ensure optimal connection quality and reliability.
High Velocity Oxy-Fuel, unique

on the busbar market
Patented Linergy LGYE-LGY uses a supersonic high-temperature
coating process for a robust copper contact surface.
B-4

A revolutionary design
for greater efficiency
The Linergy line now includes horizontal busbars, helping you achieve
better electrical switchboard performance while optimizing busbar layout and
facilitating assembly.
Schneider ElectricTM has drawn upon 30 years of

expertise in electrical distribution systems and a Attractive
decade of hands-on experience with the proven The revolutionary copper contact strips, anodized
and reliable Linergy line of products. It brings you aluminum surface, and unique shapes give a
a revolutionary design featuring a high-quality modern appearance and a soft touch.
copper contact surface that delivers even better
results than traditional Linergy BS-to-Linergy BS
connections. IEC standards-
Linergy LGYE-LGY busbars offer a number of
benefits to help you enhance performance and
compliant
boost your competitiveness. The latest standards were factored in from the
early design stages to ensure that temperatures
are kept below the IEC61439-2 standard
requirements, for optimal performance regardless
Lightweight of the switchboard configuration.
Linergy is half the weight of equivalent-rated

Linergy BS bars for more fuel-efficient transport,
easier handling, and smoother installation.
Environmentally-
friendly
Higher-capacity Instead of increasingly-scarce copper, Linergy
LGYE is made from 70 % recycled raw materials
A single Linergy LGYE bar can withstand ratings offering the same performance as primary raw
up to 4000 A. It would take two or three Linergy materials.
BS bars per pole to achieve similar ratings.
Robust and flexible Cost-effective

Linergy LGYE-LGY helps you achieve cost
Linergy LGYE bars are extruded for a unique savings now and provides protection against
profile that includes both closed and ribbed fluctuating copper prices in the future, plus all
sections, improving rigidity, thermal dissipation, the advantages of a raw material that is easy to
and resistance to short circuits, with a shortcircuit purchase and store.
withstand capacity (lcw) of 100 kA/1s.
Boost Prisma P Increase short-circuit Linergy LGYE Reduce costs

capacity withstand capacity is 50 % and assembly
from 3200 A from 85 kA/1s lighter than times over
to 4000 A to 100 kA/1s Linergy BS Linergy BS busbars
B-5

Linergy accessories are also
evolving!
Linergy LGYE is a full-featured busbar system that includes all
the connections, screws, bolts, isolating supports, and other
accessories you need for drill-free assembly.
Panel builders, we’ve thought of

everything to make your life easier!
• Linergy LGYE-LGY busbars are lightweight, greater flexibility in the event of last-minute
making them easy to transport and handle in changes.
the workshop.
• Linergy LGYE-LGY busbars offer a unique
• With Linergy LGYE-LGY, you can continue to shape with no sharp edges for safer, smoother
use the familiar Prisma P busbar supports you handling and installation the bars simply slide
already know for Linergy BS bars. There’s no right in to the busbar supports.
new system to learn.
• Existing Linergy LGY vertical busbars are easy
• Linergy LGYE-LGY offers single bars for each to connect to Linergy LGYE with ready-toinstall
rating, making handling during installation faster accessories like vertical connectors.
and more convenient.
• Linergy materials are easy to recycle via
• Linergy LGYE-LGY bars are fast and easy to well-established aluminum recycling services
position without drilling, thanks to a sliding bolt already in use for materials like aluminum cans,
and track system. coffee capsules, door and window frames, and
engine blocks.
• Linergy screws let you add extra outgoing
connections without drilling new holes or
dismounting previous connections or busbar
supports, saving you time and giving you
B-6

Linergy also offers the most
advanced busbar solutions while
remaining simple.
Linergy LGYE / LGY /BS >>Solutions available up to 4 000 A

Power busbars >>Connection everywhere without drilling
(with LGY and LGYE profile)
 page B-12 to B-19
B-7

Distribution Busbars presentation
Main distribution
Linergy LGYE 630 A to 4000 A
Horizontal/vertical
PD384623.eps
Linergy LGYE + Linergy LGY,

a comprehensive offering
The Linergy solution, a complete set of horizontal and vertical busbars
operational up to 4000 A:
bb 630 A to 4000 A
bb Icw of 85 kA/1 s for the 630 A to 1600 A configurations
bb Icw of 100 kA/1 s for the 2500 A to 4000 A configurations.
More power in a given switchboard volume.

No longer any need to drill, thanks to the Linergy concept, greater
accessibility for connecting bars, ties and connecting plates.
Winning solution in all the Linergy LGYE options chosen, allows the
panelbuilder to:
bb achieve substantial time savings (procurement, handling,
mounting, accessibility, changes, etc.) thanks to the aluminium
material and the busbar design and connection
bb supply more efficient, less heavy switchboards without risk of
vandalism on Linergy BS.
Complete compatibility of Linergy LGYE with existing 630 to 1600 A
Linergy BS vertical busbar.
Replacement of high/low horizontal Linergy BS busbar with Linergy
LGYE up to 4000 A.
Re-use of the existing 1000 to 1600 A Linergy LGY and double Linergy
busbars up to 3200 A or replacement with vertical 2000 to 4000 A
Linergy LGYE.
Mounting
Light compatibility
Economical

Multiple
adaptations

Simplification
Time saving

Direct connection
Connection
modularity
Unchanged
fasteners
Easier access
B-8

Distribution Busbars presentation
Main distribution
Linergy LGYE 630 A to 4000 A
Horizontal and lateral busbars
Horizontal busbars from 630 to 4000 A
Installation
Dd384518.EPS
The Linergy LGYE busbar can be installed

either at the top or the bottom of a frame.
>>Size for 630 to 2500 A: 150 mm.
>>Size for 3200 to 4000 A: 200 mm.
>>The mounting technique is the same as

that for the Linergy BS busbar, sparing the

installer any constraints.

Busbar type
>>Horizontal busbar:
bb functionalized profiled busbar
L = 2000 mm
bb for 630 to 2500 A busbars, a single strip is
incorporated over the entire length
bb for 3200 to 4000 A busbars, a double strip
is incorporated over the entire length.
Vertical busbars from 630 to 4000 A
Installation
DD384555.EPS
Flexibility for upgrading existing

switchboards
It is possible to mount the Linergy LGYE
busbar vertically for all ratings:
bb 630 to 2500 A, L = 150 mm
bb 3200 to 4000 A, L = 300 mm.
Busbar type
>>Vertical busbar:
L = 2000 mm to be re-cut to 1675 mm for
connection with horizontal busbar from
1600 to 2500 A.
L = 2000 mm to be re-cut to 1620 mm for
connection with horizontal busbar from
3200 to 4000 A.
Warning: this busbar does not allow the use of Prisma P
B-9

Distribution Linergy LGY busbars
Main distribution
presentation
Lateral busbars
Linergy LGY busbars from 630 to 1600 A
Installation
Dd382326.eps
>>Can be installed independently on either

the left or right-hand side of an 800 mm
wide framework (650 + 150 mm) for
distribution on either side.
>>For an Icw y 40 kA rms / 1 s, two supports in
the “device” zone are sufficient to maintain
the bars. A third support is required as the
bottom support for the bars.
Type of busbar
>>Very rigid profile to improve withstand to
electrodynamic forces.
>>Connection points accessible from the
front and adjustable from top to bottom.
>>Compatible with all Prisma P prefabricated
connections.
Linergy LGY busbars up to 3200 A
Installation
DD382327R.eps
Two sets of busbars are installed in parallel in

two adjacent frameworks, each 800 mm wide
(650 + 150 mm). They must be interconnected
by three equipotential links. Generally
speaking, these links are provided by:
>>the horizontal busbars
>>connections in the middle and at the bottom
of the vertical busbars.
Equipotential link
DD382576.eps
Note: Equipotential link to be made.
B-10

Distribution Linergy BS busbars presentation
Horizontal and lateral busbars
Main distribution
Horizontal busbars from 800 to 3200 A
Installation
DD385438.eps
Horizontal and lateral busbars up to 3200 A

require the same amount of space.
>>Horizontal busbars :
bb Linergy BS bars without holes
W = 2000 mm, 5 mm thick
bb Linergy BS bars without holes
W = 2000 mm, 10 mm thick
Horizontal Linergy BS busbar for switchboards up to 3200 A. Adapts to all

Linergy LGY 1600 A profiles and also to the lateral Linergy LGYE busbar.
Lateral busbars de 800 to 3200 A
Installation
Dd383709.EPS
>>Can be installed independently on either

the left or right-hand side of an 800 mm
wide framework for distribution on either
side.
>>Three fixed supports (04661) are
mandatory. When more than three
supports are required (see the tables for
busbar calculations on the following
pages), use free supports (04662).
>>Busbars are positioned on the bottom
support (04663).
Type of busbar
>>Linergy BS bars with holes, W = 1675 mm,
5 mm thick (up to 1600 A)
>>Linergy BS bars with holes, W = 1675 mm,
10 mm thick (up to 2500 A)
>>Two 10 mm holes every 25 mm along the
entire length of the busbars.
>>Prisma P prefabricated connections cannot
be used with these busbars.
Lateral Linergy BS busbar for switchboards up to 3200 A.
Adapts to all profiles of the horizontal Linergy LGYE busbar.
B-11

Distribution Linergy LGYE
Horizontal profiles up to 4000 A
Power busbars 400 mm deep installation
Linergy LGYE profiles

Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 2500 A Up to 4000 A
Linergy profiles, 2000 mm wide
DD385350.eps
DD385356.eps
DD385357.eps
DD385349.eps
DD385352.eps
DD385354.eps
DD385355.eps
DD385353.eps
DD385351.eps
60 60 60 60 60
100 100
23 23 23 23 23 150
150
31 31
31 31
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1650 A 2000 A 2440 A 3200 A 3620
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 530 A 680 A 850 A 1050 A 1480 A 1650 A 2100 A 2800 A 3350
switchboard
Number of profiles per phase 1
Total number of vertical modules (50 mm) 3 3 4
Catalogue numbers 04560 04561 04562 04563 04564 04565 04566 04567 04568
Busbar supports
04662 04664
DD381226-LIN.eps
DD381225-LIN.eps
DD385513.eps
DD385514.eps
DD384520-LIN.eps
Fixed support Free support 04662 Fixed support 04665 Free support 04678
04664
Characteristics Two fixed supports for 650 mm or 650 + 150 mm wide Prisma P frameworks and one fixed support for 300/400
mm wide Prisma P frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are required, use free supports.
Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace 04664 fixed support by 04665 and 04662
free support by 04678.
In cubicle Number of y 15 2
W = 650 or supports y 25 2
W = 650+150 depending on y 30 2
busbar Icw (kA rms/1 s)
supports y 40 - 2
75 mm between y 50 - 2
centres y 60 - 2+1 2
y 65 - 2+1
y 75 - 2+1
y 85 - 2+1
y 100 - 2+2
Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04664 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
numbers Free support 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04662 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
In duct Number of supports y 60 1
W = 300 depending on Icw y 85 1+1
busbar (kA rms/1 s) y 100 - 1+1
supports
75 mm between Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04664 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
centres numbers Free support 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04662 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
W = 400 depending on Icw y 85 1+1
busbar (kA rms/1 s)
supports y 100 - 1+1
75 mm between Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04664 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
centres numbers Free support 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware) 04662 + 04646 (2) (hardware)
(1) 04671: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 100 or 120 mm. Comprises 2 threaded rods and 4 insulators.
(2) 04646: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 150 mm. Comprises 12 threaded rods and 24 insulators
Joints
Up to 1600 A Up to 2500 A Up to 4000 A
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A
DD384535-LIN.eps
DD384615-LIN.eps
DD384588-LIN.eps
04624
04620 04623
Catalogue numbers 3 x 04620 (3P) 3 x 04621 (3P) 3 x 04623 (3P)
4 x 04620 + 04624 (4P) 4 x 04621 + 04624 (4P) 4 x 04623 + 04624 (4P)
Note 04624 is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy LGYE busbars installations and must be installed only at the junction on
side-by-side frameworks combination. When installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.
Note: for accesories, see page B-19.
B-12

Distribution Linergy BS
Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A
Flat bars
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
Copper without holes, 2000 mm wide
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1800 A 2050 A 2300 A 2820 A 3300 A 3760 A
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1600 A 1850 A 2000 A 2500 A 2900 A 3340 A
switchboard
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2
Total number of vertical modules (50 mm) 3 4
Catalogue numbers 04536 04538 04536 04538 04548 04545 04546 04548 04550 04552
Busbar supports

DD385513.eps
DD385514.eps
DD381229-LIN-30.eps
DD381226-LIN-15.eps
DD381225-LIN-15.eps
Fixed support 04664 Free support 04662 Fixed support 04665 Free support 04678
In cubicle Characteristics Two fixed supports for 650 mm, 650 + 150 mm wide frameworks and one fixed support for 300/400 mm wide
W = 650 or Prisma P frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are required, use free supports.
W = 650+150 Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace 04664 fixed support by 04665 and
busbar 04662 free support by 04678.
supports Number of supports y 15 2
75 mm between depending on Icw y 25 2+1 2
centres (kA rms/1 s) y 30 2+1 2
y 40 2+1
y 50 - 2+1 2
y 60 - 2+1
y 65 - 2+1
y 75 - 2+2 2+1
y 85 - - 2+1
Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
numbers Free support 04662 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
W = 300 depending on Icw y 50 1+1 1
busbar (kA rms/1 s) y 85 - 1+1
supports
75 mm between Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
centres numbers Free support 04662 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
W = 400 depending on Icw y 40 1+1 1
busbar (kA rms/1 s)
supports y 50 1+1
75 mm between y 85 - 1+1
centres Catalogue Fixed support 04664 04664 04664 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
numbers Free support 04662 04662 04662 + 04671 (1) (hardware)
Joints
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
1 bar per phase 2 bars per phase 1 bar per 2 bars per phase
phase
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Sliding joints with torque nut
DD381227-LIN.eps
DD381231-LIN.eps
DD385358.eps
04640 04641 04653

Catalogue numbers (1 joint per phase) 04640 04641 04640 04641 04641 04640 04640 04641 04641 04643
Note when installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.
B-13

Distribution Linergy LGY
Lateral profiles up to 3200 A
Linergy LGY profiles

Up to 1600 A (simple busbars) Up to 3200 A (double busbars)
In duct W150 2 x W150
Linergy profiles, 1670 mm wide
Dd381233-LIN-7.eps
DD381234-LIN-7.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2 x 1000 A 2 x 1250 A 2 x 1600 A
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 680 A 840 A 1040 A 1290 A 1650 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 590 A 760 A 950 A 1170 A 1480 A 1820 A 2260 A 2920 A
switchboard
Number of profiles per phase 1 2
Catalogue numbers 04502 04503 04504 04505 04506 04504 04505 04506
Busbar supports
DD380741-LIN.eps
DD381509New_modif-LIN-25.eps
387,5 mm
maxi
Fixed support 04651

700 mm
maxi Characteristics An end stop must be installed on the bottom support: 01109 (set of 12).
DD380742-LIN-12.eps
700 mm
maxi
Number of y 25 3 2x3
supports y 30 - 3 2x3
depending y 40 - 3 2x3
on Icw (kA
rms/1 s) y 50 - 4 2x3
y 60 - 5 2x4
y 65 - 5 2x4
y 75 - 7 2x5
y 85 - 8 2x5
Catalogue Fixed support 04651
numbers
Chock 01109
Equipotential links
3 equipments must - Connection
DD382327R-20.eps
DD382576-LIN-30.eps
be installed made with a flat
between the 80 x 10 mm
busbars. busbar between
2 W150 ducts
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS busbars

DD385427.eps
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied. Order 1 link per phase

Cat. no. Thickness 5 mm 04634 (1000 A) 04635 (1600 A) -
according to Thickness W y 80 mm 04636 2 x 04636
horizontal 10 mm W 100 mm 04636 + 04642 (2) 2 x 04636 + 2 x 04642
busbar size
W 120 mm 04638 2 x 04638
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars
DD384557.EPS
y 1600 A
Characteristics Supplied with mounting hardware.
Catalogue numbers include 1 connection only: 1 connection per phase.
Cat. no. according to horizontal busbar size 04602 (vertical connection)
04603 (vertical shifted connection) (1)
(1) Dedicated connection 04603 for Linergy LGYE busbar in 150 mm duct with horizontal jointing
(2) 04642: mounting hardware for bars > 80 mm. Comprises 2 threaded rods.
B-14

Distribution Linergy LGYE
Lateral profiles up to 4000 A
Linergy LGYE profiles

Up to 4000 A
In duct W150 W300
Linergy profile, 2000 mm wide
DD385350.eps
DD385357.eps
DD385349.eps
DD385352.eps
DD385354.eps
DD385355.eps
DD385353.eps
DD385356.eps
DD385351.eps
60 60 60 60 60
100 100
23 23 23 23 23
150 150
31 31
31 31
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 530 A 680 A 850 A 1050 A 1480 A 1650 A 2100 A 2800 A 3620
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1650 A 2000 A 2440 A 3200 A 3350
switchboard
Length to cut for side mounting 1675 mm 1625 mm
Busbar supports
DD385408.eps
DD380829-LIN_1.eps
DD381650-LIN_1.eps
DD384607-LIN_1_1.eps
Fixed support 04661 Free support 04662 Bottom support 04666

Characteristics Attach directly to the framework.
Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars.
If more than three supports are required, use additional free supports.
The bottom support maintains the bars in position.
It is not considered a busbar support.
Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace 04661 fixed support by 04668, free
support 04662 by 04678 and bottom support 04663 or 04666 by 04673.
Number y 30 3
depending y 40 - 3+2 3
on Icw y 50 - 3+2 3
(kA rms/1 s)
y 60 - 3+2 3
y 65 - 3+2
y 75 - 3+4 3+2
y 85 - 3+4
y 100 - 3+6
In duct Catalogue Fixed support 04661 04661+ 04671 (1) 04661+ 04646 (2)
W150, W = 300 numbers Free support 04662 04662+ 04671 (1)
04662+ 04646 (2)
busbar supports
75 mm between
centres
Busbars chocks
DD384577-LIN_1.eps
DD384576-LIN_1.eps
Chocks installed on a bottom support 04658 Chocks installed on a bottom support 04659
Characteristics The bottom support maintains the sections in position.
It is not considered a busbar support.
In duct Catalogue Bottom support 04663 04666 + 04661
W150, W = 300 numbers Chocks 04658 04659
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars
DD384575-4vis-LIN_1.eps
DD384575-LIN_1.eps
2000/2500 A 3200/4000 A
Characteristics Supplied with mounting hardware.
Catalogue numbers include 1 connection only: 1 connection per phase.
Cat. no. according to horizontal busbar size 04604 (short connection) 04607
04605 (long connection)
(2) 04646: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 150 mm. Comprises 12 threaded rods and 24 insulators
B-15

Lateral flat busbars up to 4000 A
Flat bars
Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
In duct W150 W150 2x W300
W150
Copper without holes,
DD381505-LIN.eps
1675 mm wide
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1200 A 1400 A 1800 A 2050 A 2300 A 2820 A 3200 A 3200 A 3760 A
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1080 A 1250 A 1600 A 1850 A 2000 A 2500 A 2820 A 2820 A 3340 A
switchboard
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 2 1 2
Catalogue numbers 04516 04518 04516 04518 04525 04526 04528 04525 04526 04528 04528 04550 04552
Busbar supports
Description Attach directly to the framework.
DD380724A.eps
Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports are required, use additional
IL[H PP
PD[L free supports.
The bottom support maintains the bars in position.
PP It is not considered a busbar support.
PD[L
YRODQW Note: In case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace 04661 fixed support by 04668 and 04662
free support by 04678 and 04663 or 04666 bottom support by 04673.
PP
IL[H PD[L y 15
Number of 3 3 2x3
supportsy 25 3+2 3 3 2x3
depending
PP on Icw y 30 3+2 3+2 3 2x3
PD[L
YRODQW y 40
(kA rms/1 s) 3+4 3+2 3+2 2x3
y 50 - 3+4 3+2 2x3
PP
IL[H PD[L y 60 - 3+4 3+2 2 x 3+2
PP
y 65 - 3+4 3+2 2 x 3+2
PD[L
FDODJH y 75 - - 3+6 3+4 2 x 3+2
y 85 - - 3+4 2 x 3+2
In duct Catalogue Fixed support 04661 2x 04661 + 04671
W150, W = 300 numbers 04661
busbar Free support 04662 2x 04662 + 04671
supports 04662
75 mm
between Bottom support 04663 2x 04666 + 04661
centres 04663
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS busbars

DD383844_R.eps
DD385418.eps
Characteristics For busbars with 75 mm between Catalogue numbers 04636 and 04637 include 1 connection only.
centres, the bars must fully Order 1 connection per phase.
overlap. Reference 04642 consists of 2 M8 x 140 screws which can replace the original
To satisfy safety clearances, the M8 x 120 screws.
assembly points on adjacent
bars must be staggered as shown
above.(1)
DD383399_R-LIN.eps
1 bar per phase 2 bars per 1 bar per phase 2 bars per phase
double 2 bars per phase
phase BB
Size of vertical bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Catalogue number of the y 80 mm 04645 (2) 04636 04637 04637 2x 04645 (2) 04645 (2)
connecting part according to 04637
the size of the horizontal bars 100 mm 04645 (2) 04636 + 04642 04637 04637 + 04642 04637 04645 (2) 04645 (2)
+ 04642 +2x
04642
120 mm 04645 (2) 04648 04648 04648 2x 04645 (2) 04645 (2)
04648
(1) Drilling diagram for horizontal busbars, 5 mm thick. Drilling diagram for horizontal busbars, 10 mm thick.
12,5
DD384320-LIN.eps
DD383398-LIN.eps
50/60/80/100
35 35 12,5
55 11 55
75 75
111 111
60
80
(2) Sides screws. 100
Note: for more information, see page D-86.
B-16

Distribution Linergy LGY
Rear profiles up to 1600 A
Power busbars
Linergy LGY profiles

Up to 1600 A
At the rear of the cubicle W650
Linergy profile, 1670 mm wide
DD381234-LIN-7.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
Dd381233-LIN-7.eps
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 680 A 840 A 1040 A 1290 A 1650 A
temperature of 35 °C around the switchboard IP > 31 590 A 760 A 950 A 1170 A 1480 A
Catalogue numbers 04502 04503 04504 04505 04506
Busbar supports
DD381242-LIN.eps
DD381241New_modif-LIN.eps
387,5 mm
maxi
350 mm
maxi
Fixed support 04652
Number of y 25 3
350 mm
maxi
supports y 30 - 4
depending
y 40 - 5
on Icw
350 mm (kA rms/1 s) y 50 - 7
maxi
Characteristics Stop to be installed on the bottom support. 01109
DD381243-LIN.eps
(set of 12).
350 mm
maxi
Catalogue numbers Fixed support 04652

Chock 01109
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS flat busbars
DD381244-LIN.eps
9C-DD381245-ret-LIN.eps
Connection 04635 to horizontal busbars Connection 04636 to horizontal busbars

5 mm thick. 10 mm thick.
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied, order 1 connection per phase.
For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Cat. no. according Thickness 5 mm 04635
to horizontal
Thickness W y 80 mm 04636
busbar size
10 mm
W > 80 mm 04636 + 04642
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE flat busbars
DD384611.EPS
Connection 04602 to horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars

5 mm thick.
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied, order 1 connection per phase.
For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Catalogue 04602
numbers
B-17

rear busbars up to 1600 A
Power busbars
Flat bars
Up to 1600 A
At the rear of the cubicle L650
Copper with holes,
DD381505-LIN.eps
1670 mm wide
800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A

Permissible current for an ambient temperature IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A - - -
of 35 °C around the switchboard IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1080 A 1250 A 1600 A
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 2 1
Catalogue numbers 04516 04518 04516 04518 04525 04526 04528
Busbar supports
DD380732-LIN.eps
DD381652-LIN.eps
DD380734.eps
Fixed busbar supports 04653 Free busbar supports Mounting chocks 04669
04662
Characteristics Three fixed supports cat. no. 04653 are required to maintain the busbars.
DD381503New_modif-LIN.eps
If more than three supports are required, use additional free supports cat. no. 04662.
PP A metal mounting chock, cat. no. 04669 (set of 100) 5 mm thick, is screwed to the bar. It rests on a
PD[L fixed support and maintains the position of the bar.
DD380815-LIN.eps
PP
PD[L
PP
PD[L
Chock: 1 bar/phase
DD380733-LIN.eps
PP
PD[L
Chock: 2 bars/phase
PP
PD[L
Number of y 15 3 3
supports y 25 3+2 3 3
depending
y 30 3+2 3+2
PP on Icw
PD[L (kA rms/1 s) y 40 3+4 3+2 3+2
y 50 - 3+4 3+2
y 60 - 3+4
y 65 - 3+4
y 75 - - 3+6
y 85 - -
Catalogue numbers 04653 (fixed) + 04662 (free) + 04669 (chock)
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS flat busbars
DD380730.eps
Connection 04636 to horizontal busbars Connection 04636 to horizontal busbars

Thickness 5 mm Thickness 10 mm
Characteristics For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Catalogue numbers 04635 and 04636 include 1 connection only = 1 connection per phase.
Reference 04642 consists of 2 M8 x 140 screws which can replace the original M8 x 120 screws.
Cat. no. Thickness 5 mm 04635
according to Thickness W y 80 mm 04636 (1)
horizontal 10 mm
busbar size W > 80 mm 04636 + 04642 (1)
(1) To be made.
B-18

Distribution Linergy
Accessories
Power busbars
Accessories
DD381219-LIN-15.eps
DD381222-LIN-10.eps
DD385390.eps
DD385391.eps
DD385392.eps
Linergy conn. hardware Flat washers Markers Sheets
Linergy Characteristics Set of 20: 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers, class 8.8.
connection The screws slide into the profile and are then locked in the desired position.
hardware Catalogue Width 25 mm 04766
numbers Width 39 mm 04767
Steel flat Characteristics M8 set of 20
washers Catalogue 20 mm ext. Ø 04772
numbers 24 mm ext. Ø 04773
28 mm ext. Ø 04774
Brass flat Characteristics M8 sold in lots of 20 for connection of y 25 mm2 lugs to Linergy
washers Cat. no. 20 mm ext. Ø 04775
Markers Characteristics 12 clip-on supports + N, L1, L2, L3, PE, PEN labels
Catalogue numbers 04794
Characteristics Linergy LGYE busbars connection kit spare part
Sheets Characteristics Set of 12 flat plates with 2 studs + 24 torque nuts + 24 contact washers
The plates slide along the profile.
Cat. no. 2 studs 04768
Characteristics Set of 8 flat plates with 3 studs + 24 torque nuts + 24 contact washers
The plates slide along the profile.
Cat. no. 3 studs 04769
M8 bolts
DD380737.eps
Linergy BS, Characteristics Set of 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 40 contact washers.

20 bolts Catalogue M8 x 20 04782
class 8.8 numbers M8 x 25 04783
M8 x 30 04784
M8 x 35 04785
M8 x 40 04786
M8 x 45 04787
M8 x 50 04788
Torque nuts
DD380735.eps
20 M8 torque Characteristics Can be used to obtain the correct tightening torque (28 Nm) recommended by the manufacturer, without
nuts using a torque wrench. Torque nuts may be used for all electrical connections.
Voltage tap-offs
DD380736.eps
20 Voltage Characteristics For small lugs (on low-current cables or measurement tap-offs), insert a conducting washer (cat. no. 04775)
tap-offs M10 between the busbar and the lug.
pour 2 clips 6.35 Catalogue numbers 04229
Connections on Linergy LGYE & LGY
InA (A) Connecting to Linergy LGYE Connecting to Linergy LGY

0 to 630 Cable - Insulated flexible bars 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used
800 to 1250 5 mm bars 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used
1600 to 2500 5 mm or 10 mm bars Use of the 2 studs flat plate 39 mm Linergy connection hardware used
3200 to 4000 10 mm bars Use of the 3 studs flat plate -
Note: Jointing between 2 busbars (horizontal/vertical or horizontal/horizontal) must be mandatory done with studs plates.
B-19

Linergy and Prisma P
> For incoming devices
Linergy DX 1P 160 A
Linergy DP 3P/4P 250 A
p reliable spring-terminal connections for outgoing circuits,

requiring no maintenance
p Horizontal or vertical installation in minimum space
> page B-28
Linergy DS Linergy BW up
p Simplified power supply for to 630 A
main incomers.
p Easy, effortless cabling due to p Compact busbar, ready for
excellent accessibility. installation (supplied complete
with supports and end caps)
> page B-38
> page B-22
Linergy BS multi-stage
distribution block
160 to 630 A
p Traditional, highly polyvalent solution

p Many installation possibilities
> page B-24
B-20

Overview of solutions
> On rows of devices
Linergy FC 100/250 A
p Tested solution for all needs up to

800 A
p High-quality connections
requiring no maintenance
p Easy switchboard upgrades
> page B-30
Linergy DX
125 to 160 A
Linergy FM
p Spring terminals for electrical
connections that stay tight
63/200 A
p Front designed to integrate
perfectly with modular devices
p reliable spring-terminal
> page B-34 connections requiring no
maintenance
p Fast installation
p Easy upgrades through
replacement or addition of
devices
p Easy balancing of phases
> page B-36
Linergy FH
80 to 125 A
p Traditional, highly polyvalent

solution
p Many installation possibilities
> page B-40
Linergy TB 63/160 A Linergy Tr
p Earth bar quick connect p Innovative solution
> page B-48 > page B-51
B-21

Distribution Linergy BW
Insulated busbars up to 630 A
Power busbars
Description
Dd382578.eps
bb Compact busbar, IPxxB, ready for installation (supplied complete with supports
and end caps)
bb Shaped busbar, threaded M6 with 25-mm pitch, can be cut with 200-mm pitch
(150 mm for the 125 A)
bb Busbar installed on insulating supports, screwed onto the rear uprights
bb Wide selection of tested pre-wired connectors
bb Clip-on covers to protect against direct contact (IPxxB). Can easily be cut to allow
connections to pass through to the switchgear
bb Ends protected by end caps.
Linergy BW busbars
125 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 20 kÂ 30 kÂ 30 kÂ 52.5 kÂ 52.5 kÂ
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 1000 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
Rated short-time current (Icw) 8.5 kA rms/1 s 10 kA rms/1 s 13 kA rms/1 s 20 kA rms/1 s 25 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 7.225 x 107 1.000 x 108 1.690 x 108 4.000 x 108 6.250 x 108
Width (mm) 450 750 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400
Catalogue numbers 3P 04103 04107 04111 04116 04112 04117 04113 04118 04114 04119
4P 04104 04108 04121 04126 04122 04127 04123 04128 04124 04129
Accessories
DD381385-LIN.eps
PB502375-17.eps
Dd382580.eps
DD385348.eps
IPxxB tap-off terminals 200 A connections IPxxB insulating covers Class 8.8 fixing
accessories
12 terminals 12 terminals Covers which can be clipped on M6 x 12 + 20 M6 contact
For 6 mm² (32 A max.) For one 1 to 16 mm2 cable and cut to size are used to washers.
and 10 mm² cable Ui: 750 V isolate the connectors of a
(40 A max.) In: 55 A max. with one cable connection with cables of
Ui: 750 V cross-section 10 to 25 mm2.
In: 55 A max.(1)
Used for bb All switchgear bb All switchgear equipped with bb Linergy FM 200 A
connecting equipped with enclosed enclosed terminals
terminals bb Linergy FM 63/80/160/200 A
bb Linergy FM 160/200 A
Set of 12 12 4 8 20
Cat. no. 04151 04152 04021 04150 04158
(1) Imax = 55 A for connected cables.
Spare parts
DD384952_L13-LIN-30.eps
Busbar supports Linergy BW

Rated operational current at 40 °C (Ie) 125 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
Composition 2 busbar supports + 2 end caps + packet of fixing accessories.
Catalogue numbers - 01210 01210 01210 01211
DD384951_L13-LIN-30.eps
IPxxB clip-on covers

Width (mm) 200
Set of 2
Catalogue numbers - 01201 01201 01201 01201
B-22

Distribution Linergy BW
Insulated busbars up to 630 A
Power busbars
Mounting Vertical Horizontal
Dd383644.eps
Universal power supply units Connections for universal power supply Universal power supply units
without connection block with connections
Devices Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed
bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 bb NSX100/250 bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400 bb NSX630
horizontal with or without Vigi toggle in cubicle with or without with or without horizontal with or horizontal horizontal
rotary handle or in cubicle bb INS-INV250 Vigi in duct Vigi in duct without Vigi bb INS-INV320/400 bb INS-
motor mechanism bb INS-INV320/630 vertical bb INS-INV250 bb INS- bb INS-INV250 horizontal INV500/630
bb Fupact vertical in duct INV320/630 in horizontal horizontal
INF100/160 vertical, duct
Fupact ISFT100/250
Cat. no. 04061 04074 04062 04064 04073 04060 04070 04071
Devices Plug-in base Plug-in base To be made Plug-in base Plug-in base Insulated
bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 with Insulated flexible bars bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 flexible bars
horizontal or without Vigi in horizontal with or without Vigi To be made
rotary handle or cubicle rotary handle or in cubicle
motor mechanism bb INS-INV320/630 motor mechanism in bb INS-INV320/630
bb Fupact cubicle in cubicle
INF100/160 vertical, bb Fupact
Fupact ISFT100/250 INF100/160 vertical,
Fupact ISFT100/250
Cat. no. 04061 04074 See page page B-32 04061 04074 See page B-32
Devices Withdrawable Withdrawable To be made Withdrawable Withdrawable Insulated
bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 with Insulated flexible bars bb NSX100/250 bb NSX400/630 flexible bars
horizontal or without Vigi in horizontal with or without Vigi To be made
rotary handle or cubicle rotary handle or in cubicle
motor mechanism in bb INS-INV320/630 motor mechanism in bb INS-INV320/630
cubicle in cubicle cubicle in cubicle
bb Fupact bb Fupact
INF100/160 vertical, INF100/160 vertical,
Fupact ISFT100/250 Fupact ISFT100/250
Cat. no. 04061 04074 See page page B-32 04061 04074 See page B-32
Prefabricated connections
DD383276-LIN.eps
DD383274-LIN.eps
DD381379-LIN-20.eps
DD383472-LIN.eps
Connections IPxxB 3/4P monobloc conn. IPxxB 3/4P monobloc conn. Connections
35 mm2 ferrule 45 mm2 ferrule Quick connection on the busbar equipped with a male ferrule for -
+ 45° angled + 45° angled enclosed terminals. Neutral identified by the colour blue.
connector connector
Rated operational (Ie) 125 A 160 A 160 A 160 A 200 A
current at 40 °C
Width 230 mm 250 mm 440 mm 150 mm -
Used for connecting bb NG125, INS bb INS160, bb NG160 (located on left-hand bb NG160 (located on left-hand bb Linergy FM 200 A
with enclosed NG125, NG160 side), Vigi NG160 (located in the side), NG125, INS160, C120,
terminals middle), iC120
cat. no. 28947 or bb NG125, INS160, C120, iC120
28948
Dd383290.eps
Dd383289.eps
Set of 4 4 1 1 4
Adaptation
Dd382578.eps
Characteristics Prisma G adapter W = 500 mm

Catalogue numbers 2 x 03595
Note: the adapter 03595 can be used for all mounting plates, except 03030.
B-23

Rear busbars up to 400 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2

Dd382628.eps
Description
The busbar can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 400 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an
earth bar.
160 to 400 A copper busbars
DD381388-LIN.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kÂ 40 kÂ 55 kÂ
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V AC 1000 V AC 1000 V AC
Rated short-time current (Icw) 10 kA rms/1 s 13 kA rms/1 s 25 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 1.000 x 108 1.690 x 108 6.250 x 108
Conductor cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm
Installation Threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up
Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs
Set of 4
Length (mm) 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400
Catalogue numbers 04161 04171 04162 04172 04163 04173
Insulating busbar support

DD381389-LIN.eps
Distance between supports y 10 kA rms / 1 s / 30 kÂ 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm

depending on Icw/Ipk (1) y 13 kA rms / 1 s / 40 kÂ - 450 mm 450 mm
y 15 kA rms / 1 s / 40 kÂ - 450 mm 450 mm
y 20 kA rms / 1 s / 45 kÂ - - 300 mm
y 25 kA rms / 1 s / 55 kÂ - - 225 mm
Installation On the rear uprights
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
Catalogue numbers 04191 04191 04191
IPxxB insulating protective shield

Dd382629.eps
Length 470 mm
Height 100 mm
Composition Supplied with fixings.
(1) Linergy FM 200 A distribution blocks with connections ref. 04029 can act as intermediate supports (max. distance apart 200 mm) in addition to the support
ref. 04191 at the top and bottom.
B-24

Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2

Dd383648.eps
Description
Multi-stage busbars are installed in a sheath W = 300 mm.
We strongly recommend dividing the current between 2 cubicles or enclosures
joined on either side.
All the connection points are easily accessible from the front.
The busbar orientation makes them easier to tighten and facilitates running the cables
between them.
The current can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 630 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
160 to 630 A copper busbars
DD381388-LIN.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kÂ 40 kÂ 55 kÂ 55 kÂ
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC
Rated short-time current (Icw) 10 kA rms/1 s 13 kA rms/1 s 20 kA rms/1 s 25 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 1.000 x 108 1.690 x 108 4.000 x 108 6.250 x 108
Supply at incoming terminals Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs.
Conductor cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm 32 x 8 mm
Installation Flat copper busbar with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up.
Set of 4
Width (mm) 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400
Catalogue numbers 04161 04171 04162 04172 04163 04173 To be made 04174
Insulating busbar support (1)

DD381395-LIN.eps
Distance between y 10 kA rms/ 1 s / 30 kÂ 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm

supports y 13 kA rms/ 1 s / 40 kÂ - 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
depending on Icw/Ipk y 15 kA rms/ 1 s / 40 kÂ
(1)
- 450 mm 450 mm
y 20 kA rms/ 1 s / 45 kÂ - - 300 mm 300 mm
y 25 kA rms/ 0.6 s / 55 kÂ - - 300 mm -
y 25 kA rms/ 1 s / 55 kÂ - - - 300 mm
Installation Installation on functional uprights of duct (Prisma).
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (450 x 200 mm fixing centres)
Catalogue numbers 04192 04192 04192 04192
IPxxB insulating protective shield

Dd383648.eps
Width 250 mm
Height 1500 mm
Composition Fixing accessories supplied with support cat. no. 04192.
B-25

Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2

PB502514_60.eps
Description
The distribution block can be installed horizontally in the device zone or vertically in
the 300 mm wide duct of enclosures and cubicles.
The distribution block is made up of:
bb two staggered supports made of an insulating material
bb four slanted copper bars with holes every 25 mm.
Multi-stage distribution block
Dd383647-SE.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kÂ 30 kÂ 40 kÂ 40 kÂ
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 750 V AC
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 8 kV
Rated short-time current (Icw) 10 kA rms/1 s 13 kA rms/1 s 20 kA rms/1 s 25 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 1.000 x 108 1.690 x 108 4.000 x 108 6.250 x 108
Total connection capacity 4 incomers per phase: Ø12.2 mm clearance holes
13 outgoers per phase 16 to 50 mm2: M6 tapped holes
Busbar cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm 32 x 8 mm
Dimensions (mm)
DD381344-LIN-40.eps
Installation Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
Screwed to an adapter cat. no. 03595.
Composition 2 multi-stage supports made of an insulating material
4 slanted copper busbars, with holes every 25 mm
1 pack of 36 M6 x 16 screws + contact washers
1 IPxxB front insulating shield
B-26

Incomer accessories up to 630 A
Power busbars
Incomer accessories E56852-15.eps
E56851-15.eps
E56850-15.eps
Connectors for copper or aluminium cables
Rated operational current at 40 °C (Ie) 160 A 250 A 400 A
Supply at incoming terminals 70 mm2 cables 16 to 185 mm2 cables 70 to 300 mm2 cables
Composition Supplied with fixings at busbar end.
Set of 4
Outgoer accessories
DD381398-LIN.eps
Class 8.8 fixing accessories

Composition 20 M6 x 20 screws + 20 nuts 40 M6 x 16 screws
+ 40 contact washers + 40 contact washers
Catalogue numbers 04194 04195
B-27

Distribution Linergy DP
Distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, CEI 61439-1 et 2

PB111455_50.eps
Description
bb The Linergy DP quick distribution block is designed for installation directly
downstream of Compact NSX and INS up to 250 A. It can also be clipped onto a
modular rail.
Advantages
bb It is quick to mount in the horizontal position. Electrical connections are made
directly to the device terminals.
bb It is the same width as the devices and does not take up any additional space in
the switchboard.
bb The connection terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and avoid exceeding
the bending radius of the flexible and rigid cables.
Quick distribution blocks for Compact devices

Number of poles 3P 4P 3P 4P
PB502519-11_r.eps
PB502519-11_r.eps
PB111455-15-r.eps
PB111454-15-r.eps
Rated operational current (Ie) 250 A 250 A 250 A 250 A

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kÂ 30 kÂ
Rated short-time current (Icw) 8.5 kA rms/1 s 8.5 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 7.225 x 107 7.225 x 107
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals 27 connections: 36 connections: 2 connections: 2 connections:
6 x 10²/phase 6 x 10²/phase 2 x 35²/pole 2 x 35²/pole
3 x 16²/phase 3 x 16²/phase
Incomer terminals 1 cosse 120 mm² par pôle
Dimensions (H x W x D) 105 x 138 x 63 140 x 138 x 64
Installation On mounting plate or DIN rail On mounting plate
Product certifications ASEFA - KEMA
Standard for installation inside Prisma IEC 61439-1-2
Glow-wire 60695-2-11 960 °C
Additional block
PB502519-11_r.eps
PB502519-11_r.eps
Description 2 x 352 2 x 352

3P for Linergy DP 250 A 4P for Linergy DP 250 A
DD385533.eps
B-28

Distribution Linergy DP
Distribution blocks
Technical data
Common characteristics
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading
current of an assembly in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained.
The worst-case situations have been tested.
Network frequency 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection IPxxB
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Technical data supplémentaires
Reference temperature 40 °C
Operating temperature -25 °C to 55 °C
Installation
It can also be mounted downstream of vertically mounted
DD385361.eps
Compact NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the

enclosures.
In this case, the Linergy DP is mounted on a depth-adjustable
modular rail.
Directly on the mounting plates of horizontally mounted Compact

DD381402.eps
NSX100/250 and Compact INS250 devices in the enclosures.
B-29

Distribution Linergy FC
Feeders for Compact NSX and INS
Device feeders
IEC 61439-1 et 2
Description
Linergy FC is an insulated horizontal distribution block. It connects directly to the
PB502507-48_r.eps
mounting plate and can supply:

vv three four-pole and four three-pole Compact NSX circuit breakers, whatever the
ratings (100, 160 or 250 A), the operating systems (toggle, rotary handle, motor
mechanism), whether fixed or plug-in, front or rear connection (the circuit breakers
must be equipped with long terminal shields downstream)
vv three three-pole or four-pole Interpact INS switch-disconnectors, whatever the
PB502363-48_r.eps
ratings (100, 160 or 250 A), whether front or rear connection.

bb The design and small size blend perfectly with the devices.
bb It can be supplied by Linergy BS or Linergy LGY busbars positioned to the left or
right.
bb Fully insulated, Lynergy FC contributes to the safety of life and property.
Numerous and well distributed vents ensure natural convection and optimum cooling
of the conductors.
bb The circuit breakers can be easily connected from the front. It is simple to
interchange a device or to add a device in a reserve slot.
bb There are markings (N, L1, L2, L3) on the front and the sides for the phases.
bb The running of auxiliary cables between the devices and the corresponding
terminal blocks is also taken into account. Spacious trunking is built into the blocks
for the auxiliary wiring.
Compact NSX100/250 & INS/INV250 - Toggle, fixed

PB502507-48_r.eps
Linergy FC with prefabricated connections by insulated flexible bars

Number of poles 3P 4P
Connection to Linergy LGY busbars
Number of devices 4 3
Composition Self-adhesive labels to mark the phases for connections to the busbars.
Cat. no. 04403 04404
Compact NSX100/250 - Rotary handle, motor mechanism, fixed

Compact NSX100/250 - All controls, withdrawable (1)
Linergy FC with prefabricated braids (1)
Connection to Linergy BS, Linergy LGY or Linergy LGYE busbars
Cat. no. 04405 04406
Compact NSX100/250 & INS/INV250 - All controls, fixed and withdrawable

PB502508-32_r.eps
Linergy FC without prefabricated connections (1)

Connection to Linergy BS, Linergy LGY or Linergy LGYE busbars
Cat. no. 04407 (2) 04408 (2)
Implementation
DD381251-LIN-30.eps
DD381252-LIN-30.eps
DD381250-LIN.eps
Auxiliary wires running in the built-in trunking. Phase marking on the front of the distribution block.
(1) The connection of a Linergy FC distribution block using pre-wired connectors or insulated flexible bars is not compatible with Form 2 partitioning (04922).
In this case, use the form 2 restoration kit (04924).
(2) For the connection, use insulated flexible bars, 32 x 8mm cat. no. 04753; Each connection must not be longer than 500 mm. This size is validated with
Schneider Electric insulated flexible bars.
B-30

Distribution Linergy FC
Feeders for Compact NSX and INS
Device feeders
Accessories
PB502509-18_r.eps
DD383594-LIN-100.eps
Tooth caps
The caps block off the reserve terminals on a
Linergy FC distribution block.
Made of an insulating material, they simply clip on
from the front.
Characteristics
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) Distribution-block derating follows the normal
derating curves of Compact NSX and INS
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading
current of an assembly in circuit-breaker combinations is maintained.
The worst-case situations have been tested.
The electrical characteristics are perfectly
compatible with the connected devices.
Neither the temperature derating curves nor the
performance levels of the circuit breakers and
switch-disconnectors are altered.
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 50 kÂ rms
Rated short-time current (Icw) 8.5 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (A².s) 2.500 x 107
Rated conditional short-circuit current of Short-circuit withstand current compatible with the
an assembly breaking capacity of the Compact NSX circuit
breakers connected to the distribution block.
Linergy FC selection table for special cases

For most installations, the temperature around the switchboard is 40 °C,
corresponding to an average temperature of 60 °C inside the switchboard.
Under certain conditions, the temperature inside the switchboard may be different.
(A) Rated operational current as a function of the temperature

inside the switchboard
Temperature (°C) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
Inc (A) 3P 800 800 775 750 725 700 675
4P 675 675 655 635 615 595 570
To obtain the maximum permissible current for the linergy FC, apply the diversity
factor K:
bb Linergy FC 3P: K = 0.8
bb Linergy FC 4P: RDF = 0.9.
B-31

Distribution Insulated flexible bars
The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment.

DD381659.eps
Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often in
close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant heat
losses.
The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of
Schneider Electric devices in a Prisma switchboard.
Characteristics
Width 1800 mm
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
Maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material 125 °C
Connection between device and busbars

The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device, whatever
the internal temperature of the switchboard.
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Devices Size (mm) Catalogue number
NSX100 20 x 2 04742
NSX160/250 20 x 3 (1) 04743
NSX400 32 x 5 04751
NSX630 32 x 8 (2) 04753
INS125/160 20 x 2 04742
INS250 20 x 3 04743
INS400 32 x 5 04751
INS630 32 x 6 04752
FM 200 A Linergy 20 x 3 04743
FC 3P Linergy 32 x 8 (2) (4) 04753
FC 4P Linergy 32 x 8 (2) (3) (4) 04753
Fupact 250 24 x 5 04746
Fupact 400 32 x 5 04751
Fupact 630 32 x 8 (2) 04753
Easypact CVS100 20 x 2 04742
Easypact CVS160/250 20 x 3 (1) 04743
Easypact CVS400 32 x 5 04751
Easypact CVS630 32 x 8 (2) 04753
(1) To connect a Compact NSX250 to Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 mm flexible bar (04746).
(2) The insulated flexible bars is not compatible with Form 2 partitioning (04922).
In this case, use the form 2 restoration kit 04924 (see page B-58).
(3) In case of use of 32 x 6 insulated flexible bar, please contact Schneider Electric.
(4) Max length 500 mm per connection
The references 87646 (3P) and 87647 (4P) can be used up to 250 A, when binding of
insulated flexible bars, to withstand Isc.
B-32

Connection between busbars
DD382008.eps
Copper flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into
account the following characteristics:
bb a maximum temperature of 60 °C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the
average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35 °C
bb the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125 °C.
Ie (1) max Size (mm) Catalogue numbers
200 A 20 x 2 04742
250 A 20 x 3 04743
400 A 24 x 5 04746
520 A 32 x 5 04751
580 A 32 x 6 04752
660 A 32 x 8 04753
(1) Rated operational current.
Designing connections
> page B-32.
B-33

Distribution Linergy DX
Distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, CEI 61439-2
Description
PB104499-7.eps
PB111415-19_r.eps
bb Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

bb Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor.
bb Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
bb Only one cable (flexible or rigid) can be inserted per terminal.

Number of poles 4P, upstream incoming 4P, downstream incoming
PB104500-6.eps
PB104499-6.eps
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) 63 A 63 A
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in
assembly circuit breaker circuit breaker
combinations is maintained. combinations is maintained.
The worst-case situations have been tested. The worst-case situations have been tested.
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) - -
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC 500 V AC
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 440 V AC 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 6 kV
Rated short-time current (Icw) - -
Thermal stress (A².s) - -
Rated operational frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection IPxxB IPxxB
Incoming terminals 1 tunnel terminal 25²/phase 1 tunnel terminal 25²/phase
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals 24 connections : 24 connections :

12 x 6²/neutre 12 x 6²/neutre
Dimensions (H x W x D) 96.5 x 72 x 62 96.5 x 72 x 62

8 x 9 mm pitch 8 x 9 mm pitch
Installation Clipped onto a DIN rail Clipped onto a DIN rail
Others
Standard for installation inside Prisma IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2

Glow-wire 60695-2-11 960 °C 960 °C
Degree of pollution 3 3
Accessories
Catalogue numbers - -
B-34

Distribution Linergy DX
Distribution blocks
Advantages
bb A reliable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness guaranteed
over time).
bb Quick connection.
bb Easy phase balancing.
bb Ease of rewiring if the switchboard is expanded or modified.
4P 1P
PB111415-19_r.eps
PB111417-15_r.eps
PB111453-8-r.eps
125 A 160 A 160 A
20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1 20 kA/60 ms max according to IEC 61439-1 32 kA
20 kÂ 20 kÂ 24 kÂ
750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC
690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC
8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
4.5 kA rms/1 s 4.5 kA rms/1 s 5.5 kA rms/1 s
2.025 x 107 2.025 x 107 3.025 x 107
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
IPxxB IPxxB IPxxB
1 tunnel terminal 35²/phase Supplied with a prefabricated flexible connection 1 tunnel terminal 70²/phase
(with lugs), designed for an INS100/160
switch-disconnector installed on the left or the right
52 connections : 52 connections : 6 connections :
7 x 4²/phase 7 x 4²/phase 6 x 16²/phase
1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal) 1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal)
127 x 108 x 48 127 x 108 x 48 95 x 36 x 70
8 x 9 mm pitch 8 x 9 mm pitch 4 x 9 mm pitch
Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail Onto DIN rail
Possible to combine 2 terminal blocks
(2nd terminal block supplied from enclosed terminals
in the 1st, Imax of 2nd terminal block: 80 A)
IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2
960 °C 960 °C 960 °C
3 3 3
04045 04046 04031
4 x 125 A flexible connections, L = 210 mm with 1 end 4 x 160 A flexible connections, L = 380 mm with
fitting for tunnel terminal and 1 end 45° angle lug 2 x 45 mm² end fittings for tunnel terminals.
04047 - 04149
Dd383654.eps
PB502370-55.eps
B-35

Distribution Linergy FM
Quick device feeders
Device feeders
Description
PB104505-50.eps
bb Distribution over full rows of modular devices.

bb The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures and cubicles.
bb Mix of devices and functions in the same row.
bb Installation u 160 A: clipped onto the back of a modular rail or screwed onto a solid
or pre-slotted plate.
Distribution blocks
PB104501-52-r.eps
PB502496-31_r.eps
63 A 80 A
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 15 kÂ 16 kÂ
Rated conditional short-circuit current of (Isc) The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case
an assembly scenarios have been tested. The characteristics are exactly right for the connected devices. Circuit breakers
and switches still have their temperature derating curves, and their whole performance is maintained.
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC 500 V AC
Rated voltage (Ue) 440 V AC 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 6 kV
Maximum current (Imax) - -
Thermal stress (A².s) 2.400 x 106 2.400 x 106
Rated operational frequency 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection IPxxB IP20
Width 9 mm modules 24 48
18 mm modules 12 24
Supply at incoming terminals Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2 Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2
Downstream Max. 4 mm2 Phase 2 -
connection Neutral 4 -
capacity, cable to Max. 6 mm2 Phase 2 -
be used without
ferrules Neutral 4 -
Max. 10 mm2 Phase - 18
Neutral - 18
Accessories Pre-stripped copper connections 10 x 4 mm2 + 6 x 6 mm2 (W = 100 mm) 12 blue + 12 black
included Protection cover - -
Fixings - -
Installation
DB124195-LIN.eps
DD381664-LIN.eps
Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw
fixing. fixing.
DB124196-LIN.eps
Can be mounted in Pragma Evolution enclosures

and in Prisma Pack 160.
B-36

Distribution Linergy FM
Quick device feeders
Device feeders
PD390661R.eps
4P 2P 3P 4P 4P
PB502500-18_r.eps
PB502499-23_r.eps
PB502501-27_r.eps
PB502498-27_r.eps
PB502497-27-r.eps
160 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A
27 kÂ 25 kÂ 25 kÂ 30 kÂ 20 kÂ
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case scenarios have been tested.
750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC

690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC
8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
50 A for feeder for 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables
6.700 x 106 6.700 x 106 6.700 x 106 6.700 x 106
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
24 48 72
12 24 36
Direct onto the row by cable 50 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3 from busbar with prefabricated connection -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
6 12 -
6 18 -
20 x 4 mm2 + 6 x 6 mm2 (W = 100 mm) -
For rows (IPxxB) - -
For rows - -
04018 04012 04013 04014 04026
Connections to the distribution block

DD385348.eps
Dd383655.eps
4P 200 A connection 4P 200 A connection 4P 200 A connection 4P 160 A connection for

(supplied with fixings) (supplied with fixings) (supplied with fixings) Linergy FM 1/2 row
Allows power supply from Linergy BW busbars Linergy BS busbar Rear Linergy BS busbar Devices
Spare parts
PB502502-8_r.eps
4 covers for 160/200 A Linergy FM rows

Catalogue 01202
numbers
B-37

Distribution Linergy DS
Screw distribution blocks
Distribution blocks
IEC/EN 60947-7-1, IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2

PB111254-30_1.eps
Description
bb Single-pole or four-pole distribution block that can be installed on a standard DIN
rail or on a mounting plate.
bb Compatible with Prisma G and P, Pragma, Mini Pragma and Resbo series
switchboards.
bb Incomers and feeders are connected to screw terminals that accept rigid or
flexible cables with ferrule.
bb Optional: additional neutral terminal strip for four-pole distribution block.
PB111253-30_1.eps
Avantages
bb Simplified power supply for main incomers.
bb Easy, effortless cabling due to excellent accessibility.
bb Visible cabling.
bb Insulation between phases.
bb The single-pole distribution blocks are adjacent and bridgeable via the second
incoming hole for parallel connection.

PB111250-20_1.eps
PB111251-20_1.eps
PB111243-20_1.eps
PB111252-20_1.eps
Rating 125 A 160 A 250 A 100 A

Total connection capacity 10 13 14 4x7
Terminal capacity
Diameter 2 x Ø9.5 mm 2 x Ø12 mm 1 x Ø15.3 mm 2 x Ø7.5 mm
2 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø7.5 mm 1 x Ø10 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm
6 x Ø5.8 mm 8 x Ø5.8 mm 4 x Ø6 mm -
- - 8 x Ø7.5 mm -
Rated peak Ipk/60 ms 25 kÂ 36 kÂ 60 kÂ 14 kÂ
withstand Ipk/6 ms - - - 24 kÂ
current (Ipk)
Rated short-time withstand 4.2 kA rms/1 s 8.4 kA rms/1 s 14.4 kA rms/1 s 3 kA rms/1 s
current (Icw)
(IEC/EN 60947-7-1)
Width 3 4 5 8
(number of 9 mm pitches)
Dimensions (H x W x D) 85 x 27 x 50.5 85 x 36 x 50.5 85 x 45 x 50.5 100 x 71 x 50.5
Weight (g) 125 163 239 210
Neutral terminal strip - - - LGYN1007
(optional)
Catalogue numbers LGY112510 LGY116013 LGY125014 LGY410028
B-38

Distribution Linergy DS
Distribution blocks
Technical data
In compliance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1 and IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 230 V AC (L/N)
440 V AC (L/L)
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an Up to the breaking capacity of
DB406005_1.eps
assembly Schneider Electric feeder circuit breakers,

even in cascading configuration
Network frequency 50/60 Hz
Overvoltage category III
Additional technical characteristics

Reference temperature 40 °C
Operating temperature -25 °C to 55 °C
On LGY412560 and LGY416048 references.
Dielectric withstand (IEC/EN 60947-1) 2500 V AC
Input cabling facilitated by side terminals.
Neutral terminal strip

PB111244-20_1.eps
PB111245-20_1.eps
PB111246-20_1.eps
PB111247-20_1.eps
PB111248-20_1.eps
PB111249-20_1.eps
125 A 160 A 100 A 125 A
4 x 12 4 x 15 4 x 12 7 12 15
1 x Ø9 mm 1 x Ø9.5 mm 1 x Ø12 mm 2 x Ø7.5 mm 1 x Ø9 mm 1 x Ø9.5 mm

7 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm 3 x Ø9 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm 7 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm
4 x Ø6.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm 8 x Ø7.5 mm - 4 x Ø6.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm
- - - - - -
18 kÂ 18 kÂ 22 kÂ - - -
26 kÂ 28 kÂ 36 kÂ - - -
4.2 kA rms/1 s 4.2 kA rms/1 s 8.4 kA rms/1 s - - -
14 20 18 7 14 17
100 x 126 x 50.5 100 x 162 x 50.5 100 x 174 x 50.5 20 x 70 x 35 20 x 125 x 35 20 x 155 x 35
390 559 567 63 111 149
LGYN12512 LGYN12515 LGYN12512 - - -
LGY412548 LGY412560 LGY416048 LGYN1007 LGYN12512 LGYN12515
Terminal technical data

Type PZ2 screw
Diameter Ø5.5 mm Ø5.8 mm Ø6 mm Ø6.5 mm Ø7.5 mm Ø8.5 mm Ø9 mm Ø9.5 mm
Section rigid cable 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 2.5 to 25 mm² 6 to 35 mm² 10 to 35 mm² 10 to 35 mm²
Section flexible cable 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 4 to 25 mm² 4 to 25 mm² 6 to 35 mm²
or with ferrule
Tightening torque 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2.5 N.m 2.5 N.m
Type HC screw
Diameter Ø9.5 mm Ø10 mm Ø12 mm Ø15.3 mm
Section rigid cable 10 to 35 mm² 1.5 to 50 mm² 25 to 70 mm² 35 to 120 mm²
Ø y 15 mm
Section flexible cable 6 to 35 mm² 1.5 to 35 mm² 16 to 50 mm² 25 to 95 mm²

or with ferrule
Tightening torque 8 N.m 4 N.m 1P: 9 N.m 4P: 5 N.m 14 N.m
B-39

Distribution Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120,
Device feeders
NG125
IEC 60664-1
030920d-30.eps
Description
Comb busbars make it easier to install C120 and NG125 circuit breaker.
bb Supplied with 2 lateral end-caps, to reinforce copper bars insulating (IP2).
bb Allowing circuit identification.
bb Easy cut to length thanks to cutting marks on the insulating material and copper
bars.
C120, NG125 27 mm poles, cuttable

030920d-60.eps
Each com busbar reference includes:
bb 1 x single or 2 pole comb busbar + 8 tooth-caps + 2 side plates
bb 1 x 3 or 4 pole comb busbar + 4 tooth-caps + 2 side plates
To insulate teeth that have been left free can be insulated by tooth-caps
Rated operational current to (Ie) 125 A (63 A max by outgoer)
40 °C
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of C120 and NG125 circuit breakers
current of an assembly
Rated voltage (Ue) 500 V AC
Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s
Colour RAL 7016 (anthracite grey)
Use
Power supply by connector recommended
Number of 27 mm modules 16 16 15 16
Set of 1
Installation
DB105974-LIN-20.eps
1 2
Comb busbars allow dismountability of switchgear.
Accessories
Number of poles 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
PB502505.eps
030921d-15.eps
Tooth caps Insulated connector

Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars
Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material, which gives them very great stability
Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identification
Use
For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable
Set of 20 4
Installation
DB105977-35.eps
DB105976-30.eps
B-40

Comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9
Device feeders
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2
PB502379-30.eps
Description
Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit-breakers.
bb Can be sawn and cut in a single pass, with a metal saw (the end-caps are
compulsory after cutting).
bb Supplied with two lateral end-caps to reinforce copper bars insulating (IP2) except
for 57 module references.The side plates are compulsory after cutting.
bb Easy cut to length thanks to cutting marks on the insulating material and copper
bars.
bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for
installation in all positions.
bb The special comb busbars for circuit breakers with 9 mm auxiliaries have a 9 mm
gap for inserting iOF and iSD.
Acti 9 18 mm poles, cuttable
Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3 (N+P) Aux+1P Aux+2P Aux+3P Aux+4P 3 (Aux+1P) 3 (Aux+N+1P)
PB110252-65.eps
Rated operational (Ie) 100 A
current at 40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
short-circuit current
of an assembly
Rated insulation (Ui) 500 V AC
voltage
Fire resistance to Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s
IEC 695-2-1
Use
Type L1… L1L2… L1L2L3... NL1L2L3… NL1NL2… AuxL1... AuxL1L2… AuxL1L2L3 AuxNL1… AuxL1… AuxL1…
…NL3 …L2L3 …AuxL2… …AuxL2…
…AuxL3 …AuxL3
Set of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Catalogue numbers
6 modules of 18 mm A9XPH106 - - - - - - - - - -
12 modules of 18 mm A9XPH112 A9XPH212 A9XPH312 A9XPH412 A9XPH512 (1) - - - - - -
18 modules of 18 mm - - - - A9XPH518 (1) - - - - - -
24 modules of 18 mm A9XPH124 A9XPH224 A9XPH324 A9XPH424 A9XPH524 (1) - - - - - -
57 modules of 18 mm A9XPH157 A9XPH257 A9XPH357 A9XPH457 A9XPH557 (1) A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 A9XAH457 A9XAH657 A9XAH557 (1)
(1) This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
Installation
PB110290-20.eps
PB110793-20.eps
Accessories
Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P - - -
DB404806.eps
DB404808.eps
PB110258-7.eps
PB110259-7.eps
Side plates Tooth covers Connectors

Monoconnect Double terminals
Lateral end-caps providing IP20 protection To insulate teeth that Comb busbar power supply. Horizontal incomer on
have been left free each side. For 35 mm2 cable. Tightening torque 4 N.m
PB108138-20.eps
Set of 10 10 10 10 20 4 4
Catalogue numbers A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPT920 A9XPCM04 A9XPCD04
B-41

Device feeders
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2
Description
PB502380-30.eps
bb Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit breakers.

bb The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for
installation in all positions.
Acti 9 18 mm poles, not cuttable

Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3 (N + P)
PB110231-15.eps
Rated operational current to 40 °C (Ie) 100 A
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
Use
Type L1 L1L2 L1L2L3 NL1L2L3 NL1NL2NL3
Set of 1 1 1 1 1
Catalogue numbers
12 modules of 18 mm A9XPM112 A9XPM212 A9XPM312 A9XPM412 A9XPM512 (1)
(1) This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
Installation
PB110290-25.eps
PB110793-25.eps
Accessories
PB110257-10.eps
PB110258-7.eps
PB110259-7.eps
Tooth caps Connectors

Monoconnect Double terminals
To insulate teeth that have been left free Comb busbar power supply
Use
Horizontal incomer on each side
For 35 mm2 cable
Tightening torque 4 N.m
Set of 20 4 4
Catalogue A9XPT920 A9XPCM04 A9XPCD04
numbers
Installation
PB108162-35.eps
PB108164-35.eps
B-42

Comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60
Device feeders
IEC 60439-1
Description
Comb busbars ensure:
bb Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V, BP and Cm switchgear:
PB502382-70.eps
tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by indexing of copper

parts.
C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars contain two different parts:
bb connection of Group Feeder switchgear: C60 (3P + N) or ID (3P + N) circuit
breaker in 18 mm modules, powered by cables, through the bottom, directly by the
terminals
bb connection of Acti 9 switchgear in 9 mm modules.
Acti 9 L + N 9 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P + N 3P + N
DB123729.eps
DB123730.eps
21501 21505
Complete comb busbars (supplied with 4 side plates and 1 tooth cap)
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 C60 and circuit breakers
Rated voltage (Ue) 230 V AC (P + N) - 400 V AC (3P + N)
Degree of protection IP20
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules Comb busbar 12 18 24 12 18 24
Tooth cap 3 3 6 3 3 6
Catalogue numbers 21501 19512 21503 21505 19516 21507
Comb busbars alone
Number of 18 mm modules Comb 48 48
busbar
C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars alone

Number of poles 3P + N
PB502506-60-r.eps

Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules 12 48 48
Power supply Through left-hand Through left-hand Through right-hand
Accessories
DB123733.eps
DB123731.eps
DB123732.eps
Side plates Tooth caps Tooth caps Connectors (grey)

(3 x 18-mm modules) (1 x 18-mm modules)
Set of 40 12 10 4
Catalogue 21094 21095 21096 10405 21098
numbers
B-43

Device feeders
IEC 60439-1
Description
PB502383-10.eps
bb Connection of Clario, Prodis and Librio switchgear in 9 mm modules.

bb The special comb busbars for circuit breaker have a gap of 9 mm for inserting OF,
SD, OF-SD/OF auxiliaries.
bb The comb busbars for 3P + N circuit breakers and auxiliaries are compatible with
Prisma switchboard.
bb 1P+N comb busbars are compatible with Prisma and Pragma 24.
Acti 9 9 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P + N 3P + N 1P + N 3P + N
PB110801-10.eps
A9N21036
Comb busbars DPN Vigi comb busbars
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules 56 56 56 56
Catalogue numbers A9N21035 A9N21036 A9N21037 A9N21038
Accessories
PB110804-10.eps
PB110805-10.eps
PB110806-10.eps
PB110807-10.eps
Side plates Connectors (grey) Neutral connectors (blue) Tooth cap (1 x 18 mm module)
Set of 20 10 10 10
Catalogue numbers A9N21039 A9N21040 A9N21041 A9N21042 A9N21050
B-44

Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch
Device feeders
for Domae
IEC 60439-1, IEC 60664
Description
PB101626-30.eps
Comb busbars:
bb Comb busbars ensure: Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V,
BP and Cm switchgear: tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by
indexing of copper parts
bb Can be sawn and cut in a single pass, with a metal saw (the end-caps are
compulsory after cutting).
bb A re supplied with 2 (IP20) lateral end-caps (mandatory).
bb Teeth that have been left free can be insulated by tooth-caps.
Domae 18 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3P (N + P)
PB502372.eps
Rated operational (Ie) 63 A
current to 40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of circuit breakers
short-circuit current
of an assembly
Rated voltage (Ue) L/N 230 V AC
L/L 400 V AC
Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Auto-extinguible to 850 °C 30 secondes
Colour RAL 7035
Power supply By 16 mm2 semi-rigid cables or 10 mm2 flexible cables
By connector
Number of 18 mm modules 12 57 12 57 12 57 12 57 57
Installation
PB101630_SE-45.eps
Accessories
PB502373.eps
PB502376-40.eps
PB110898-25.eps
PB101632-10.eps
Type Connectors Side plates (2 phases) Side plates (3 phases) Side plates (4 phases) Tooth caps
(4 x 35 mm²)
Set of 1 10 10 10 10
B-45

Horizontal biconnect comb busbar
Device feeders
for 18 mm pitch
IEC 60664-1
PB502381-30.eps
Description
bb Distribution and sub-distribution of the electric power supply.
bb Fast assembly and disassembly of connected devices.
Peigne biconnexion 18 mm poles, cuttable

horizontal
PB110876-25.eps
PB110879-25.eps
PB110882-25.eps
PB110885-25.eps
Rated operational current to (Ie) 63 A
40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of circuit breakers
short-circuit
L/L 400 V AC
Colour RAL 7035 (grey)
Use
Power supply: directly on terminal (25 mm² rigid or 16 mm² flexible) or by connector (35 mm² rigid or 25 mm² flexible with
ferrule)
Type L1 L1L2 L1L2L3 L1L2L3L4
Number of 18 mm modules 12 18 57 12 18 57 12 18 57 12 18 57
Set of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Catalogue numbers R9XFH112 R9XFH118 R9XFH157 R9XFH212 R9XFH218 R9XFH257 R9XFH312 R9XFH318 R9XFH357 R9XFH412 R9XFH418 R9XFH457
Installation
DB405995-20.eps
Comb busbars horizontal bi-connection 18 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 4P
PB110888-30.eps
PB110889-30.eps

Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
L/L 400 V AC
Colour RAL 7035 (grey)
Use
Type NL1L2L3L4 - NL1NL2NL3 NL1NL2NL3
Number of 18 mm modules 18 18 57
Set of 1 1 1
Catalogue numbers R9XFH518G R9XFH518 R9XFH557
Installation
DB405995-20.eps
Accessories
PB110895-10.eps
PB110898-25.eps
PB110899-10.eps
Side plates Tooth caps Connectors

Set of 10 20 4
Cat. no. R9XE110 R9XE210 R9XE310 R9XE410 R9XT20 R9XFC04
B-46

Distribution Linergy TA
Auxiliary connections
Terminal blocks
and lines
Description
DD380867-LIN-50.eps
For distributing auxiliary voltages in power and regulation equipment.
Terminal block for auxiliary wiring
DD381644-LIN-30.eps
Standards IEC UL
Rated operational current at 40 °C (Ie) 12 A 20 A
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 250 V AC 300 V AC
Connection capacity Input 10 (grey)
Output 2 x 10 (grey)
Dimensions (H x W x D) (mm) 61 x 48 x 45
Size 0.2 to 4 mm
Tightening torque 0.5 to 0.6 N.m
Composition 3.5 18-mm modules
Four-pole auxiliary bus duct
DB406327.eps
Duct for 4 conductors
166 tap-off points with Faston connectors,
per linear meter
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) 32 A
Width (mm) 1755
Composition Supplied with 2 end clamps and 1 lateral clamp
for mounting on cable-tie supports
B-47

Distribution Linergy TB
Earth bars
Terminal blocks
and lines
Description
DD385394.eps
This range of earth bars is installed:

bb in the duct which can constitute a dedicated area, completely separate from the
equipment
bb or in the switchgear compartment, at the top or the bottom .
Fast-connecting earth bar
DD381560-LIN.eps
Copper earth bar
Cross-section (mm) 12 x 3
Effective length (mm) 330
Total length (mm) 450
Composition Copper bar with 1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2
Accessories
75 mm 37 mm
DD381560-LIN.eps
DD381560-LIN.eps
Earth blocks with terminals
Spring-fixing (clip onto the earth bar)
Total connection capacity 12 x 4 mm2 3 x 16 mm2
Composition 4 earth blocks 4 earth blocks
Accessories
DD381516-LIN.eps
Earth bar with jumper

Total connection capacity 40 x 2.5 to 16 mm2 20 x 2.5 to 16 mm2
Cross-section (mm) 12 x 13 12 x 13
Length (mm) 450 200
Composition 40 jumpers and a terminal 20 jumpers and a terminal
(16 to 35 mm2) (16 to 35 mm2)
Accessories
Dd381517-LIN.eps
DD381519-LIN-45.eps
Neutral bar Earth bar

Converts an earth bar to a neutral bar
Composition 2 insulating spacers 2 supports for earth bar on modular
rail
Catalogue 04210 04205
numbers
B-48

PE conductor
Terminal blocks
and lines
PE conductor
DD381183-LIN.eps
DD381184-LIN.eps
DD381182-LIN.eps
Vertical PE conductor Vertical PE conductor Horizontal PE conductor
with Linergy LGY profile with Linergy BS busbar with Linergy BS busbar
(W = 1670 mm) (W = 1675 mm)
Rated short-time current (Isc) y 65 > 65... y 80 = 100 y 40 > 40 y 40 > 40
Permissible current (A) 630 800 1250
Bar size (mm) 25 x 5 50 x 5 25 x 5 50 x 5
Characteristics Drilled flat bar Drilled flat bar
Ø10.6 mm (one Ø10.6 mm (two
10.6 mm hole every 10.6 mm hole every
25 mm along the 25 mm along the
entire length) entire length)
Catalogue numbers 04502 04503 04505 04512 04515 04512 04515
Support selection
Composition Three supports for one vertical PE Three supports for one vertical PE Two supports for one horizontal PE
(supplied with PE marking) to secure to (supplied with PE marking) to secure to
the framework the framework
Connection between PE conductors

DD381158-LIN.eps
Connection plates for horizontal/vertical PE bars Linergy connection hardware

Composition 2 copper angle brackets 20 M8 bolts (W = 25 mm) + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers for
connection to cable lugs or flexible bars
PEN conductor
DD384616.eps
Linergy TB PEN installation kit with 1600 A connection 10 mm horizontal Linergy LGYE vertical connection
LGY vertical profile busbar with Linergy LGY profile 1600 A
Note: for further details, see page D-16.
B-49

terminal block support
Introduction In Prisma P cubicles, terminal blocks are commonly installed in a lateral

compartment, generally 300 or 400 mm wide.
They may also be installed at the top or bottom of the cubicle.
Dd383711.eps
Installation at top or bottom Installation in a lateral Installation on a device

of a cubicle compartment mounting plate
Dd381512.eps
Dd381513.eps
Dd381514.eps
Modular rail, depth adjustable (W = 432 mm) 03402 - -
2 modular rails W = 1600 mm 04226 04226 -
2 universal angle brackets 03581 03581 -
Set of two lateral cross-members W = 400 mm 03584 - -
Cable-tie supports - see page A-79 -
Characteristics Terminal blocks are grouped on The terminal block is generally Terminal blocks can be directly
modular rails that can be depth installed in the cable installed on the mounting plates
adjusted behind a plain front plate. compartment, W = 300 or for horizontally mounted Compact
400 mm. NSX100/630 and vertically
The terminal blocks clip onto a mounted Compact NS630b/1600
modular rail. The rail is secured to for connection of auxiliary wires.
cable-tie supports using universal
angle brackets for precise
positioning of the terminal blocks.
Width of standard terminal blocks

Max. cable CSA (mm²) 4 6 10 16
Width of terminal block (mm) 6 8 10 12
Height required in switchboard

Max. cable CSA (mm²) 4 6 10 16
Plain front plate 03803 03803 03805 03806
B-50

Distribution Linergy TR
Introduction
A Push-in technology terminal blocks

Presentation
The new NSYTRP push-in terminal blocks use the most
PB502409.eps
cost effective connection technique in the market. This
technique drastically reduces wiring time and eliminates
the need for regular re-tightening.
The insertion force of the NSYTRP push-in terminal
blocks is up to 50 % lower.
This allows easy and direct plugging of solid conductors
or flexible conductors with cable-ends (ferrules) of Principle of push-in connection.
0.34 mm2 and up to 6 mm2.
B Screw technology terminal blocks

Presentation
NSYTRV screw technology terminal blocks are
PB502406.eps
components which are well-known and widely used
throughout the world and are suitable for the vast
majority of connection applications, due to their wide
range of functions and connection possibilities.
NSYTRV terminal blocks ensure quality, safety and the
operational availability of equipment.
In addition to these advantages, they optimise the Principle of screw connection.
setting up and operation of installations, due to their
simplicity and integrated functions.
C Spring technology terminal blocks

Presentation
Spring technology is a type of connection that requires
PB502408.eps
no maintenance and ensures the separation of

mechanical and electrical functions.
NSYTRR spring terminals significantly reduces wiring
time and eliminates the need for regular re-tightening.
This technology allows the connection of flexible
conductors with or without cable ends, but also of
solid conductors with nominal c.s.a. of 0.13 mm2 up to Principle of spring connection.
25 mm2.
NSYTRR terminal blocks ensure quality, safety and the
operational availability of equipment. In addition to
these advantages, they optimise the setting up and
operation of installations, due to their simplicity and
integrated functions.
B-51

Terminal blocks
Connection technology
Type of Max. cable Colour Screw tech Spring tech Push-in tech Miniature Miniature Miniature spring
terminal CSA screw spring for direct mount
block for 15 mm for 15 mm
DIN rail DIN rail
Passthrough 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTR V22 NSYTR R22 NSYTR P22 NSYTR V22M NSYTR R22M NSYTR R22MF
Blue NSYTR V22BL NSYTR R22BL NSYTR P22BL NSYTR V22MBL NSYTR R22MBL NSYTR R22MFBL
Orange NSYTR V22AR NSYTR R22AR NSYTR P22AR - - NSYTR R22MFF*
2.5 mm² (3 pts) Grey - NSYTR R23 NSYTR P23 - - -
Blue - NSYTR R23BL NSYTR P23BL - - -
Orange - NSYTR R23AR NSYTR P23AR - - -
2.5 mm² Grey - NSYTR R24 NSYTR P24 - NSYTR R24M NSYTR R24M
(4 pts, 1 level) Blue - NSYTR R24BL NSYTR P24BL - NSYTR R24MBL NSYTR R24MBL
2.5 mm² Grey NSYTR V24D NSYTR R24D NSYTR P24D - - -
(4 pts, 2 levels) Blue NSYTR V24DBL NSYTR R24DBL NSYTR P24DBL - - -
4 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTR V42 NSYTR R42 NSYTR P42 NSYTR V42M - -
Blue NSYTR V42BL NSYTR R42BL NSYTR P42BL NSYTR V42MBL - -
Orange NSYTR V42AR NSYTR R42AR - - - -
4 mm² (3 pts) Grey NSYTR V43 NSYTR R43 NSYTR P43 - - -
Blue NSYTR V43BL NSYTR R43BL NSYTR P43BL - - -
Orange - - - - - -
4 mm² Grey NSYTR V44 NSYTR R44 NSYTR P44 - - -
(4 pts, 1 level) Blue NSYTR V44BL NSYTR R44BL NSYTR P44BL - - -
4 mm² Grey NSYTR V44D NSYTR R44D - - - -
(4 pts, 2 levels) Blue NSYTR V44DBL NSYTR R44DBL - - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTR V62 NSYTR R62 - - - -
Blue NSYTR V62BL NSYTR R62BL - - - -
150 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV1502BB - - NSYTR V22MPE NSYTR R22MPE
Earth 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Green NSYTR V22PE NSYTR R22PE NSYTR P22PE - - -
protection 2.5 mm² (3 pts) Green - NSYTR R23PE NSYTR P23PE - - -
2.5 mm² (4 pts) Green - NSYTR R24PE NSYTR P24PE - - -
4 mm² (2 pts) Green NSYTR V42PE NSYTR R42PE NSYTR P42PE NSYTR V42MPE - -
4 mm² (3 pts) Green NSYTR V43PE NSYTR R43PE NSYTR P43PE - - -
4 mm² (4 pts) Green NSYTR V44PE NSYTR R44PE NSYTR P44PE - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Green NSYTR V62PE NSYTR R62PE - - - -
Knife 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTR V42ST (1) NSYTR R22SC NSYTR P22SC - - -
Disconnect Orange NSYTR V42STAR (1) NSYTR R22SCAR - - - -
2.5 mm² (3 pts) Grey - NSYTR R23SC NSYTR P23SC - - -
Orange - NSYTR R23SCAR - - - -
2.5 mm² Grey NSYTRV42SCD (1) NSYTRR24SCD - - - -
(2 levels)
Fuse 4 mm² (2 pts) Noir NSYTR V42SF5 - - - - -
Disconnect 5 x 20 mm fuse Noir (12 V) NSYTR V42SF5LD (2) - - - - -
Noir NSYTR V42SF5LA (2) - - - - -
Basic 4 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV 42TB NSYTR R22TB NSYTR P42TB - - -
Disconnect (3)
Measuring 6 mm² (2 pts) Grey/ NSYTR V62TTD - - - - -
transducer Disconnect Orange
6 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTR V62TT - - - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Green NSYTR V62TTPE - - - - -
* Grey terminal with flange. (1) 4 mm² terminal, with 2 test points.
(2) With light indicator.
(3) Fuse or component carrier not supplied.
B-52

Terminal blocks
Connection Accessories
technology
Miniature spring End plate End plate End plate Plug-in bridge Marking strips
for direct mount for screw TBs for spring TBs for push-in TBs 10 characters
NSYTR R22MP NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR22 NSYTRA CR22 NSYTRA L22 NSYTRA B510
NSYTR R22MPBL NSYTRA C22BL NSYTRA CR22BL NSYTRA CR22BL NSYTRA L23 NSYTRA B520
- - - NSYTRA L24 NSYTRA B530
- - NSYTRA CR23 NSYTRA CR23
NSYTRA L25 NSYTRA B540
- - NSYTRA CR23BL NSYTRA CR23BL
- - - - NSYTRA L210 NSYTRA B550
NSYTR R24MP - NSYTRA CR24 NSYTRA CR24 NSYTRA L210BL …
NSYTR R24MPBL - NSYTRA CR24BL NSYTRA CR24BL NSYTRA L210GR NSYTRA B590
- NSYTRA CE24 NSYTRA CRE24 NSYTRA CRE24 NSYTRA L220 NSYTRA B5100
- - - - NSYTRA B51100
- NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR42 NSYTRA CR42 NSYTRA L42 NSYTRA B610
- NSYTRA C22BL - - NSYTRA L43 NSYTRA B620
- NSYTRA C23 NSYTRA CR43 NSYTRA CP43
NSYTRA L45 NSYTRA B640
- - - -
- NSYTRA C24 NSYTRA CR44 NSYTRA CP44 NSYTRA L410BL …
- - - - NSYTRA L410GR NSYTRA B690
- NSYTRA CE24 NSYTRA CRE44 - NSYTRA L420 NSYTRA B6100
- - - - NSYTRA B61100
- NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR62 - NSYTRA L62 NSYTRA B810
- NSYTRA C22BL - - NSYTRA L610 NSYTRA B820
- NSYTRA C22BL - - NSYTRA B1020
- - - - NSYTRA B1020
NSYTRAC952 - - NSYTRA L1502 -
- NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR22 NSYTRA CR22 - -
- - NSYTRA CR23 NSYTRA CR23 - -
- - NSYTRA CR24 NSYTRA CR24 - -
- NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR42 NSYTRA CR42 - -
- NSYTRA C23 NSYTRA CR43 NSYTRA CP43 - -
- NSYTRA C24 NSYTRA CR44 NSYTRA CP44 - -
- NSYTRA C22 NSYTRA CR62 - - -
- Included NSYTRA CR23 NSYTRA CPK22 - -
- Included - - - -
- - NSYTRA CR24 NSYTRA CPK23 - -
- - - - - -
- NSYTRA CE24 Included - - -
- Included - - - -
- Included - - - -
- Included - - - -
- NSYTRA CT22 NSYTRA CR23 NSYTRA CR42 - -
- NSYTRA CT22 - - - -
- NSYTRA CT22 - - - -
- NSYTRA CT22 - - - -
B-53

Prisma functional system
Forms according to IEC 61439-1 & 2

Decisions concerning the Form of separation and the
degree of protection are the subject of an agreement
between the manufacturer and the user.
In most installations, Prisma P cubicles do not require partitioning. In this case,
the switchboard is a Form 1.
Safety being one of its foremost goals, Schneider Electric offers options and
features that go well beyond the recommendations of the standard.
The protection of life and property is a standard feature due to:
bb front plates that require a tool to be removed
bb keylocks on doors, some of which provide access to live parts the systematic
installation of terminal shields on Compact NSX circuit breakers and Interpact
INS and INV switch-disconnectors
bb covering of the upstream and downstream terminals on the incoming device so
that operators are perfectly safe at all points in the switchboard when the
incoming device is off (open).
What is more, Prisma P offers different levels of partitioning to create separations
inside the cubicles and thus create Form 2, 3 and 4 electrical switchboards.
Electrical switchboards must meet the degree of protection IP2X to comply with
standard IEC 60439-1.
Form 1 Form 2b Form 3b Form 4a

Form1.eps
Form2b.eps
Form3b.eps
Form4a.eps
In most installations, Prisma bb Terminals for external bb Terminals for external bb Terminals for external
P cubicles do not require conductors separated from conductors separated from conductors in the same
partitioning. In this case, the busbars. busbars. compartment as the
switchboard is a Form 1. bb The functional units and bb The functional units are associated functional unit.
bb Safety being one of its the terminals are separated separated from each other
foremost goals, from the busbars. and from the busbars.
Schneider Electric offers bb The terminals are
options and features that go separated from the busbars,
well beyond the but not from each other. Form 4b
recommendations of the
Form4b.eps
standard. The protection of

life and property is a
standard feature due to:
vv the systematic installation
of terminal shields on the
incoming device
vv and covering of the
upstream and downstream
terminals.
bb Terminals for external

conductors not in the same
compartment as the
associated functional unit,
but in individual, separate,
enclosed protected spaces
or compartments.
B-54

Distribution Form 1 partitioning
Main distribution
Presentation
Covering of upstream and downstream terminals on all devices
DD384585.eps
Form 1
The protection of life and property is ensured by:
>> the systematic installation of terminal shields on Compact NSX
Form1_R.eps
circuit breakers and on Compact INS and INV switch-

disconnectors
>> covering of the upstream and downstream terminals on the
incoming device so that operators are perfectly safe at all points
in the switchboard when the incoming device is off (open).
B-55

Covering the supply terminals on the
Main distribution
incoming device
Covering of the connection between an incoming device and lateral busbars
Dd382041.eps
400
600 650
Masterpact NW Masterpact NT Compact Compact Compact

NS630b/1600 NS1600b/3200 (1) INS-INV630b/2500
Cover 04926 04926 04926 04926 04926
Additional cover 04927 - - - -
(1) For more information, see page A-15.
Front connection with cables Canalis front connection

Dd382019.eps
Dd382020.eps
400
600 650
Devices Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With

device drawable device drawable
Masterpact Compact Masterpact Compact
NW08/32 NT06/16 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NW08/32 NT06/16 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Cover 04861 04852 04851 04852 04861 04852 04851 04852
Canalis additional cover - - - - 04871 04871 04871 04871
Rear connection with cables Canalis rear connection

Dd382021.eps
Dd382022.eps
600
400
650
Devices Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With

device drawable device drawable
Masterpact Compact Masterpact Compact
NW08/32 NT06/16 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NW08/32 NT06/16 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Cover 04863 04854 04853 04854 04863 04854 04853 04854
Canalis additional cover - - - - 04871 04871 04871 04871
B-56

Main distribution
Presentation
Separation of busbars from the functional units
DD384526.eps
Form 2b partitioning is essential to ensure excellent protection for

the installation and operators working in the switchboard. Form
>> Protection against contact with live parts upstream of the
Dd381679.eps
outgoing circuits
>> Protection against penetration of foreign solid bodies.
When added to standard protection features (terminal shields,
prefabricated connections, etc.), it eliminates the risk of direct
contacts with live parts.
Security
>> In Form 2b, the terminals are separated from the busbars.
2b
B-57

Main distribution
Lateral partitioning
bb Made of:
v four supports that clip to the framework
v five extruded slats that clip to the supports
v two metal plates at the top and bottom that can be cut out to pass a PE or PEN
conductor, or one or two 30 x 60 mm trunking sections
bb Compliance with standard IEC 695.2.1 concerning withstand to fire.
Side barrier Restoration kit Front or rear barrier
Dd383712.eps
DD385402.eps
Dd383714.eps
Dd381588.eps
DD382528.eps
Dd381589.eps
W = 150 mm W = 300 mm
Characteristics bb Vertical barrier made of bb This kit enables passage of the Can be installed in the front and rear of the busbar compartment.
insulating slats connection between a device > Protects against direct contact with the busbars.
bb can be installed on both sides of 1600 A (NW, INS) and lateral This barrier is not required in front when the cubicle is equipped with
Linergy BS or Linergy LGY vertical busbars. a plain or transparent door.
busbars bb It is made up of an insulated vv For 800 mm cubicles :
bb The space between the slats is plate (six modules high = 300 mm) vv the door is systematically supplied with a barrier.
sufficient for prefabricated that can be cut as required, vv the cover frame is supplied with a wicket door, W = 150 mm, on
connections (one copper bar, 5 or supplied with supports and the which devices can be mounted. A front barrier is indispensable.
10 mm thick, or insulated flexible necessary hardware. bb A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment in
bars) or for cables up to 35 mm², bb It can be installed at any height cubicles that are 600,800 and 1000 mm deep.
while maintaining the degree of in the switchboard.
protection IP2X
Catalogue 04922 04924 04921 04920
number
Horizontal partioning
DD384521.EPS
bb Set of two barriers (front and rear), plus a slotted rear panel for efficient natural
convection in the switchboard.
bb The set can be used to partition horizontal busbars installed at the top or bottom
of the cubicle.
bb The space required for the busbars is not increased.
Linergy LGYE Linergy BS

Top position Bottom position Top position Bottom
position
In y 2500 A u 3200 A y 2500 A u 3200 A y 3200 A 4000 A y 3200 A
Nb de modules 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
P400
Cover W = 300 04973 04963 04973 + 04915 04963 + 04915 04973 04963 04973 + 04915
W = 400 04974 04964 04974 + 04915 04964 + 04915 04974 04964 04974 + 04915
L650 04976 04966 04976 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04976 04966 04976 + 04919
L650 + 150 04976 04966 04976 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04976 04966 04976 + 04919
L800 04978 04968 04976 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04978 04968 04976 + 04919
P600
Cover W = 300 04983 04963 04983 + 04915 04963 + 04915 04983 04963 04983 + 04915
W = 400 04984 04964 04984 + 04915 04964 + 04915 04984 04964 04984 + 04915
L650 04986 04966 04986 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04986 04966 04986 + 04919
L650 + 150 04986 04966 04986 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04986 04966 04986 + 04919
L800 04988 04968 04986 + 04919 04966 + 04919 04988 04968 04986 + 04919
Note: when the busbars are at the bottom of the cubicle, gland plates are mandatory, see page C-17.
Note: To protect horizontal busbars installed at the bottom of the cubicle, the slotted slotted horizontal panel can be replaced by a plain barrier.(04915 or 04919).
B-58

Main distribution
Presentation
Separation of the functional units from one another + separation of the terminals for
external conductors from the functional units
DD384527.eps
Form
Form 3b partitioning is essential to ensure excellent protection for
Dd381681.eps
the installation and operators working in the switchboard.

>> Protection against contact with live parts
>> Reduction in the risk of faults between the functional units
(propagation of electrical arcs, etc.).
Security
>> In Form 3b, the terminals are separated from the busbars.
3b
B-59

Main distribution
Form 3 partitioning
Front connection Rear connection
DD383107.eps
DD385525.eps
DD385526.eps
Dd383081.eps
Rear support for partitions 6 universal angle brackets Horizontal metal partition Rear connection
W = 650 mm W = 650 mm
Characteristics Two uprights secured to the A set of brackets can be used to A horizontal metal partition can be Vertical partitions (two cat. no. per
framework (400 mm install partial Form 3 partitioning in used to physically separate functional unit)
deep) or to the intermediate the cubicle.It does not take up any functional units from one another.
uprights (600 mm deep useful space in the switchboard. It does not take up any useful 3 to 4 modules 5 to 6 modules
frameworks). space in the switchboard.
Catalogue 04943 03583 04901 04955 04956
numbers
B-60

Main distribution
Presentation
Separation of busbars from the functional units + separation of all functional units from
one another + terminals for external conductors
DD384525.eps
Security
>> Form 4b : terminals for external conductors not in the
same compartment as the associated functional unit,
but in individual, separate, enclosed protected spaces
Form 4 partitioning is essential to ensure excellent or compartments.
protection for the installation and operators working
in the switchboard. Form
Dd382369.eps
Dd382370.eps
>> protection against contacts with live parts and

reduction in the risk of faults between the
functional units (propagation of electrical arcs,
etc.).
In addition to partitioning of the main busbars (Form
2) and installation of the horizontal partitions
between functional units (Form 3), the cubicle must
be equipped with:
>> Form 4 gland plates to achieve Form 4a
>> Form 4 covers for connection transfer assemblies
to achieve Form 4b. 4a 4b
B-61

Main distribution
Form 4a partitioning
Forme 4 - direct connection to the device
Front connection Rear connection
DD385406.eps
DD385407.eps
DD385407.eps
DD385405.eps
DD385406.eps
Backplate Gland plate
Characteristics bb a backplate (one cat. no. per bb a plastic gland plate that can be easily cut out (one bb a gland plate at the rear of each functional unit. It is
cubicle) made up to two metal for each functional unit) and is mounted on the connected directly to the rear supports for Form 3
half panels mounted on the rear framework. partitions
supports for Form 3 partitions.
This backplate is not 3 to 4 modules 5 to 6 modules 3 to 5 modules 4 to 6 modules
indispensable for 400 mm deep
frameworks
Catalogue 04946 04951 04952 04951 04952
numbers
Form 4b partitioning
Forme 4b - connection transfer
In a lateral compartment At the rear of the cubicle
Dd383604.eps
DD385405.eps
Dd383090.eps
Dd382035.eps
Dd382036.eps
Dd382039.eps
Dd382038.eps
Backplate Cover
Characteristics bb a backplate (one cat. no. per bb a cover with plastic gland plates that can be easily bb It comprises two height-adjustable metal flanges
cubicle) made up to two metal cut out on the side and bottom. and plastic gland plates that can be easily cut out at
half panels mounted on the rear the rear and bottom.
supports for Form 3 partitions. 3 to 5 modules W150 4 to 6 modules W200 3 to 5 modules 4 to 6 modules
This backplate is not
indispensable for 400 mm deep
frameworks
Catalogue 04946 04953 04954 04953 04954
numbers
B-62

Distribution Other partitions
Main distribution
Inter-cubicle partition
DD383720.eps
Dd383722.eps
D400 D600
Characteristics Metal partition, used to separate two adjacent cubicles.
It is made up of two panels, each 850 mm high.
The top and bottom ends have knock-outs for busbars, PE/PEN conductors or auxiliary wiring.
Supplied with the necessary supports and hardware, the partition is mounted on the framework and does not hinder installation of
the functional mounting plates.
Catalogue numbers 04911 04911 + 04931
B-63

Prisma P
enclosures

3.0
Enclosures Sommaire
IP30/31/55 cubicles - Presentation C-2

Cover panels C-8
Cubicles
Frameworks C-11
IP30/31 cover panels C-13
IP55 cover panels C-15
Plinth C-17
Cubicle handling and rolling base,
Lifting reinforcement kit for combined cubicles, Right-angle kit C-18
Installation accessories C-19
Front plate accessories C-20
Enclosure accessories
Door handles and locks C-21
Air-conditioning accessories
Ventilation C-22
Heat C-26
Regulating C-27
Dimensions
Cubicles C-28
C-1

Enclosures IP30/31/55 cubicles
Presentation
Carefully designed in every detail, Prisma P cubicles are
PD390422.eps
the solution for all common switchboard configurations
up to 4000 A.
A reduced number of catalogue numbers facilitates
selection, while offering the essential functions such as:
bb multiple combination possibilities
bb an array of interchangeable cover panels and doors,
IP30 or IP55, without adding gaskets
bb total accessibility to all connection points in the
switchboard
bb wide cable compartments
bb high for large capacity (36 modules, each 50 mm
high).
The discreet design, with simple lines and oval shapes
in the RAL 9001 colour, mean Prisma P cubicles blend in
naturally on all commercial and industrial sites.
They offer 36 modules, each 50 mm high, of useful
space.
They comply with standard IEC 62208.
All cover panels and doors (IP30 or IP55) are secured using quarter-turn fasteners.
Electrical continuity is achieved naturally, without having to add clips or earthing braids.
C-2

Presentation
DD380642.eps
Frameworks can be combined side-by-side or back-to-back to create all switchboard

configurations up to 4000 A.
DD380641.eps
Front plates are installed on a frame that can pivot on the framework.
The front can be:
bb a plain door (IP30/55)
bb a transparent door (IP30/55)
bb a cover frame (IP30).
C-3

Presentation
The framework
PD390573R.eps
The framework is both light and rigid due to the closed sections used for the uprights.
The compact design of the framework means there is 15% more space available for
devices.There are no sharp edges.
Assembly is particularly fast with only 12 screws, all directly accessible. Uprights
have wing holes every 25 mm. A measuring tape can be hooked to a slot marking the
starting point for measurements on the heights required to mount devices. Marks
every 50 mm and double marks every 100 mm make it easy to count modules.
The floor fixing kit can also be used to level the cubicles.
PD390574R.eps
PD390575R.eps
Cross-pieces can be removed to facilitate work.
Only 12 screws, all directly accessible, are Marks make it easy to count the vertical
required for assembly. modules.
PD390576R.eps
The floor fixing kit can also be used to level the

cubicles.
The front plates are equipped with clip-mount grips with a built-in quarter-turn
PD391307.eps
fastening system for fast handling and installation.

The lead-sealing function is directly integrated in the grip mechanism.
Hinged front plate support frame

This frame provides direct and fast access to the devices.
It is reversible and has two factory-mounted hinges.
Only two screws are required to secure it to the framework.
By pivoting, the front plate support frame provides direct

access to devices.
C-4

Presentation
Doors
Both plain and transparent doors are reversible and designed for quick and easy left
or right-hand mounting by a single person.
The factory-mounted hinges are secured on quarter-turn studs. The one-piece
handle clips firmly into place.
All connection points are located on the front of the uprights and do not take up any
useful space for devices.
For 800 mm wide cubicles, the doors are supplied with a 150 mm wide barrier to
block access to the busbars.
A wide range of locks are available for the “push and pull” handle.
PD390874.eps
A discreet, user-friendly handle.
Rear panels
PD390649R.eps
The IP30 panels are made up of two identical and interchangeable half panels that
are easy to handle.
They are flat to occupy minimum of floor space.
Vents ensure natural ventilation of the switchboard.
The IP55 panels are reinforced (IK10) and have positioning studs to facilitate
mounting.
Side panels
They are easy to handle given their ergonomic design and rounded edges. Mounting
is guided at the base by hooking onto special studs.
Similar to all the cover panels, the side panels are rapidly secured by quarter-turn
fasteners.
Vented IP30 panels.
Roof
PD390650R.eps
The roof panel is flat for passage under all doorways and includes four holes for the
lifting rings.
The lifting rings can be installed and removed without removing the roof.
The lifting rings can be installed without removing the roof.
C-5

Presentation
D400 frameworks (depth 400 mm)

DD380570.eps
DD380560.eps
DD380561.eps
DD380562.eps
DD380563.eps
W = 300/400 W = 650/800 W = 800 with a busbar
compartment
Dimensions of cubicle with cover panels

Height 2006 mm (capacity = 36 modules, each 50 mm high)
Width width of the framework + 56 mm
Depth 450 mm with screw-on rear panel + front door
476 mm with front and rear doors
D600 frameworks (depth 600 mm)

DD380571.eps
DD380564.eps
DD380565.eps
DD380567.eps
DD380566.eps
W = 300/400 W = 650/800 W = 800 with a busbar

compartment
Dimensions of cubicle with cover panels

Height 2006 mm (capacity = 36 modules, each 50 mm high)
Width width of the framework + 56 mm
Depth 650 mm with screw-on rear panel + front door
676 mm with front and rear doors
Framework combinations Side-by-side

The 650 and 800 mm wide frameworks are supplied with a combination kit.
DD380578.eps
To maintain the IP55 degree of protection, an optional gasket must be installed

between the combined cubicles.
Back-to-back
An optional kit for back-to-back combinations is available. It is used to mechanically
connect the frameworks. It is supplied with a gasket to be installed between the
cubicles (for IP55).
DD380579.eps
C-6

Presentation
Cover panels
DD380568.eps
Front panels
bb for frameworks 650 and 800 mm wide.
Any of the following can be installed in front of the
hinged front plate support frame:
vv a plain door (IP30 or IP55)
vv a transparent door (IP30 or IP55)
vv a cover frame (IP30)
bb for frameworks 300 and 400 mm wide.
A plain door is used (IP30 or IP55).
Rear panels
The rear panel can be made up of:
bb two parts for IP30 panels
bb one reinforced part for IP55 panels.
A plain door can also be used, notably for switchboards
with rear connections (800 and 1000 mm deep).
Side panels
A set of two panels is used (IP30 or IP55).
If frameworks are installed back to back (double depth),
two sets of two panels are required.
Roof
There is a plain roof (IP30 or IP55) for each size of
framework.
Gland plates
They are mandatory, whatever the desired degree of
protection for the switchboard.
For each size of framework, there are plain gland
plates (IP55) or two-part gland plates (IP30).
Degree of protection
IP30 switchboard
Use:
bb the IP30 cover panels with a door or cover frame
bb IP30 plain roof
bb gland plates (plain or in two parts).
IP31 switchboard
Use: Prisma P cubicle,W = 650 mm + cable compartment, W = 300 mm.
bb the IP30 cover panels with a door
bb IP30 plain roof
bb IP31 sealing kit
DD380569.eps

IP55 switchboard
Use:
bb the IP55 cover panels with a door
bb IP55 plain roof
bb plain gland plates.
If frameworks are combined, use the IP55 sealing kit
for side-by-side combinations.
Prisma P cubicle,W = 800 mm + cable compartment,W = 300 mm.
C-7

Enclosures Cover panels
400 mm deep switchboard
DD380554.eps
For switchboards with front connections.
bb front panels
vv a fixed cover frame (IP30)
bb rear panel = screw-on panel
bb side panels = set of two panels
bb plain roof
Parts list for switchboard 1

1 08406: framework, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
2 08566: front plate support frame, W = 650
3 08576: cover frame, W = 650
4 08736: rear panel,W= 650 (two half panels)
5 08750: set of two side panels, D = 400
6 08436: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
7 08486: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 400
DD380607.eps
Switchboard 1 - IP30 cubicle with cover frame,W = 650.

DD380557.eps
For switchboards with front connections.

bb front panels
bb plain roof
Parts list for switchboard 2

1 08603: framework, W = 300, D = 600, H = 2000
2 08607: framework, W = 800, D = 600, H = 2000
3 08606: framework, W = 650, D = 600, H = 2000
5 08513: plain door, W = 300
6 08538: transparent door, W = 800
(supplied with barrier
for busbar compartment, W =150)
8 08733: rear panel, W = 300 (two half panels)
9 08738: rear panel, W = 800 (two half panels)
10 08736: rear panel,W = 650 (two half panels)
12 08633: plain roof, W = 300, D = 600
13 08638: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
14 08636: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
17 08686: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 600.
DD380611.eps
Switchboard 2 - combination of IP30 cubicles with transparent doors.
C-8

Dd382572.eps
Made up of two cubicles back-to-back.
Rear connections are possible.
bb front panels
bb plain roof
Parts list
1 08407 x 2 : 2 frameworks, W = 800, D = 400, H = 2000
2 08406 x 2 : 2 frameworks, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
4 08578: fixed cover frame, W = 800
(supplied with a wicket door, W = 150)
5 08576: cover frame, W = 650
6 08518: plain door, W = 800
(supplied with barrier for busbar compartment,
W= 150)
7 08516: plain door, W = 650
8 08750 x 2 : 2 sets of two side panels D = 400
9 08438 x 2 : 2 plain roofs, W = 800, D = 400
10 08436 x 2 : 2 plain roofs, W = 650, D = 400
11 08487 x 2 : 2 plain gland plate, W = 800, D = 400 Combination of IP30 cubicles with cover frames.
12 08486 x 2 : 2 plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 400
08719 x 2 : double depth combination kit
DD380615.eps
C-9

Dd382573.eps
Made up of two cubicles back-to-back.
Rear connections are possible.
bb front panels
bb plain roof
Parts list for switchboard IP30

1 08607: framework, W = 800, D = 600, H = 2000
2 08606: framework, W = 650, D = 600, H = 2000
3 08407: framework, W = 800, D = 400, H = 2000
4 08406: framework, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
6 08538: transparent door, W =800
for busbar compartment, W =150)
7 08536: transparent door, W =650
8 08518: plain door, W = 800
(supplied with barrier for busbar compartment,
W= 150)
9 08516: plain door, W = 650
12 08638: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
13 08636: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
14 08438: plain roof, W = 800, D = 400
15 08436: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
17 08686: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 600 Combination of cubicles with transparent doors.
08719: double depth combination kit
Parts list for switchboard IP55

DD380613.eps
1 08607: framework, W = 800, D = 600, H = 2000

2 08606: framework, W = 650, D = 600, H = 2000
3 08407: framework, W = 800, D = 400, H = 2000
4 08406: framework, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
for busbar compartment, W = 150)
8 08528: plain door, W = 800
for busbar compartment, W = 150)
9 08526: plain door, W = 650
12 08658: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
13 08656: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
14 08458: plain roof, W = 800, D = 400
15 08456: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
08717 x 2: IP55 sealing kit for side-by-side combinations
08719 x 2: double depth combination kit
C-10

Enclosures Cubicles
Frameworks
Mounting Frameworks
DD380572.eps
DD380573.eps
DD380574.eps
DD380575.eps
DD380576.eps
DD380577.eps
Width (mm) 300 400 650 800 800 300 400 650 800 800
(650 + 150) (650 + 150)
Depth 400 mm Depth 600 mm
Cat. no. 08403 08404 08406 08408 08407 08603 08604 08606 08608 08607
Composition 2 frames 3 frames
- + 2 additional equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates
uprights
bb 4 cross-pieces.
bb Mounting hardware.
bb Framework combinations
Characteristics bb Cubicles can be combined side-by-side and back-to-back.
bb Can be equipped with IP30 or IP55 cover panels.
Note: for the 800 mm width, the busbar compartment can be on the left or right
Mounting Hinged front plate support frame

DD383935.eps
Dd381324.eps
Width (mm) 400 650
Cat. no. 08564 08566

Characteristics bb Reversible for left or right-hand opening.
bb Secured at two points.
Note: can be mounted on 650 mm and 800 mm (650 + 150) wide cubicles.
Partial hinged cover-frame supports

See page A-9.
Mounting Partial hinged cover-frame supports

DD385529.eps
DD385530.eps
Width (mm) 650

10 modules 12 modules
Cat. no. 08560 08562
Characteristics bb For drawout Masterpact NW, when hinged front plate support bb Use for Fupact ISFL configurations.
frame is left -hand opening. bb For drawout Masterpact NW, when hinged front plate support
frame is left-hand opening.
C-11

Enclosures Cubicles
Frameworks
Framework combinations
DD380751.eps
DD380752.eps
Dd381325.eps
Dd381326.eps
Type Side-by-side Back-to-back
IP55 sealing kit Double depth combination kit
Cat. no. 08717 08719
Characteristics The 650 and 800 mm wide frameworks are supplied with a The kit is made up of:
combination kit comprising six M6 bolts. bb a set of hardware for the mechanical connections between the
To maintain the IP55 degree of protection, an optional gasket must cross-pieces
be installed between the combined cubicles. bb two assembly plates to connect the uprights
bb the IP55 sealing kit.
Accessories
Dd381327.eps
Dd383048.eps
Type Hardware
Fixing screws and nuts
Cat. no. 08921 08718
Characteristics Set of 20 screws + wing nuts for framework Set of 10 screws + combination accessories
C-12

Enclosures Cubicles
IP30/31 cover panels
Mounting Front panels
DD385485.eps
DD380582.eps
DD380583.eps
Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800
Plain door 08513 08514 08516 08518
Transparent door - 08534 08536 08538
Door with cut-out 08593 08594 - -
Reinforced door - 01224 01225
Characteristics bb Reversible for left or right-hand opening.
bb Equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).
For other possibilities, see page C-21.
Note: the door with cut-out can be equipped with front plates for 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 instruments, see page A-71.
The 800 mm door is supplied with a 150 mm barrier for the side compartment, plus a finishing accessory to improve the
appearance of the upright.
Cover frame - 08574 08576 08578 (1)
(1) For 800 mm wide frameworks, the 650 mm frame is supplied with a plain wicket door, 150 mm wide.
Mounting Rear panels

DD380603.eps
Dd385486.eps

Rear panel 08733 08734 08736 08738
Characteristics bb Made up of two half panels with vents.
bb Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners.
Plain door 08513 08514 08516 08518
Characteristics bb Equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).
bb Reversible for left or right-hand opening.
bb In the case of a door mounted at the rear of cubicle, it is necessary to follow the temperature derating values for installed
devices in all cubicles with cover panels rated IP55.
Note: the 800 mm door is supplied with a 150 mm barrier for the side compartment, plus a finishing accessory to improve the
C-13

Enclosures Cubicles
IP30/31 cover panels
Mounting Side panels
DD380600.eps
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600

Side panels 08750 08760
Characteristics Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners.
Mounting Roof
DD380601.eps

Plain roof D = 400 mm 08433 08434 08436 08438
Plain roof D = 600 mm 08633 08634 08636 08638
Characteristics bb Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners for mounting on the framework
bb With markings for cut-outs, if necessary.
IP31 sealing kit 08711
Characteristics The kit is made up of a self-adhesive gasket that attaches to the roof and a deflector.
It ensures the IP31 degree of protection for a 650 or 800 mm wide cubicle, or for two cubicles (800 + 400) when they are equipped
with plain or transparent front doors.
C-14

Enclosures Cubicles
IP55 cover panels
Mounting Front panels
DD385485.eps
DD380582.eps
Plain door 08523 08524 08526 08528
Transparent door 08544 08546 08548
Characteristics bb Equipped with a factory-mounted polyurethane (PUR) gasket
bb Reversible for left or right-hand opening
Mounting Rear panels

DD385487.eps
Dd385488.eps

Rear panel 08743 08744 08746 08748
bb Supplied with mounting hardware.
bb One-piece, reinforced panel designed to ensure the degree of protection.
Plain door 08523 08524 08526 08528
bb Reversible for left or right-hand opening.
C-15

Enclosures Cubicles
IP55 cover panels
Mounting Side panels
DD380600.eps
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600

Side panels 08755 08765
Side panels for “L” combinations 08756 -
Characteristics Left or right combinations of two cubicles with different depths (800 + 400 or 1000 + 600).
These panels simply replace the standard side panels.
Dd381328.eps
Dd381329.eps
Mounting Roof
DD380601.eps

Plain roof D = 400 mm 08453 08454 08456 08458
Plain roof D = 600 mm 08653 08654 08656 08658
bb With markings for clear identification of cable-running zones, if necessary.
C-16

Enclosures Cubicles
Plinth
Mounting Two-part gland plates IP55, gland plates
Dd381335.eps
Dd381334.eps
Degree of protection IP30/IP31 IP55
Dimensions (in mm) D400 D600 D400 D600
W = 300 mm 08493 08693 08483 08683
W = 400 mm 08494 08694 08484 08684
W = 650 mm 08496 08696 08486 08686
W = 800 mm (650 + 150) 08497 08697 08487 08687
W = 800 mm 08498 08698 08488 08688
Mounting Plinth H = 100 mm

Dd381330.eps
Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800 D = 400 D = 600

Four corner posts + two 08723 08724 08726 08728 - -
cross-pieces (front and rear)
Two side plates - - - - 08720 08721
Characteristics The plinth is made up of two catalogue numbers:
bb one catalogue number comprising four corner posts + two cross-pieces (front and rear), that can be used in side-by-side
combinations or stacked to form a plinth 200 mm high (maximum)
bb one catalogue number comprising two side plates (400 or 600 mm).
Each catalogue number is supplied with the necessary hardware.
Exemples
Dd381331.eps
Dd381333.eps
Dd385527.eps
200 max.
Side-by-side combination of two cubicles Two stacked plinths. The front and rear cross-pieces can be
with a plinth. easily removed for a pallet-mover.
C-17

Enclosures Cubicles
Cubicle handling and rolling base, Lifting
reinforcement kit for combined cubicles,
Right-angle kit
Mounting Cubicle handling and rolling base
DD383845.eps
08716
DD380652.eps
50
L
08705
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600 L1200 to L1900 L2000 to L2550 L2650 to L3050
2 cubicle handling base end-pieces 08714 08716 - - -
Cubicle handling - - 08705 08706 08707
Characteristics This type of base is designed to avoid any risk of cubicle deformation during transport and handling.
Five different catalogue numbers offer 27 width possibilities (1200 to 3050 mm) for 400 and 600 mm deep cubicles.
bb Two catalogue numbers each include 2 end-pieces for handling bases for 400 and 600 mm deep cubicles respectively and
the corresponding mounting hardware.
bb Three catalogue numbers each include 2 lengths for the sides of handling bases for 1200 to 3050 mm wide cubicles
respectively and the corresponding mounting hardware.
Handling bases can be used for both side-by-side and back-to-back cubicle combinations.
In this case, the mounting hardware for one of the sets is used.
Mounting Lifting reinforcement kit

DD383838.eps
08722 08722 08722
DD383839.eps
650 400 800 800 800 300
Dimensions (mm) D = 400, D = 600

Lifting reinforcement kit 08722
Characteristics Kit 08722 is recommended for lifting combined cubicles and can be used together with handling base end-pieces 08714 or
08716 for severe transport or handling conditions.
Catalogue number 08722 includes 3 reinforcement brackets for 400 or 600 mm deep cubicles and the corresponding
mounting hardware.
Mounting Right-angle kit IP30

DD385532.eps
New !
le
Availab (1)
2014
in late
Right-angle kit IP30 Linergy LGYE 08712

Characteristics Metal duct with busbar supports
Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal busbars between two cubicles installed at right angles.
This kit needs a Linergy LGYE busbar of 1080 mm length.
Order the additional joint kit, comprising the 4 copper connections and mounting hardware:
bb 2 x 04610 for Linergy LGYE 630-1600 A
Dd381336.eps
Dd381337.eps
Right-angle kit IP30 Linergy BS 08713

Characteristics Metal duct
Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal busbars between two cubicles installed at right angles.
Order:
bb fixed support 2 x 04664 (if 100 x 10 bar, add 2 x 04671)
bb free support 2 x 04662 (if 100 x 10 bar, add 2 x 04671)
bb joints :
vv 04640 (bars H 50/60) order 2 per phase
vv 04641 (bars H 80/100) order 2 per phase.
(1) For further details, please contact Schneider Electric.
C-18

Enclosures Installation accessories
Mounting Lifting rings Framework stabiliser kit
DD383846.eps
Dd381541.eps
Cat. no. 08700 08701
Characteristics bb Set of four lifting rings screwed to the framework. bb Made up of four blocks under the framework
bb Use a set of lifting rings for each framework (W = 650 and bb Suitable for all types of cubicles, whatever the width and depth
800 mm) containing devices. bb Increases the stability of the cubicle during mounting of devices
bb When two cubicles with devices have been combined, use a bb Makes possible cubicle handling using a pallet mover or a forklift
lifting beam. bb Protects the front, side and rear cover panels during handling
bb can be installed and removed without removing the roof bb Can be reused.
bb even if they are left attached, the switchboard conserves its
original degree of protection.
Dd381542.eps
Dd381543.eps
Positions of the lifting rings for two combined cubicles containing

devices.
In this case, a liftingbeam must be used.
Mounting Levelling kit False floor fixing kit Floor/wall fixing kit
Dd381549.eps
Dd381547.eps
Dd381548.eps
Dd381550.eps
Dd381553.eps
Cat. no. 08702 08703 08704

Characteristics bb Set of 4 fixtures bb Made up of four independent clamps bb Made up of two brackets and four clamps
bb can be installed at any time, even when bb clamp on: bb can be used to offset the switchboard
the cubicle is already in position vv “U” sections: H = 175 mm, W = 70 mm fixing points for easier access
bb maximum adjustment range = 10 mm vv “I” sections: H = 120 mm, W = 64 mm bb the wall brackets ensure sufficient wall
bb secures the cubicle to the floor. bb clamp travel = 11 mm. clearance (at least 30 mm) for natural
convection.
Dd381551.eps
Dd381552.eps
Dd381554.eps
Recommended positions of the fixtures for

combined cubicles.
C-19

Enclosures Front plate accessories
Front plate accessories, blanking plates

Used for Front plate Blanking plates
accessories
DD384030.eps
DD383950.eps
DD384029.eps
OK
For modular devices For Compact NSX100/250

Cat. no. 08585 03220 03221 03249 03222
Characteristics Set of 2 hinges bb Strip bb Divisible bb Divisible bb Divisible + electronic trip
bb H = 46 mm, L = 1 m bb Set of 4 bb H = 85 mm, L = 147 mm unit
bb H = 46 mm, L = 90 mm bb Blanc RAL 9001
bb White RAL 9001
Identification labels
Used for Clip-on labels Engraving plates
Dd383975.eps
DD383974.eps
T
LIGH LIGH
T
Cat. no. 08913 08915 08917 08914 08916 08918

Dimensions (mm) 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85
Characteristics bb Set of 12. bb Set of 12.
bb The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and a transparent bb Simply replace the paper labels.
cover.
bb It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be
screwed to any support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).
Used for Adhesive labels Symbol sheets DD381752.eps

DD381751.eps
DD381715.eps
DD381753.eps
Cat. no. 08905 08906 08903 08904 13735 13736

Dimensions (mm) 24 x 180 36 x 180 24 x 432 36 x 432
Characteristics bb Set of 12. bb Set of ten symbol sheets. bb Set of ten symbol sheets
bb The adhesive label holders are supplied with bb Standard symbols: bb Special symbols:
a paper label and a transparent cover vv loads: sockets, lights, heating units, etc. vv loads: lightning arrestor, gate, swimming
vv rooms: bedroom, bathroom, etc. pool, etc.
vv rooms: technical room, computer room, etc
Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams

Used for Lines Outgoing arrows Incoming arrows Transformers Earth symbols
900 mm long and
7 mm thick
Cat. no. 01005 01006 01007 01008 01009
Characteristics Set of 10
Accessories
Used for Switchboard identification plate Drawing holder Touch-up accessories
DD381721.eps
DD385306.eps
DD381208.eps
Cat. no. 08900 08963 08961

Characteristics Color: RAL 9001 Color: RAL 9001 Color: RAL 9001
C-20

Enclosures Enclosure accessories
Door handles and locks
Handles and padlocking

Used for EURO handle ASSA/ABLOY handle Standard handle Padlocking
DD384365.eps
DD384367.eps
DD384363.eps
DD384364.eps
Cat. no. 08932 08933 08931 08938
Characteristics Without barrel Without barrel With standard barrel lock Can be installed on the door
(key no. 405) handles equipped with any of
Anthracit grey (RAL 7016) the barrel locks and inserts.
Barrel locks, inserts

The barrel locks and inserts below can be mounted on handle 08931 and on all the
door handles of the Prisma P range after removing the standard barrel lock
(key no. 405).
Barrel locks
Cat. no. 08940 08941 08942 08943 08944 08956

Characteristics 1 key no. 405 2 keys no. 455 2 keys 1242E 2 keys 3113A 2 keys 2433A 2 keys 2432E
Inserts
Cat. no. 08945 08946 08947 08948 08949 08950 08951 08952 08953 08955
Characteristics DIN double bar Screwdriver slot Male triangle Male square Female square
6.5 mm 7 mm 8 mm 9 mm 6 mm 7 mm 8 mm 6 mm
Earthing braid
Earthing braid is used to earth a door or wicket door with devices.
Used for Earthing braid, 6 mm 2
Earthing wire, 6 mm2
DD384368.eps
DD384368.eps
Cat. no. 08910 08911

Characteristics Equipped with a ø4 mm diameter lug at one end and a ø6 mm lug on Equipped with a ø5 mm diameter lug at one end and a ø6 mm
the other. lug on the other.
DD381338.eps
DD384052.eps
C-21

Enclosures Air-conditioning accessories
Ventilation
Presentation
In most cases and notably for IP30 switchboards, the heat
dissipation by convection takes place naturally and does not
require fans.
However, when the switchboard is installed in temperate
environments or when the degree of protection is high (IP54),
ventilation accessories are indispensable.
The fans comprise an axial motor, a protective housing on the front

and rear surfaces and a filter designed to retain dust particles. This
filter can be replaced during operation without risk of contact with
the rotating element.
Installation Characteristics
The cut-out template supplied with the Material
device avoids the need for marking and Injected thermoplastic (ASA PC) self-extinguishing
protects the surface of the enclosure during according to UL 94 V-0.
handling. Color
The device can be equipped with a filter that RAL 7035 as standard, with the option of RAL 7032.
provides even more efficient protection for Conditions of use
your sensitive facilities against dust particles. >> The outside temperature (Te) must be 5 °C lower than the desired
temperature (Ts) inside the enclosure.
>> The filters that equip the fans must be cleaned and replaced
regularly.
>> The surrounding environment must be relatively clean and
overfrequent filter replacement should be avoided.
>> Bear in mind the pressure losses caused by the outlet element (grille
with filter, ventilation louvre or simple opening) when determining
the fan flow rate.
>> Storage temperature: -40…+ 70 °C.
>> Degree of protection: IP54.
>> Input voltage: 230 V (50/60 Hz).
Large range of fans:

>>flow rate efficiency
>>high protection
>>rating, quick installation
>>easier maintenance to secure all the
applications.
To know more, see the Universal Enclosures catalog,

cat. no. UE12MK01EN.
C-22

Ventilation
Front plate For fan and grill Ventilated front plate

291
DD385520.eps
Dd381676.eps
291
Cat. no. 03890 03891 03895

Height 7 modules 1 vertical module, 3 vertical modules,
H = 350 mm H = 50 mm H = 150 mm
Characteristics Front plate with cut-out. Degree of protection: IP30.
Degree of protection: IP30. Located at the top and bottom of the switchboard, ventilated front plates facilitate natural
convection in the switchboard.
Surface area of the - 80 cm2 250 cm2
openings
Forced-air 38 m²/hr 85 m²/hr 165 m²/hr 300 m²/hr 560 m²/hr 850 m²/hr
ventilation
PB501050_R.eps
PB501051_R.eps
PB501052_R.eps
PB501052_R.eps
PB501053_35.eps
PB501053_35.eps
Cat. no. NSYCVF38M230PF NSYCVF85M230PF NSYCVF165M230PF NSYCVF300M230PF NSYCVF560M230PF NSYCVF850M230PF
Unimpeded 50 Hz 38 85 165 300 562 838
throughput via 60 Hz 39 98 193 350 586 803
filter (m3/hr)
Throughput via 50 Hz 25 63 153 (1) 260 473 718
outlet grill (m3/hr) 60 Hz 26 72 171 (1) 307 477 568
Power drawn (W) 4,5/4,8 17/15 16.3/14.3 36/37 68/85 150/195
(max. intensity (A)) (0,16/0,17) (0.121/0.097) (0.12/0.94) (0.171/0.16) (0.52/0.370) (0.65/0.85)
Noise level (dB (A)) 40/41 46/49 50/51 55/56 59/59 76/75
External dimensions 137 x 117 x 49 170 x 150 x 62 268 x 248 x 104 268 x 248 x 116 336 x 316 x 161 336 x 316 x 162
(cutting) (92 x 92) (125 x 125) (223 x 223) (223 x 223) (291 x 291) (291 x 291)
Weight (kg) 0,220 0.780 1.140 1.3 3.2 4.1
Operating temperature -10...+70 °C -20...+60 °C -20...+60 °C -10...+70 °C -15...+60 °C -15...+60 °C
Outlet grill
Cat. no. NSYCAG92LPF NSYCAG125LPF NSYCAG223LPF NSYCAG223LPF NSYCAG291LPF NSYCAG291LPF
Filters for outlet grill

PB501046_35.eps
G2 M1 standard filters NSYCAF92 NSYCAF125 NSYCAF223 NSYCAF223 NSYCAF291 NSYCAF291

G3 M1 fine filters - NSYCAF125T NSYCAF223T NSYCAF223T NSYCAF291T NSYCAF291T
Characteristics Set of 5 (for replacement)
Synthetic filters
EMC cover
Cat. no. - NSYCAP125LE NSYCAP223LE NSYCAP223LE NSYCAP291LE NSYCAP291LE

(1) For 2 outlet grills 161 (50 Hz) / 175 (60 Hz).
C-23

Ventilation
Dimensions
NSYCVF38M230PF
13
DB300459.eps
DB300460.eps
DB300461.eps
137
92 x 92
91,85
80
117
49 9
NSYCVF85M230PF
15
DB300463.eps
DB300464.eps
DD385568.eps
170
124,85
119
125 x 125
150
62 9
NSYCVF165M230PF
18
DB300467.eps
DB300468.eps
DB300469.eps
268
222,7
119
223 x 223
248
104 9,5
NSYCVF300M230PF
18
DB300471.eps
DB300472.eps
DB300469.eps
268
222,7
172
223 x 223
248
116 9,5
NSYCVF560M230PF - NSYCVF850M230PF
A B Cat. no. 18 18
DB300475EN.eps
DD385319.eps
DB300474.eps
DB300476.eps
225 160.5 NSYCVF560M230PF

280 192 NSYCVF850M230PF
336
290.7
A
291 x 291
316
B 9.5 9.5
C-24

Ventilation
Roof ventilation IP31 IP54

NSYCVF575M230MF NSYCVF575M230MF
DD385396.eps
DD385540.eps
or NSYCAC228RMF or NSYCAC228RMF
08476 or 08478 or
08676 08678
Roof with a cut-out D = 400 mm D = 600 mm D = 400 mm D = 600 mm

Cat. no. 08476 08676 08478 08678
Top hood with fan
Cat. no. NSYCVF575M230MF NSYCVF575M230MF
Characteristics Fan characteristics Fan characteristics
bb Power: 85 W bb Power: 85 W
bb Input voltage: 230 V bb Input voltage: 230 V
bb Throughput via outlet grill : bb Throughput via outlet grill :
vv with 1 outlet grill: vv with 1 outlet grill:
350 m3/hr 350 m3/hr
vv Free with filter: 575 m3/hr vv Free with filter: 575 m3/hr
bb Noise level: 64 dB. bb Noise level: 64 dB.
Top hood without fan
Cat. no. NSYCAC228RMF NSYCAC228RMF
Characteristics bb Material: steel bb Material: steel
bb Finishing parts: painted with epoxy-polyester bb Finishing parts: painted with epoxy-polyester resin, textured RAL 7035
resin, textured RAL 7035 grey grey
bb IP54 bb IP54
bb Fixing to the top by means of caged nuts and bb Fixing to the top by means of caged nuts and special screws
special screws
Circulation fan
PB501067_R.eps
Dd381648.eps
Cat. no. NSYCVF170M230 08986

Characteristics Unimpeded throughput: 170 m3/hr Unimpeded throughput: 300 m3/hr
Power: 17 W Power: 35 W
Noise level: 41 dB (A) Noise level: 52 db (A)
Dimension: 119 x 119 x 38 Input voltage: 230 V.
Weight: 0.82 kg
C-25

Heat
Resistors
Resistors prevent condensation, corrosion and superficial leakage currents.They
maintain a positive temperature in the enclosures and cubicles when external
temperatures drop very low.
bb Install heaters according to the desired power level at the bottom of the enclosure
bb Respect a safety area of a least 10 cm around the device
bb The heaters must be installed with a thermal controller to control the temperature
or the humidity inside the enclosure.
bb The enclosure must be sealed to prevent the entry of air from the outside.
bb An electrical protection device must be installed on the supply side of the unit.
bb Surface temperature limited to 75 °C when the ambient temperature is -5 °C.
bb Heaters equipped with a power cable with a length of 500 mm with silicon
insulation, or with a connection terminal block.
Aluminium PTC resistors PB501146_32.eps

Resistive heaters with fan
PB501025.eps
Power cord Terminal block Terminal block
Cat. no. NSYCR10WU2 NSYCR20WU2 NSYCR55WU2 NSYCR100WU2 NSYCR150WU2 NSYCR250W230VV NSYCR400W230VV
Power rating (W) 10 25 55 90 150 250 400
Voltage (V) 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 230 AC 230 AC
Characteristics bb Vertical mounting. bb Vertical mounting.
bb Aluminium case with fins. bb Aluminium case with fins.
bb Temperature: bb Temperature:
vv turns off at 60 °C, vv turns off at 60 °C,
vv turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the resistor itself). vv turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the
bb Equipped with a symetrical resistor itself).
bb Equipped with a symetrical
Thermofan
Thermofan
PB501154_R.eps
Terminal block
Cat. no. NSYCRP1W230VTVC
Power rating (W) 400/550
Voltage (V) 230 AC
Characteristics bb Combination of a resistance heater and an axial motor to ensure uniform heating of the enclosure.
bb Fixing by clip on a DIN rail.
bb Thermostat adjustable from 0…+60 °C.
bb Visual operation indicator.
C-26

Regulating
Regulating
The thermostat can control the temperature inside electrical switchboards in
conjunction with heating resistors and fans.
This thermostat can control the activation of a fan and a heater and regulate their
temperature independently.
Mecanical thermostats Electronical thermostats
PB501172_R.eps
PB501162_30.eps
PB501173_R.eps
PB501174_R.eps
PB502513.eps
Thermostat Double thermostat Electronical Electronic Electronic hygrostat
with OF contact thermostat hygrotherm
Cat. no. NSYCCOTHI NSYCCOTHD NSYCCOTH230VID NSYCCOHYT230VID NSYCCOHY230VID
Colour of the button Black bb Red: with normally closed - - -
contact (NC) for controlling
the resistance heaters.
bb Blue: with normally open
contact (NO) for controlling
the fans, signalling systems
or alarms.
Contact Inverse, forced rupture 1 with normally closed Free with zero potential
contact (NC),
1 with normally open contact
(NO),
forced rupture
Internal sensor Bimetal Internal temperature - Internal humidity sensor
element sensor
Switching capacity 250 V AC ; 10 A (resistive 250 V AC ; 10 A - - -
load) 120 V AC ; 15 A
250 V AC/120 V AC : 2 A
(inductive load cos Ø= 0,6)
30 W DC
Max interrupting 250 V AC 4 A - - - -
capacity with direct (charge inductive Ø = 0,6)
current 30 W DC
Connection Four 2.5 mm² terminals Six 2.5 mm² terminals 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage) 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage) 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage)
+ 2 relays (2 x 2.5 mm² + 2 relays (2 x 2.5 mm² + 1 relay (2 x 2.5 mm²)
+ 2 x 2.5 mm²) + 2 x 2.5 mm²)
Dimensions (mm) 67 x 50 x 44 60 x 33 x 43 - - -
Weight (g) 100 40 - - -
Hysteresis 7° K 7° K Programmed 2 °K 3% 3%
Temperature setting +5...+60 °C 0...+60 °C -40 °C…+80 °C -40 °C…+80 °C -40 °C…+80 °C, humidity
range setting range:20 %…80 %
Characteristics bb Ingress protection rating: IP20. bb Ingress protection rating: IP20.
bb Contact resistance: < 10 mW. bb Certification : UL/UR.
bb Service life: > 100 000 cycles. bb Fixing: 4 different methods: on DIN rail, Spacial SF profile, on VDI cross-rail or on
bb Fixing:by clip on a 35-mm DIN rail mounting plate
bb Case : plastic UL 94 V-0, light grey. bb Boîtier : plastique UL 94 V-0, gris clair.
bb Operating temperature : -20...+80 °C (-4...+176 °F). bb Operating temperature : -40 °C…+80 °C.
bb Display : °C/°F. bb Display : °C/°F.
bb Max. command intensity: (NC) 5 A (NO) 10 A. bb Max. command intensity: 8 (5) A 230 V AC / 5 A 30 V DC.
PTC external temperature sensor (double insulation)

PB501175_R.eps
Cat. no. NSYCCASTE

Characteristics bb Sensor operation or reading range: -30 °C…+80 °C.
bb IP67.
bb Thermostat installation tips: the thermostat should be installed at the top of the enclosure (the hottest place). See the various operating
modes of each thermostat to choose the one that best meets your needs.
bb Hygrostat installation tips: the hygrostat should be installed at the bottom of the enclosure. 60 % RH is the optimum value in the enclosure.
Thermal management of switchboards

> See page D-77.
C-27

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Frameworks, D = 400 mm
Dd381875.eps
Dd381822.eps
Dd381823.eps
Frameworks, D = 600 mm
Dd381824.eps
Dd381825.eps
Dd381826.eps
Dd381827.eps
Dd381893.eps
Fixing to floor
Without plinth With plinth
Dd381829.eps
Dd381830.eps
A B
300 262.5
400 362.5
650 612.5
800
C-28

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Cubicle with cover panels

Height Width
Dd381831.eps
Dd385515.eps
Dd385516.eps
DD385518.eps
30
A + 60 A + B + 60
Depth
Door in front and panel in rear Doors front and rear
Dd382322.eps
Dd382323.eps
Dd382324.eps
Dd382325.eps
Door
IP30 door IP55 door
Dd381834.eps
Dd381835.eps
Dd381836.eps
Dd381837.eps
Dd381828.eps
Available space behind door

Dd382277.eps
C-29

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Linergy LGYE busbars

630 A - 1600 A 2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A
60 100
DD384597.eps
DD384598.eps
DD384599.eps
150
23
31
31
2000 2000 2000
Layout of horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars

DD384600.eps
DD384601.eps
DD384589.eps
DD384590.eps
Layout of vertical Linergy LGYE busbars

630 A - 1600 A
DD384591.eps
DD384592.eps
DD384593.eps
DD384594.eps
99 99 99 99
2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A

DD384595.eps
DD384596.eps
99 159
249
300
C-30

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Horizontal Linergy BS busbars
Dd381849.eps
Dd381876.eps
Layout of horizontal Linergy BS busbars
Dd381850.eps
Dd381851.eps
Dd381852.eps
Dd381853.eps
Vertical Linergy LGY busbars

Dd381855.eps
Dd381856.eps
Dd381857.eps
Dd381858.eps
630 A. 800 A. 1000 A.
DD385497.eps
DD385498.eps
1250 A. 1600 A.
Layout of Linergy LGY busbars

Dd381861.eps
Dd381862.eps
Dd381863.eps
Dd381864.eps
Dd381865.eps
Double Linergy LGY busbars
C-31

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Vertical Linergy BS busbars
Dd381866.eps
Dd381867.eps
Layout of lateral Linergy BS busbars
Dd381868.eps
Dd381869.eps
Dd381870.eps
Dd381871.eps
Dd381872.eps
Double Linergy BS busbars.
Layout of rear Linergy BS busbars

Dd381873.eps
Dd381874.eps
A
50 60 80
D = 400 mm B 284 274 254 D = 400 mm B 284
C 250 240 220 C 242
D = 600 mm B 484 474 454 D = 600 mm B 484
C 450 440 420 C 442
C-32

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Plain gland plates
Dd381838.eps
A C
300 110
400 210
650 460
800 610
Dd384558.eps
Dd381840.eps
Dd384559.eps
Dd381842.eps
C-33

Enclosures Cubicles
Dimensions
Two-part gland plates
Dd381838.eps
Dd381843.eps
Dd381844.eps
Dd381845.eps
Dd381846.eps
Dd381847.eps
Dd381848.eps
C-34

C-35

Additional
information

Additional information Contents
After-sales support D-3

The energy management with Prisma P
Introduction D-7
Presentation D-8
Functional units D-10
Energy efficiency with Prisma P

Optimise electrical networks
Improving power quality D-12
Additional equipment to optimise electrical installations D-13
Electrical characteristics
Designing Prisma P power circuits
Presentation and approach D-14
Designing horizontal busbars
Linergy LGYE D-17
Linergy BS D-18
Designing vertical busbars
Linergy LGY D-19
Linergy LGYE D-20
Linergy BS D-21
Designing rear busbars
Linergy LGYE, Linergy BS D-22
Designing connections between a device and busbars
Prefabricated connections for Compact NS630b to NS1600 D-23
Prefabricated connections for Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-24
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW16 D-26
Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW16 D-28
Designing connections between a device and busbars
Dedicated cubicle - Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW32 D-30
Dedicated cubicle - Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW32 D-31
Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-32
Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-34
Fixed Compact NS1600b to NS3200 D-36
Withdrawable Compact NS630b to NS1600 D-39
Horizontal, fixed Compact NS630b to NS1000 D-41
Designing connections y 630 A
Device connections D-42
Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to NSX630 Insulated flexible copper bars D-43
Compact circuit breakers NSX100 to NSX630 Copper cable D-44
Designing cable connections
Tubular lugs D-45
Designing customer connections
Prefabricated connections for Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-47
Connection transfer assembly for fixed Compact NS630b to NS1000 D-48
Masterpact NW08 to NW40 withdrawable D-52
Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-53
Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16 D-54
Withdrawable Compact NS630b to NS1600 D-57
Fixed Compact NS630b to NS1000 Horizontal mounting D-58
D-1

Additional information Contents
Designing busbars
Fupact INF, ISFT, ISFL - Horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars D-59
Fupact INF, ISFT, ISFL - Linergy BS busbars D-60
Fupact INF, ISFT - Vertical Linergy LGYE, LGY busbars D-61
Fupact INF, ISFT - Vertical Linergy BS busbars D-62
Standards and
tested switchboards
Standards D-63
Enclosure characteristics
Selection of enclosures
according to the premises D-68
Properties of metal enclosures D-75
Thermal characteristics of switchboards

Thermal management of switchboards
General D-77
Example D-80
Charts D-82
Ventilation D-83
Heating D-84
Practical information
Tools required for mounting and connection D-85
Connection of horizontal to vertical busbars D-86
Installation of the current transformer D-87
Installation of source changeover systems D-89
Storage recommendations D-91
Packing information D-92
Handling on the site D-93
Transport D-95
Cubicle handling and rolling base
Lifting reinforcement kit for combined cubicles D-96
Connection of busbar trunking D-97
Connection of power cables D-98
Maintenance
Preventive maintenance D-101
Corrective maintenance D-103
D-2

Additional information After-sales support
Linergy BW busbar accessories

Linergy BW accessories, 160/400 A 01210
2 end plugs
DD385483.eps
2 angle brackets support

2 screws
Linergy BW accessories, 630 A 01211

2 end plugs
2 metal angle brackets
2 brackets for support
2 hexagonal blocks
2 self-tapping screws
2 IPxxB clipon covers for Linergy BW, 160 to 400 A 01201
Linergy FM busbar accessories (IP30)

4 terminal covers for 200 A Linergy FM 01202
DD384561.EPS
Linergy busbar accessories (IP30)

12 chocks for Linergy busbars 01109
DD384574.EPS
Framework accessories
Framework accessories 01104
4 top sealing components
DD384562.EPS

4 bottom sealing components
4 bottom cross-piece plugs
2 adjacent mounting spacer tubes

2 mounting hardware
12 conical washers
Mounting hardware D = 400 mm or D = 600 mm framework 01108

2 adjacent mounting spacer tubes
DD384563.EPS

2 washers

4 bottom cross-piece plugs
2 mounting hardware
D-3

Front-plate accessories
20 self adhesive front plate grips 01093
DD384564.EPS
10 sets of 2 grips quarter turn 01094

DD384582.eps
Accessory
Plain wicket door, W = 150 mm 01110
DD384565.EPS
Linergy LGYE busbar accessories

Linergy LGYE connection screwplate kit 01130
4 plates for 2000 - 4000 A joint
DD385489.eps

4 flat plates for 3200 - 4000 A connection
16 conical contact washer Ø8

16 torque nut M8

Rear accessories
Accessories IP55 01101
4 IP55 framework plugs
DD385379.eps
1 2 3 4
4 stop doors
base + screw + washer + nut
8 cage nuts
5 6 7 3 white grommet plugs
2 IP55 roof and rear panel fixing systems
6 IP55 rear panel fixing systems
Rear panel accessories 01106

DD385381.eps
8 IP30 rear panel fixing systems
D-4

Side panel accessories

Side panel accessories 01100
16 fixing system IP30
DD384567.EPS
Accessories for IP55 side panel 01102

16 fixing system IP55
DD384568.EPS
1 2
16 cage nuts
Accessories for IP55 roof 01103

4 lifting ring plugs
DD385380.eps
3
6 cage nuts
6 mounting sets of screw fixing IP55 for roof
Roof accessories
Roof accessories 01112
4 lifting ring plugs
DD385382.eps
Front plate support frames

Front plate support striker kit for 08564 - 08566 01123
DD384571.EPS
Side-by-side combination kit

Prisma P/Prisma P PrismaP/Prisma PH
DD383847.eps
Dd382926.eps

Characteristics bb To add a Prisma P cubicle to an existing Prisma installation, use bb Prisma PH/Prisma P side-by-side combination kit
the combination kit and a 400 mm wide frame.
Note: When combining Prisma PH and Prisma P IP55 enclosures,
use the IP55 sealing kit for side-by-side combinations (08717)
together with the side-by-side combination kit (01198).
Dd385279.eps
DD385278.eps
Prisma PH Prisma P
300-700-900
D-5

CS frame bottom cross-member W400 to be used with old model 08504 01115
DD384608.EPS
CS frame bottom cross-member W650 to be used with old model 08506 01116
CS frame bottom cross-member W150 + 650 to be used with old model 08506 01117
CS frame bottom cross-member W650 + 150 to be used with old model 08506 01118
Frame bottom cross-member W400 to use with 08564 01119 (1)

DD384572.EPS
Frame bottom cross-member W650 to use with 08566 01120 (1)

Frame bottom cross-member W150+650 to use with 08566 01121 (1)
Frame bottom cross-member W650+150 to use with 08566 01122 (1)
(1) Spare parts on stock in RAL 9001 only.
Door accessories
Closing accessories 01105
DD384617.eps
4 screw THF M6 x 16
4 stop rod
1 2 3
3 1/4 turn stud
2 stop doors
3 hinge pins
7 captive nut for frame
4 5 6
Retrofit handle 01221

DD384573.EPS
1 handle
1 key no. 405
1 handle staple
1 shifting fork
1 Pozidriv screw for handle staple
2 nut + washer with teeth

2 control rod

D-6

Additional information The energy management
with Prisma P
Introduction
Presentation
Smart Panels:
powerful technologies, easy to implement
In addition to basic functions and enclosures, the Smart
Panel solution is enhanced with new features for collecting
and transmitting energy data from the main switchboard
panel and all subpanels, making it a highly flexible and
accurate energy management system. All the panels, from
main, division to tertiary, are smart panels with data
gathering and transmission functions).
Smart Panel solution

The Smart Panel solution automates energy usage data
collection to eliminate time-consuming and error-prone
manual meter reading. Automatic metering at the source
lets you see exactly how and where the building is using
energy. It also performs intelligent cross references of
energy usage:
-b y zones (offices, lobby, storage, parking, etc.)
-w ith usage by type (lighting, heating, hot water for
sanitation, etc.).
Metering and monitoring form the basis of the Smart Panel
solution.
D-7

with Prisma P
Presentation
FDM128 switchboard display

It can be connected to a Micrologic COM option
(BCM ULP via IFE). It uses the sensors and
processing capacity of the Micrologic control unit. It
is easy to use and requires no special software or
settings.
The FDM128 is a large display, but requires very
little depth. The anti-glare graphic screen is backlit
for very easy reading even under poor ambient
lighting and at sharp angles.
Switch Ethernet
Ethernet switch , 5 copper ports
Communication port protocol : Ethernet TCP/IP
Ethernet port : 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX - 5 ports
copper cables
Max number of cascading switches : unlimited
24 V DC power supply
An external 24 V DC power supply is required for
installations with communication,
whatever the type of trip unit.
A single external 24 V DC supply may be used for
the entire switchboard.
The required characteristics are:
b output voltage: 24 V DC ±5 %
b ripple: ±1 %.
b overvoltage category: OVC IV -
as per IEC 60947-1.
I/O application module

The I/O (Input/Output) application module for LV
breaker is part of an ULP system with built-in
functionalities and applications to enhance the
application needs.
The ULP system architecture can be built without
any restrictions using the wide range of circuit
breakers.
The I/O application module is compliant with the I1
C
I2
I3
C
I4
I5
C
I6
ULP system specifications.

+
24VDC
Two IO application modules can be connected in the O2 33

O3
34
T1
A1
T2
same ULP network. The ranges of LV circuit-

24
O1 23
14
13
breakers enhanced by the IO are :

b Masterpact NW
b Masterpact NT
b Compact NS 1600b-3200 and NS630b-1600
b Compact NSX100-630 Vers coffret
individuel
D-8

with Prisma P
Presentation
Acti 9 Smartlink Ethernet

Acti9 Smartlink Ethernet collects data from Smartlink
modbus and transfers them via the Ethernet network.
Acti 9 Smartlink Modbus

Acti9 Smartlink Modbus is used to transfer data from
Acti9 devices to a PLC or monitoring system via the
communication system: Modbus serial line.
0V
D1 D0
0/ACT COM
LK/10-10
K
NETWOR R
ET
COM STATUS ETHERN
STATUS
8
AI2 24V
7 0V AI1 0V
Q 24V +24V
I2
6 0V
I1
Q 24V
5 0V
I1
I2 8
Q 24V
4 I1
I2 7
0V
Q 24V
3 I1
I2 6
0V
Q 24V
2 I1
I2 5
0V
Q 24V
1 I1
I2 4
0V
Q 24V D1/+
I1
I2 3 D0/-
0V 0V
2
N.C.
1 C D0
N.C.
D1
C/-
ON
iEM31
63A
Imax:
Com’X 200 energy server

Com’X 200 energy server is a compact, plug-and-play
+24VDC
CMD
SDOF
0V
11
12
14 data logger that merges seamlessly with the Smart
Panel energy management solution. It consolidates
OF
inputs from analog environmental sensors (e.g.

temperature), digital readers (e.g. pulsed signals
N P
fromsmart energy or water meters, load running

hours), and energy management equipment running
over the Modbus protocol.
Designed for ease of implementation, data can be
transmitted securely via Ethernet, Wi-Fi, or GPRS to
any energy management platforms. The Com’X 200
energy server is scalable and can be easily adaptable
to accommodate future upgrades. Com’X 200 is a
perfect fit with our energy management services,
enabling visualization, tracking, and analysis of energy
data to support optimization of energy performance
and cost management.
100-230
V
POWER Module interface Modbus IFM
Turn off all power before working on this equipment.
POWER
this module required for connection to the network,

Failure to follow these instructions will result in death
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DANGER
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
POWER
EB
X2
100-23 00
24V 0V
~
50/60 1.2A 0.6A
Hz
200
Com’X
or serious injury.
contains the Modbus address (1 to 99) declared by

Made
in GERM
ANY
the user via the two dials in front. It automatically

adapts (baud rate, parity) to the Modbus network in
which it is installed.
24VDC
ETH2
ETH2
ETH1
ETH1
It is equipped with a lock-out switch to enable or

disable operations involving writing to Micrologic, i.e.
reset, counter reset, setting modifications, device
opening and closing commands, etc.
There is a built-in test function to check the
connections of the Modbus interface module with the
Micrologic and FDM121 display unit.
IFE Ethernet interface module

The IFE Ethernet interface for LV circuit breaker
enables an intelligent modular unit (IMU), for
Modbus example a Masterpact NT/NW or Compact NSX
circuit breaker to be connected to an Ethernet
Ethernet network
network. Each circuit breaker has its own IFE and a
ULP system corresponding IP address.
D-9

with Prisma P
Functional units
Mounting FDM121
600
650
800

Cut-out front plate 03911 03913
Characteristics bb Standard door cut-out 92 x 92 mm
bb IP54/IP65
bb Attached using clips
Mounting FDM128
600
650
800

Plain front plate 03804 03805
Characteristics bb IP54/IP65
bb Fixing screw and clip
bb To avoid a cut-out in the door, an accessory is available for surface mounting by drilling only two 22 mm diameter holes.
Mounting Power meter
600
650
800

Cut-out front plate 03911 03913
Characteristics bb Standard door cut-out 92 x 92 mm
bb IP54/IP65
bb Attached using clips
Mounting IFM
600
650
800
No. of vertical modules 4

Rail 03401
Modular front plate 03204
Characteristics Installation by clip on a DIN rail
D-10

with Prisma P
Functional units
Mounting I/O application module

I6
C
I5
I4
vC
I3
I2
C
I1
600 C
I4
I5
C
I6
650
I3
I2
C
I1
+ C
24VD
800 A1
O1
A1
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13

Rail 03401
Mounting IFE
+24V
0V
600
650
Eth2
Eth1
800

Rail 03401
Mounting Smartlink Ethernet and Smartlink Modbus
600
0V
D1 D0
100/AC
T
COM
LK/10-
ORK
650
NETW S R
COM STATU RNET
ETHE
S
STATU
800
AI2 24V
7 0V AI1
Q 24V +24V0V
I2
6 0V
I1
Q 24V
5 0V
I1
I2 8
Q 24V
4 I1
I2 7
0V
Q 24V
3 I1
I2 6
0V
Q 24V
2 I1
I2 5
0V
Q 24V
1 I1
I2 4
0V
Q 24V
I1
I2 3
0V
2
1

Rail 03401
Characteristics bb Installation in wall mounted enclosure or cubicle of 24 modules of 18 mm width
bb Mounting on DIN rail with A8XMFA04 kit
bb Linergy FM 80 A with clips supplied
bb Linergy FM 200 A with a mounting kit A8XM2B04
Mounting Com'X 200
600
650
800
ER
POW
230V
100- ER
Turn off all power before working on this equipment.
POW
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DANGER
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
ER
POW
EB
X2
100
-230
00
24V V
~
50/6 1.2A 0.6A
0 Hz
’X 200
Com
or serious injury.
Mad
e in
GER
MAN
Y

Rail 03401
Mounting EGX300
600
650
800

Rail 03401
D-11

Additional information Optimise electrical networks
Improving power quality
To improve power quality, Schneider Electric proposes

two power-factor correction systems, VarplusCan.
Both are designed for optimum installation in Prisma P.
Prisma P enclosures are designed for installation of the new VarplusCan power
DD385373.eps
factor correction modules that improve the quality of the electrical distribution system
and reduce consumption of reactive energy.
The modules are made up of capacitors, contactors and devices protecting against
internal faults.
Installation
See page A-66 for information on installation in the enclosure.
The modules can be supplied by vertical busbars, e.g. Linergy.

DD385374.EPS
D-12

Additional information Optimise electrical networks
Additional equipment to optimise
electrical installations
During design or during subsequent operation,

electrical installations are increasingly outfitted with
components designed to optimise energy
consumption.
With Prisma P, most of these products can already be
added to the switchboard.
By limiting the temperature within the switchboard, it is
possible to extend the life of the equipment and
optimise its use.
In addition, electricity consumption is reduced because
equipment in good condition has lower losses.
Heaters Heaters contribute to equipment optimisation by limiting condensation, corrosion

and, above all, leakage currents along surfaces.
Dd381666.eps
Dd381667.eps
Installation and characteristics

See page C-26
Fans Several types of fans are available: enclosure wall or roof-mount versions.
They are particularly useful for switchboards installed in temperate environments or
DD381703.eps
DD385396.eps
when the degree of protection of the enclosure is high (IP55).

See page C-25.
Thermostat Thermostats are used to limit the temperature inside switchboards when heaters and
fans are installed, thus reducing heat losses.
Dd381668.eps

See page C-26.
Installation Heaters and thermostats simply clip onto a modular rail.

DD384054.eps
See Universal Enclosures catalog, cat. no. UE12MK01EN.
D-13

Additional information Designing Prisma P
power circuits
Electrical characteristics Presentation and approach
Prisma P takes into account the installation and In the following pages you will find a number of examples, validated for Prisma P
connection conditions of Schneider Electric devices. switchboards, intended to assist in determining the busbars as well as the upstream
The entire installation complies with standard and downstream connections for the installation.
IEC 60439-1. The result is a type tested switchboard. The examples assume that the devices have already been selected.
A complete process involves a number of steps before making final choices
(transformer, conductors, protection, etc.).
Schneider Electric offers a number of tools to assist in designing a complete
installation (technical guides, software).
PD390311_SE.eps
Busbar sizing The factors that must be taken into account in determining the size of busbars
include:
bb the diversity factor.
Not all the loads supplied by a set of busbars are used at full rated load or at the
same time. The diversity factor is the means to determine the maximum load current
used to size the busbars.
Standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 §4.7 specifies the table below.
Number of circuits Diversity factor
2 and 3 0,9
4 and 5 0,8
6 and 9 0,7
10 and more 0,6
b the degree of protection IP.

b the ambient temperature around the switchboard.
D-14

power circuits
Busbars The maximum load current for a set of busbars is a function of the thermal
environment.
DD381459.eps
The type and the size of the conductors must be determined in view of carrying the
required currents taking into account the temperatures reached in the switchboard.
These conductors are subjected to additional heat rise caused by the flowing current
(joule effect) and the connected devices.
The temperatures reached by the conductors and the insulating materials, etc. must
not exceed the maximum temperatures for which the products were designed.
Schneider Electric busbars and distribution blocks are sized to operate without any
particular constraints for the assemblies in Prisma P switchboards operating under
normal environmental conditions (standard switchboard configuration, 35 °C outside
the switchboard, etc.).
To determine the Linergy LGY busbars or Linergy LGYE required, see the tables
on pages D-17, D-19 et D-20.
They can be used to determine:
b the type of Linergy LGY busbars or Linergy LGYE, as a function of:
v the current
v the IP value
v the ambient temperature around the switchboard
v ICW/1s.
bb Linergy LGY busbars: I y 1600 A.

bb Double Linergy LGY busbars: 1600 A < I y 3200 A
bb Linergy LGYE busbars: y 4000 A.
To determine the required Linergy BS busbars, see the tables on pagepage D-18
DD381460.eps
(horizontal busbars) and page D-21 (vertical busbars).

They can be used to determine:
b the permissible current as a function of:
v the size of the busbars
v the number of bars
v the ambient temperature around the switchboard
v the IP value
v Icw/1s.
b Linergy BS copper busbars 5 mm thick: I y 1600 A.

b Linergy BS copper busbars 10 mm thick: I y 3200 A.
Connection of devices u 630 To determine the size of upstream and downstream connections for devices,
see the tables starting on pagepage D-23.
and busbar connections They can be used to determine:
b the size of copper busbars
b the maximum permissible current.
As a function of:
b the type of circuit breaker
b the IP value
b the ambient temperature around the switchboard
b the type of installation.
D-15

power circuits
Designing the PE protective The protective conductor must be sufficiently sized and securely installed in the
switchboard to accept the thermal and electrodynamic constraints of the fault
conductor current.
It must be connected to the exposed conductive parts of the switchboard.
DD381471.eps
It must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on site.
Optimised calculation method

Use the calculation equation indicated in standard IEC 60439-1 and 2:
l 2t
SPE=
k
b SPE: cross-sectional area of the PE in mm²
b I: value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60 % of the value of the
phasetophase
b fault current (IEC 60439-1 §8.2.4.2)
b t: time the fault current flows in seconds
b k: coefficient that depends on the type of metal, k = 143 for a copper
conductor with PVC insulation.
Example:
v Isc = 36 kA rms C the value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60 % of the value
v of the phase-to-phase fault current (standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 § 8.4.3.2.3 and
10.11.5.6), i.e.: 36 x 0.6 = 21.6 kA
v maximum time delay for the control unit: 0,5 s
v k = 143 for copper conductors with PVC insulation.
The calculation is therefore:
v 2
v S = 21600 x 0,5 = 106,8 mm2
PE 143
The PE conductor must therefore be a 25 x 5 mm bar (= 125 mm2).
Simplified method (based on the equation above)

Use the table below to determine the size of the PE conductor as a function ofdevice
short-circuit current Isc.
Size of PE conductor All Schneider Electric devices
Isc y 40 kA 1Linergy BS bar, 25 x 5 mm
Isc y 65 kA 1Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 630 - 04502
Isc > 65 kA mais < 80 kA 1Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 800 - 04503
Isc = 100 kA 1Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 1000 - 04505
Implementing the PEN protective The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.:
bb for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm², it must be the same size as the
conductor phase conductors
bb for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm², it can be:
vv the same size as the phase conductors
DD384616.eps
vv smaller on the condition that:

- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the
permissible current for the conductor
- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10 % of the total rating.
The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and
on site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.
Installation du conducteur de protection PEN

According to standard IEC 61439-1 and 2, the practical guidelines for implementing
the PEN are the following:
bb at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase
connections
bb within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed
conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion)
bb the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral
bb the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars
bb the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the
switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be
dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop
bb after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system.
The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.
Linergy LGY PEN kit

See page B-49.
D-16

Additional information Designing horizontal busbars
Linergy LGYE
Permissible current and selection of Linergy LGYE busbars

Up to 4000 A
Linergy LGYE section
Type of bars Permissible current (A)
Ambient temperature around the switchboard
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Size per phase IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 bb
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 bb
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 bb
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 bb
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 bb
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 bb
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 bb
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 bb
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 bb
bb Connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the switchboard.
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section 630 A. Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. 04560. Cat. No. 04561. Cat. No. 04562. Cat. No. 04563. Cat. No. 04564.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps
Section 2000 A. Section 2500 A. Section 3200 A. Section 4000 A.

Cat. No. 04565. Cat. No. 04566. Cat. No. 04567. Cat. No. 04568.
D-17

Additional information Designing horizontal busbars
Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of horizontal busbar

The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and operating
criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Linergy BS bars, 5 mm thick
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 bb
2 Linergy BS bars, 60 x 5 1580 1420 1500 1350 1400 1250 1350 1180 1260 1090 1180 bb
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
2 Linergy BS bars, 120 x 10 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b
Example:
Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2160 A current with an IP y 31 and an
ambient temperature of 30 °C around the switchboard.
Where possible, use of 10 mm bars is worthwhile in terms of the In/Isc:
bb gain in time during switchboard mounting given, where applicable, the lesser
number of bars installed
bb for short-circuits, the rigidity of the bars means fewer busbar supports.
Recommendation:
Use 5 mm bars for In y 1600 A and low Icw values (40 kA rms).
Use 10 mm bars for In > 1600 A and medium to high Icw values (> 40 kA rms).
Note: the values indicated above have been validated for Prisma P switchboards.
D-18

Additional information Designing vertical busbars
Linergy LGY
Permissible current and selection of Linergy LGY busbars

criteria.
Up to 3200 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 bb
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 bb
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 bb
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 bb
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 bb
Linergy LGY 2000 (2 x 1000) 2200 2000 2100 1900 2000 1820 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 bb
Linergy LGY 2500 (2 x 1250) 2740 2500 2620 2380 2500 2260 2380 2120 2260 2020 2120 bb
Linergy LGY 3200 (2 x 1600) 3480 3200 3340 3060 3200 2920 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 bb
Example:
A Linergy LGY channelled bar can be used for a 1650 A current with an IP y 31 and
an ambient temperature around the switchboard of 35 °C.
DD381233.eps
DD381234.eps
DD381235.eps
DD385507.eps
DD385508.eps
Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. 04506.
D-19

Linergy LGYE

Up to 4000 A
Linergy LGYE section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 bb
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 bb
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 bb
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 bb
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 bb
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 bb
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 bb
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 bb
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 bb
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section 630 A. Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. 04560. Cat. No. 04561. Cat. No. 04562. Cat. No. 04563. Cat. No. 04564.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps

D-20

Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of vertical busbar

criteria.
Up to 1600 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
2 x 1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 3540 3200 3370 3020 3200 2820 3020 2650 2840 2450 2650 bb
2 Linergy BS bars, 120 x 10 4160 3760 3960 3550 3760 3340 3560 3100 3340 2880 3120 b
Example
Two 80 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2820 A current with an IP y 31 and an
ambient temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
Two 80 x 10 mm bars installed separately in two busbar compartments can be used
for a 3200 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature of 35°C around the
switchboard.
D-21

Additional information Designing rear busbars
Linergy LGYE, Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of vertical busbar

The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and
operating criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 bb
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 bb
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 bb
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 bb
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 bb
Up to 1600 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Up to 3200 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
D-22

Additional information Designing connections between
a device and busbars
Electrical characteristics Prefabricated connections for
DD383537.eps
Vertical mounting
Front or rear connection
Top or bottom incoming
Vertical busbars on the left or right
Linergy LGY busbars
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the permissible current for a
prefabricated connection between a vertical Compact NS630b/NS1600, fixed or
withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
around the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
Prefabricated connection
Device and cat. no. Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 04485 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04486
NS800 3P cat. no. 04485 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04486
NS1000 3P cat. no. 04485 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04486
NS1250 3P cat. no. 04485 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P cat. no. 04486
NS1600 3P cat. no. 04487 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 bb
4P cat. no. 04488
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 04477 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NS800 3P cat. no. 04477 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NS1000 3P cat. no. 04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NS1250 3P cat. no. 04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NS1600 3P cat. no. 04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P cat. no. 04492
Example:
For a fixed Compact NS1600, 4P, where the ambient temperature around
the switchboard is 35°C and the IP > 31:
the maximum permissible current for the prefabricated connection (04488) is 1450 A.
D-23

Masterpact NT06 à NT16
Dd383666.eps
Vertical mounting
Top or bottom incoming
Linergy LGY busbars
prefabricated connection between a vertical Masterpact NT06/NT16, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature around
the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 04475 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04476
NT08 3P cat. no. 04475 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04476
NT10 3P cat. no. 04475 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04476
NT12 3P cat. no. 04475 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P cat. no. 04476
NT16 3P cat. no. 04489 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 bb
4P cat. no. 04490
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 04477 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NT08 3P cat. no. 04477 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NT10 3P cat. no. 04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NT12 3P cat. no. 04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P cat. no. 04478
NT16 3P cat. no. 04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P cat. no. 04492
Example:
For a drawout Masterpact NT16 , 4P, where the ambient temperature around the
switchboard is 35°C and the IP > 31: the maximum permissible current for the
prefabricated connection (04492) is 1380 A.
D-24

Compact NS630b à NS1000
Dd383538.eps
Horizontal mounting
Left or right incoming
Linergy LGY vertical busbars
prefabricated connection between a horizontal Compact NS630b/NS1600, fixed or
withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 04473 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04474
NS800 3P cat. no. 04473 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04474
NS1000 3P cat. no. 04473 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04474
D-25

Electrical characteristics Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW16
Masterpact NW08 à NW16
Dd383667.eps
Fixed
Linergy LGY, BS busbars
Connections drawings supplied by
Schneider Electric
1 Liaison
2 Horizontal link.
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and the
maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for a
vertical, fixed Masterpact NW08/NW16, front or rear connection, taking into account
the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
Flat bars, 5 mm thick
Device Permissible current (A)
Ambient temperature around the switchboard (1)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08 Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 bb
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
(1) In the case of a door mounted at the rear of cubicle, add 10 °C.
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
D-26

Electrical characteristics Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW32
Dd383668.eps
Fixed
Linergy LGYE, LGY, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Masterpact NW08/NW32, front or rear connection, taking into account
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
NW32 Size per phase 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x 10 bb
I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
D-27

Electrical characteristics Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW16
Dd383669.eps
Drawout
Linergy LGY, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, drawout Masterpact NW08/NW16, front or rear connection, taking into
account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
Ambient temperature around the switchboard (1)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
(1) In the case of a door mounted at the rear of cubicle, add 10 °C.
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-28

Electrical characteristics Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW32
Dd383670.eps
Drawout
Linergy LGYE, LGY, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, drawout Masterpact NW08/NW32, front or rear connection, taking into
account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
NW32 Size per phase 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 bb
I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
D-29

Electrical characteristics Dedicated cubicle
Fixed Masterpact NW08 to NW32
Dd385506.eps
Fixed
Dedicated cubicle
Linergy LGYE, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
Note: contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
D-30

Electrical characteristics Dedicated cubicle
Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW32
DD385490.eps
Drawout
Dedicated cubicle
Linergy LGYE, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Note: contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
D-31

Electrical characteristics Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16
DD385494.eps
Fixed
Linergy BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient temperature
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 Size per phase 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 1b 50 x 5 bb
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
NT16 (1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 bb
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
(1) Make the neutral connection with two bars, 50 x 5 mm.
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
D-32

Electrical characteristics Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
(1) Make the neutral connection with one bar, 50 x 10 mm.
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-33

Electrical characteristics Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Dd385491.eps
Drawout
Linergy BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, drawout Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient
temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-34

Electrical characteristics Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Note: The values indicated above have been validated for Prisma P switchboards.
D-35

Electrical characteristics Fixed Compact NS1600b to NS3200
Compact NS1600b/3200
Dd383539.eps
Fixed
Linergy LGY busbars, BS
Busbar drawings supplied by
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Compact NS1600b/3200, front or rear connection, taking into account
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS1600b Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
NS2000 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 bb
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
NS3200 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 bb
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
D-36

Dd385492.eps
Fixed
Linergy BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
NS1600 (1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 bb
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
D-37

Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
(1)
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
D-38

Electrical characteristics Withdrawable
DD385493.eps
Withdrawable
Linergy BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and
the maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for
a vertical, withdrawable Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
NS1600 (1) Size per phase 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 4b 50 x 5 bb
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-39

Electrical characteristics Withdrawable
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
(1)
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-40

Electrical characteristics Horizontal, fixed
Dd383538.eps
Horizontal mounting
Vertical Linergy LGYE, LGY, BS busbars
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and
the maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for
a horizontal, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1000, taking into account the ambient

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
D-41

Additional information Designing connections y 630 A
Device connections
Flexible copper bars Switchboards that comply with standard

with an insulating sheath IEC 61439-1/2
It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the
installation of devices in Prisma switchboards.
The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are:
b the environment in which the devices are installed:
v position in the enclosure
v dimensions of other conductors in the circuit
v ambient temperature around the switchboard
b the characteristics of the connected devices:
v device heat losses
v the type of installation (horizontal or vertical)
v the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).
Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:

b the characteristics of the installed devices
b the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes
of flexible bars for a given permissible current.
Insulated, flexible bars make for easy, fast and flexible implementation up to 630 A,
but higher ratings require sizes that cancel these advantages.
For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.
Insulated flexible bars are better than cables, they offer:

b better insulation temperature withstand (125 °C for bars, 105 °C for cables) and a
larger exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current
b greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit
currents
b no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the
busbars therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error
b fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed
and drilled.
Technical characteristics
b thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average
b rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V
b impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV
b maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125 °C.
Connection In all cubicles with IP y 55 :

b the switchboard internal temperature is 60 °C
b the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125 °C.
If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105 °C,
use the next largest size of flexible bar given for standard insulated flexible bars
(withstand temperature = 125 °C)
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Connection of devices to busbars

Device INS125 INS160 INS250 INS320 INS500 INF250 INF400 INF630
INS400 INS630 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 6 24 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8
Connection of distribution blocks to busbars

Distribution block Linergy FM 200 A Linergy FC 3P Linergy FC 4P
S (mm) 20 x 3 32 x 8 32 x 8
Connection of disconnectors, Linergy TB, connections,

busbars to busbars
I max. (60 °C) 200 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 480 A 520 A 580 A 660 A
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 3 24 x 5 24 x 5 24 x 6 32 x 5 32 x 6 32 x 8
D-42

Compact circuit breakers
NSX100 to NSX630
Insulated flexible copper bars
Insulated flexible copper bars (withstand temperature = 125 °C)
Devices Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31
NSX100 Size per phase 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
NSX160 (1) Size per phase 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 250 244 238 231 225 219
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 250 245 237 230 225 220
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L Size per phase 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5
fixed Inc (A) 400 400 400 390 380 370
with Vigi Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
withdrawable Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
fixed Inc (A) 630 615 600 585 570 550
with Vigi or Inc (A) 570 550 535 520 505 490
withdrawable
IP > 31
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 238 231 225 219 213 207
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
fixed Inc (A) 400 400 400 390 380 370
with Vigi Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
withdrawable Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
fixed Inc (A) 600 585 570 550 535 520
with Vigi or Inc (A) 535 520 505 490 475 420
withdrawable
(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring
module, multiply the In values by 0.9.
(2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply
the In values by 0.86.
To connect a Compact NSX250 to a Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 flexible bar

cat. no. 04746.
D-43

Compact circuit breakers
NSX100 to NSX630
Copper cable
Cables: pratical guidelines
This section doesn’t concern customer’s loads connection (see IEC 61439-1,
IEC 60364).
Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating of the
circuit breaker.
The size of cables must be selected according to:
b the level of current
b the ambient temperature around the conductors
b the degree of protection for the switchboard.
The tables below take into account the installation conditions for each type of device
(permissible temperature at connection terminals, etc.).
They follow the temperature derating values for installed devices in all cubicles with
cover panels rated IP y 55.
b switchboard internal temperature 60 °C
b connections using copper cables.
The withstand temperature of insulating material of cable = 105°C.
Copper cable, withstand temperature = 105 °C
Devices Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31
NSX100 Size per phase 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
NSX160 (1) Size per phase 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm²
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 250 244 238 231 225 219
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 250 245 237 230 225 220
IP > 31
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
(1) For a withdrawable NSX160 or NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring
module, multiply the In values by 0.9.
(2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply
the In values by 0.86.
Note: Schneider Electric recommends connecting Compact NSX400/630 circuit breakers with
insulated flexible bars or rigid bars (see page D-43).
D-44

Additional information Designing cable connections
Tubular lugs
Tubular lugs for incoming Maximum size of lugs for connection to the different incoming connection blocks.
connection blocks Standard Cu Narrow Cu Narrow

lugs lugs bimetal lugs
Incoming connection block for 150 mm² 240 mm² 185 mm²
Compact NSX-INS250 supplied via the top or the
bottom, cat. no. 04066 et 04067
In-duct incoming connection block for 240 mm² 300 mm² 300 mm²
Compact NSX630 supplied via the top or the
bottom cat. no. 04076
Narrow bimetal lugs

DD382788.eps
Cat. no. selection

Cat. no. Cable size Quantity
(mm²)
Lugs for aluminium cable (1)
29504 150 3
29505 150 4
29506 185 3
29507 185 4
32504 240 3
32505 240 4
32506 300 3
32507 300 4
(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
Customer connection Maximum size and number of cables for connection to terminal extension bars
(according to busbar drawing supplied) for customer connection of Compact NSX
of devices u 630 A and Masterpact NT/NW devices.
Cable size Quantity
(mm²)
Size and number of cables
Copper lugs 300 12
Bimetal lugs 240 12
D-45

Additional information Designing customer connections
Prefabricated connections for
DD383540.eps
Vertical mounting
Incoming via top or bottom
prefabricated connection between a vertical Compact NS630b/NS1600, fixed or
withdrawable, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around
the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS800 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1000 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1250 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS800 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1000 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1250 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
D-46

Prefabricated connections for
Dd383673.eps
Vertical mounting
prefabricated connection between a vertical Masterpact NT06/NT16, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around the
switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT08 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT10 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT12 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NT16 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT08 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT10 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 33643
NT12 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NT16 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 bb
4P réf.33643 + 33645
D-47

Connection transfer assembly for fixed
Compact NS630b to NS1000, fixed
Dd383541.eps
Horizontal mounting
Installation on the left or right
prefabricated connection between a horizontal, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1000 and
Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around the switchboard and
the IP value.
Connection transfer assemblies

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 04483 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 bb
4P cat. no. 04484
NS800 3P cat. no. 04483 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 bb
4P cat. no. 04484
NS1000 3P cat. no. 04483 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 bb
4P cat. no. 04484
D-48

Dd383674.eps
Fixed
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connection for
a vertical, fixed Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient temperature
Connection to be made according to the busbar drawings supplied.
For connection cable cross-sections and quantities, see page D-45.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
D-49

Dd383675.eps
Fixed
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08 Size per phase 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 bb
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
NW25 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 bb
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
NW40 Size per phase (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
bb
I (A) (1)
(1) For NW40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.
(2) Contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
Canalis connection For Canalis connections, apply the appropriate derating coefficient K.
Device NW08 NW10 NW12 NW16 NW20 NW25 NW32

Derating 1 1 1 0,98 0,98 0,97 0,97
coefficient K
D-50

Drawout Masterpact NW08 to NW16
Dd383676.eps
Drawout
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connections to
busbars for a vertical, drawout Masterpact NT08/NT16, taking into account the
ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
D-51

Masterpact NW08 to NW40 withdrawable
Dd383677.eps
Drawout
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
NW40 Size per phase (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2)
bb
I (A) (1)
(1) For NW40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.
(2) Contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
Device NW08 NW10 NW12 NW16 NW20 NW25 NW32

Derating 1 1 1 0,98 0,98 0,97 0,97
coefficient K
D-52

Fixed Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Dd383678.eps
Fixed
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
busbars for a vertical, fixed Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
NT16 Size per phase 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 bb
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
Device NT06b NT08 NT10 NT12 NT16

Derating coefficient K 1 1 1 1 0,98
D-53

Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Drawout Masterpact NT06 to NT16
Dd383679.eps
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a customer connections to busbars for
a vertical, drawout Masterpact NT06/NT16, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NT16 Size per phase 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 1b100 x 10 bb
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Device NT06 NT08 NT10 NT12 NT16

D-54

Fixed Compact NS1600b to NS3200
Compact NS1600b/3200 fixed
Dd383542.eps
Schneider Electric
busbars for a vertical, fixed Compact NS1600b/NS3200, taking into account the
ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP>31
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
D-55

Dd383543.eps
Fixed
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a rear customer connection for a
vertical, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Device NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600

D-56

Additional information
Designing customer connections
Withdrawable
DD383807.eps
Withdrawable
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a rear customer connection for a
vertical, withdrawable Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Device NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600

D-57

Horizontal mounting
Dd383545.eps
Horizontal mounting
Front connection
Installation on the left or right
horizontal, fixed Compact NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
D-58

Additional information Designing busbars
Fupact INF, ISFT, ISFL
Horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars

Horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars
Fupact INF/ISFT/ISFL
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 650 550 630 510 590 480 550 460 530 440 460 bb
Linergy LGYE 800 840 720 800 700 760 660 720 610 680 580 640 bb
Linergy LGYE 1000 1040 900 990 870 950 830 900 770 850 730 800 bb
Linergy LGYE 1250 1290 1120 1230 1080 1170 1030 1100 970 1050 910 980 bb
Linergy LGYE 1600 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 1250 1320 1180 1250 1110 1180 bb
Linergy LGYE 2000 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 1520 1620 1420 1520 1320 1420 bb
Linergy LGYE 2500 2290 1890 2190 1840 2070 1770 1960 1680 1880 1590 1780 bb
Linergy LGYE 3200 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 2500 2640 2360 2500 2220 2360 bb
Linergy LGYE 4000 3320 3050 3240 2950 3140 2850 2970 2700 2800 2540 2650 bb
D-59

Fupact INF, ISFT, ISFL
Linergy BS busbars
Permissible current and selection of horizontal Linergy BS

busbars
criteria.
Horizontal Linergy BS busbars
Fupact INF/ISFT/ISFL
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Rear horizontal Linergy BS bars

Fupact ISFT/ISFL
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
ISFT 160 1 bar Linergy BS 730 680 680 630 630 570 570 510 510 450 450 bb
30 x 10
ISFL 160 1 bar Linergy BS 1400 1250 1320 1160 1250 1070 1160 980 1070 880 980 bb
60 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 bb
80 x 10
ISFL 250/400/630 1 bar Linergy BS 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 bb
80 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 2050 1800 1930 1680 1800 1540 1680 1400 1540 1240 1400 bb
100 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 2390 2100 2250 1950 2100 1800 1950 1630 1800 1440 1630 bb
120 x 10
D-60

Fupact INF, ISFT
Vertical Linergy LGYE, LGY busbars

criteria.
Vertical Linergy LGYE busbars
Fupact INF/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 650 550 630 510 590 480 550 460 530 440 460 bb
Linergy LGYE 800 840 720 800 700 760 660 720 610 680 580 640 bb
Linergy LGYE 1000 1040 900 990 870 950 830 900 770 850 730 800 bb
Linergy LGYE 1250 1290 1120 1230 1080 1170 1030 1100 970 1050 910 980 bb
Linergy LGYE 1600 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 1250 1320 1180 1250 1110 1180 bb
Linergy LGYE 2000 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 1520 1620 1420 1520 1320 1420 bb
Linergy LGYE 2500 2290 1890 2190 1840 2070 1770 1960 1680 1880 1590 1780 bb
Linergy LGYE 3200 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 2500 2640 2360 2500 2220 2360 bb
Linergy LGYE 4000 3320 3050 3240 2950 3140 2850 2970 2700 2800 2540 2650 bb
Lateral Linergy LGY busbars

Fupact INF/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 500 530 460 460 bb
Linergy LGY 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 640 680 600 640 bb
Linergy LGY 1000 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 800 850 750 800 bb
Linergy LGY 1250 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1030 1100 970 1050 910 980 bb
Linergy LGY 1600 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 1250 1320 1180 1250 1110 1180 bb
Linergy LGY 2000 (2 x 1000) 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 1520 1620 1420 1520 1320 1420 bb
Linergy LGY 2500 (2 x 1250) 2380 2120 2260 2020 2120 1900 2020 1780 1900 1660 1780 bb
Linergy LGY 3200 (2 x 1600) 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 2500 2640 2360 2500 2220 2360 bb
D-61

Fupact INF, ISFT
Vertical Linergy BS busbars
Lateral Linergy BS busbars

Fupact INF/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
2 x 1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 3020 2650 2840 2450 2650 2230 2450 2010 2230 1760 2010 bb
D-62

Additional information Standards
Standards and
tested switchboards
IEC international standards The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation for
standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National
IEC member countries
Committees).
Argentina Luxemburg
Australia Malaysia
Austria Mexico The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions
Belarus Netherlands concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields.
Belgium New Zealand To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards.
Brazil Norway Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National
Bulgaria Pakistan Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory
Canada Poland
China Portugal work.
Croatia Rumania
Czech Rep. Russia
Denmark Singapore
Egypt Slovakia
Finland Slovenia
France South Africa
Germany Spain
Greece Sweden
Hungary Switzerland
India Thailand
Indonesia Turkey
Iran Ukraine
Ireland United Kingdom
Israel United States
Italy Yugoslavia
Japan
Korea (Rep. of)
Standards nationales In Europe

The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes:
DD383972.eps
bb either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then
Worldwide becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries
bb or, in the event of differences, a harmonisation document (HD).
Other IEC member countries
Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national
Other IEC standard, with or without modifications.
member Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United States
countries continue to develop their own standardisation systems.
Countries without a standardisation system
It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project.
Countries
CEI / IEC
Commission Electrotechnique Internationale
CENELEC
Comité Européen de Normalisation ELECtrotechnique
UTE
Union Technique de l’Électricité
VDE
Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik
e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer
technology standardisation organisation)
BSI
British Standards Institution
D-63

Standards and tested

switchboards
The different types of standards There are different types of standards, including:
b management standards
b installation standards
b product standards.
Management standards
Dd381775.eps
Dd381776.eps
ISO 9004: Quality-management systems - guidelines for performance improvements.

Used in setting up a quality-management system.
ISO 9001: Quality management systems - requirements. Used for certification

audits.
ISO 14004: Environmental-management systems. General guidelines on the
principles, systems and supporting techniques.
Design and manufacture. Switchgear and controlgear
assemblies. ISO 14001: Environmental-management systems. Specification with guidance for
use
Dd381777.eps
Dd381778.eps
v The majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Installation standards
The set of IEC 60364-X standards defines the main principles and rules on:
b determining general characteristics of installations
b protection
b selection and installation of equipment
Switchgear and controlgear. Installation.
b verification and maintenance of installations.
Product standards
They apply to devices or assemblies and are aimed at ensuring correct operation
and safety of the concerned products.
b standards on low-voltage switchgear and controlgear:
v IEC 60947-1: general rules
v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers
v IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors
v IEC 60947-4: contactors
v IEC 62208: empty enclosures.
b standards on low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies:
v IEC 61439-1: general rules
v IEC 61439-2: power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
v IEC 61439-3: distribution boards
v IEC 61439-4: assemblies for construction sites
v IEC 61439-5: assemblies for power distribution
v IEC 61439-6: busbar trunking systems.
Regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding and may
also create additional safety requirements.
In addition to providing proof of the conformity of its quality-management system, a

product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by providing proof that
the design and manufacture comply with the requirements in the applicable
standard.
Proof of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate
supplied by an independent organisation.
D-64


switchboards
e marking e marking is a regulatory symbol attributed under the sole responsibility of the
manufacturer and intended for the verification authorities of the European countries
that enforce the European regulations.
It allows free circulation of a product in the European Union and certifies that it
complies with the basic requirements in all the applicable European directives.
e marking is not a quality symbol and does not indicate conformity with a standard.
The e declaration is intended exclusively for the authorities in charge of verifying

compliance with the applicable regulations and it is drafted, signed and held for
presentation to the authorities by the manufacturer.
For the Prisma P range, the declaration is the responsibility of the Schneider Electric
unit that has designed and developed the product.
For LV switchboards, the declaration is the responsibility of the panelbuilder.
The following products receive e marking:

b all products that are liable to endanger the safety of persons, animals and property
(LV directive)
b all products likely to emit electromagnetic disturbances above a standardised
threshold or to be disturbed during operation (EMC directive).
Consequences:
b the Prisma P range falls under the LV directive only
b LV switchboards are covered by the LV directive and may also fall under the EMC
directive, depending on the type of devices incorporated.
e
For the Prisma P range, e marking is applied:
b on the packing of “mechanical” components
b on the product itself for “electrical” components.
For the LV assemblies created by the panelbuilder, e marking is applied:
b on the packing
b on the rating plate (if applicable)
b on one of the documents accompanying the switchboard when it is shipped.
D-65


switchboards
Degree of protection Standard IEC 60364-5-51 lists and codifies a large number of external influences to
which electrical installations can be subjected, including the presence of water, solid
objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.
IP code
Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection
provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts,
against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water.
These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion or
conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin.
The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional
letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts is
better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid
foreign objects and the protection of persons.
The second numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of
water with harmful effects.
1st numeral 2nd numeral

Protection of persons Protection against ingress of solid Protection against ingress of water
objects
1 Protected against Protection against
1 Protected against
Dd381959.eps
Dd381959.eps
Dd381966.eps
access with back of solid foreign objects vertically dripping
hand larger than 50 mm water (condensation)

2 Protected against
Dd381960.eps
Dd381963.eps
Dd381967.eps
access with a finger solid foreign objects dripping water up to
larger than 12.5 mm 15° from vertical

3 Protected against
Dd381961.eps
Dd381961.eps
Dd381968.eps
access with a tool solid foreign objects spraying water up to

larger than 2.5 mm 60° from vertical

4 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381962.eps
Dd381969.eps
access with a wire solid foreign objects splashing water from

larger than 1 mm all directions
5 Protected against Protected against dust

5 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381964.eps
Dd381970.eps
access with a wire (dust protected) water jets from all

directions
6 Protected against Dust tight

6 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381965.eps
Dd381971.eps
access with a wire powerful water jets

from all directions
7 Protected against the

Dd381972.eps
effects of temporary
immersion in water
8 Protected against the

Dd381973.eps
effects of continuous
immersion in water
D-66


switchboards
Additional letter
The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that
indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
Additional letter Protection

A Protected against access with back of hand
B Protected against access with a 12 mm diameter finger
C Protected against access with a 2.5 mm diameter tool
D Protected against access with a 1 mm diameter wire
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter “X”, e.g. IPXXB.
Illustration of the above explanations:
Protection against solid foreign objects
larger than 2.5 mm
No protection
IP30D
Protected against access
with a 1 mm diameter wire
Remarks
b The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by
numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that
requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount
enclosure is not suitable.
b the degrees of protection indicated in this catalogue are valid for the enclosures as
presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standards that conserve the initial degree of protection.
IK code
Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to
resist mechanical impacts from all sides.
IK code Impact energy (joules)
01 0.14
02 0.2
03 0.35
04 0.5
05 0.7
06 1
07 2
08 5
09 10
10 20
IK codes can be selected according to the risks of impacts on a given site.

Site Recommended IK
No risk of major impact Technical premises 07
Significant risk of impact that Hallways 08 (switchboard with door)
can damage devices
Maximum risk of impact that Workshops 10

can damage the switchboard
D-67

Additional information Selection of enclosures
according to the premises
The IP and IK degrees of protection provided by an enclosure must be specified as a

function of the various external influences defined by standard IEC 30364-5-51, in
particular:
bb presence of foreign solid bodies (code AE)
bb presence of water (code AD)
bb mechanical stress (code not specified)
bb capability of persons (code BA)
bb ...
Prisma P switchboards are designed for indoor installation.
Unless the rules, standards and regulations of a specific country stipulate otherwise,
Schneider Electric recommends the following IP and IK values based on French
guide UTE C 15-103 (March 2004).
Using the table 1 Opposite the relevant premises, read the recommended IP and IK values.
2 The b symbol indicates the enclosure or cubicle satisfying the criteria of the UTE
guide.
Any enclosure or cubicle with a higher degree of protection can also be used.
3 If several degrees of protection are possible (refer to the standard for more
details) and the v and b symbols are indicated (e.g. 24v/25b), enclosures that
correspond to the higher degree of protection (b) are suitable for the lower degree
of protection (v).
Type of premises Enclosure

Cubicle
with fixed frame with door + IP30 with door + gasket with door + IP55
cover + IP30 cover cover
Min. IP/IK IP30/IK07 IP30/IK08 IP31/IK08 IP43/IK08 IP55/IK10
required
IP IK
Domestic or comparable premises or locations
Porch 24 07 bb
Bathrooms (see washrooms)
Bicycles, motorcycles, tricycles, etc. 20 07 bb
(premises for)
Water, sewer and heating 23 02 bb
connections
Laundries 21 02 bb
Cellars, garages, furnace rooms 20 02/07 bb
Bedrooms 20 02 bb
Trash rooms 25 07 bb
Halls in cellars 20 07
Courtyards 24/25 02/07 bb
Kitchens 20 02 bb
Shower rooms (see washrooms)
Indoor stairways and alleys 20 02/07 bb
Outdoor stairways and outdoor alleys 24 07
without roofs
Outdoor alleys with roofs 21 02 bb
Attics (roof space) 20 02 bb
Garden shelters 24/25 02/07 bb
Latrines 20 02 bb
Dustbin rooms 25 02/07 bb
Ironing room 20 02 bb
Access ramps to garages 25 07 bb
No applicable
D-68


Cubicle
required
IP IK
Washrooms, rooms volume 0 27 02
containing a bathtub or volume 1 24 02 bb
shower
volume 2 23 02 bb
volume 3 21 02 bb
Lounges, living rooms, etc 20 02 bb
Drying rooms 21 02 bb
Covered terraces 21 02 bb
WCs 20 02 bb
Verandas 20 02 bb
Crawl spaces 23 07
Commercial premises and adjoining areas
Gunsmiths (storage area, workshop) 30 08 bb
Laundries (wash room) 24 07 bb
Butchers shop 24 07 bb
cold room 23 07 bb
y -10 °C
Bakers, cake shops (kitchens) 50 07 bb
Coffee roasters 21 02 bb
Coal, wood, oil 20 08 bb
Delicatessen (production) 24 07 bb
Sweets (production) 20 02 bb
Shoe repair shops 20 02 bb
Dairies 24 02 bb
Hardware stores (storage areas for 33 07 bb
chemicals and paint)
Wood workers 50 07 bb
Art galleries 20 02/07 bb
Florists 24 07 bb
Furriers 20 07 bb
Fruit and vegetable merchants 24 07 bb
Grain shops 50 07 bb
Bookshops, stationers 20 02 bb
Motorcycle and bicycle repairs and 20 08 bb
accessories
Messenger services 20 08 bb
Furniture shops (antiques, 20 07 bb
secondhand)
Glass and mirror merchants 20 07 bb
(workshop)
Wallpaper shop (storage area) 20 07 bb
Cosmetics shop (storage area) 20 02 bb
Chemists (storage area) 20 02 bb
Photographers (dark room) 23 02 bb
Plumbers (storage area) 20 08 bb
Fishmongers 25 07 bb
Dry cleaners 23 02 bb
Hardware stores (without paint, 20 07 bb
chemicals, etc.)
Locksmiths 20 07v/08b bb bb
Vintners, spirits 20 07 bb
Interior decorator (carding) 50 07 bb
Tailors, clothing retailers (storage 20 02 bb
area)
Pet care 35 07 bb
No applicable
D-69


Cubicle
with fixed frame with door + with door + gasket with door +
IP30 cover + IP30 cover IP55 cover
required
IP IK
Shared premises of storage rooms 20 08 bb

buildings open to the packing rooms 20 08 bb
general public
archive rooms 20 02 bb
film and magnetic 20 02 bb
media storage
linen rooms 20 02 bb
laundry rooms 24 07 bb
misc. shops 21 07/08 bb
kitchens (large)
J Reception old and handicapped 20 02 bb
people
L Lecture halls, halls 20 02/07 bb
meeting rooms, stage areas 20 08 bb
auditoriums,
halls used for scenery storage 20 08 bb
several purposes rooms
costume rooms 20 07 bb
M Retail premises, sales premises 20 08 bb

shopping malls areas for storage 20 08 bb
and handling of
packing
N Restaurants and cafes 20 08 bb

O Hotels and boarding houses 20 02 bb
P Dance halls and gaming parlours 20 07 bb

R Teaching classrooms 20 02 bb bb
establishments,
holiday camps dormitories 20 08 bb
S Libraries and documentation centres bb

20 02 bb
T Exhibitions halls and rooms 20 02 bb
areas for reception 20 07 bb
of equipment
and merchandise
U Healthcare bedrooms 20 02 bb
establishments incineration 21 07/08 bb
operating rooms 20 07 bb
centralised 24 02/07 bb
sterilisation
pharmacies and labs 21v/23b 02v/07b bb bb
with more than 10 l of
inflammable liquids
V Places of worship 20 02 bb
W Administrative premises, banks 20 02 bb
X Indoor sports halls 20 07v/08b bb bb
facilities premises containing 21 08 bb
refrigeration facilities
Y Museums 20 02 bb
PA Covered open air facilities 23v/25b 08v/10b bb bb
CTS Marquees and tents 44 08 bb
SG Inflatable structures 44 08 bb
PS Covered parking lots 21 08v/10b bb bb
D-70


Cubicle
required
IP IK
Technical premises
Battery rooms 23 02/07 bb
Lifts (machine rooms and pulley 20 07v/08b bb bb
rooms)
Electrical rooms 20 07 bb
Control rooms 20 02 bb
Workshops 21v/23b 07v/08b bb bb
Laboratories 21v/23b 02v/07b bb bb
Air conditioning washers 24 07 bb
Garages (used exclusively for 21 07 bb
parking vehicles) of an area not
exceeding 100 m2
Machine rooms 31 07/08 bb
Water pressurisers 23 07/08 bb
Boiler houses and adjoining premises (power in excess of 70 kW)
Boiler rooms coal fuel 51v/61b 07v/08b bb
other fuel 21 07/08 bb
electrical 21 07/08 bb
Fuel coal 50v/60b 08 bb
storage areas
oil 20 07v/08b bb bb
liquefied gas 20 07v/08b bb bb
Cinder tips 50 08 bb
Pump rooms 21v/23b 07v/08b bb bb
Pressure reduction rooms (gas) 20 07v/08b bb bb
Steam or hot water facilities 21v/23b 07v/08b bb bb
Expansion vessel room 21 02 bb

Garages and car parks of an area exceeding 100 m2
Parking lots 21 07v/10b bb bb
Carwash areas (inside premises) 25 07 bb
Petrol stations inside 21 07 bb
outside
Lubrication areas 23 08 bb
Battery recharging areas 23 07 bb
Workshops 21 08 bb
Public building (other than for the general public)
Offices 20 02 bb
Libraries 20 02 bb
Archives 20 02 bb
Computer rooms 20 02 bb
Design offices 20 02 bb
Rooms containing reprographic 20 02 bb
machines
Sorting rooms 20 07 bb
Refectories in restaurants or 21 07 bb
canteens
Large kitchens
Sports rooms 20 07v/08b bb bb
Barracks 20 07 bb
Meeting rooms 20 02 bb
Waiting rooms, lounges, halls 20 02 bb
Medical consulting rooms, not fitted 20 02 bb
with specific equipment
Demonstration and exhibition rooms 20 02/07 bb
No applicable
D-71


Cubicle
required
IP IK
Farm premises or locations
Alcohol (storage) 23 07 bb
Closed cattle sheds 35 07 bb
Laundries 24 07 bb
Wood storage rooms 30 10 bb
Threshing floors 50 07 bb
Distilling cellars 23 07 bb
Vat rooms (wine) 23 07 bb
Courtyards 35 07 bb
Poultry barns 35 07 bb
Stables 35 07 bb
Fertiliser (storage) 50 07 bb
Stables 35 07 bb
Manure heaps 24 07 bb
Haylofts 50 07 bb
Haystacks, forage (storage) 50 07 bb
Granaries, barns 50 07 bb
Straw (storage) 50 07 bb
Greenhouses 23 07 bb
Grain silos 50 07 bb
Milking rooms 35 07 bb
Pig sties 35 07 bb
Chicken houses 35 07 bb
Miscellaneous installations
Fair facilities 33 08 bb
Water treatment facilities 24/25 07/08 bb
Thermodynamic installations, air-conditioned rooms and cold rooms
Height from 0 to 1.10 m 25 07 bb
above from 1.10 to 2 m 24 07 bb
ground
above 2 m under 21 07 bb
evaporator or water
drain pipe
ceiling and up to 10 23 07 bb
cm underneath
Temperature y -10 °C 23 07 bb
Compressor room 21 08 bb
integral unit located 34 08
outside or on a terrace
No applicable
D-72


Cubicle
required
IP IK
Industrial facilities
Slaughter houses 55 08 bb
Batteries (manufacture) 33 07 bb
Acid (manufacture and storage) 33 07 bb
Alcohol (manufacture and storage) 33 07 bb
Aluminium (manufacture and 51 08 bb
storage)
Livestock (raising, fattening and sale) 45 07 bb
Asphalt and bitumen storage 53 07 bb
Wool beating and carding 50 08 bb
Industrial laundry 24/25 07 bb
Wood (processing) 50 08 bb
Meat packers 24/25 07 bb
Bakeries 50 07 bb
Breweries 24 07 bb
Brickworks 53 08 bb
Rubber (production and processing) 54 07 bb
Carbide (manufacture and storage) 51 07 bb bb

Ammunition factories 53 08 bb
Carton board (production) 33 07 bb
Quarries 55 08 bb
Celluloid (manufacture of objects) 30 08 bb
Cellulose (manufacture) 34 08 bb
Coal (depots) 53 08 bb
Pork products 24/25 07 bb
Boiler-making works 30 08 bb
Lime kilns 50 08 bb
Rag (storage) 30 07 bb
Chlorine (manufacture and storage) 33 07 bb
Chrome-plating 33 07 bb
Cement works 50 08 bb
Coking plant 53 08 bb
Adhesives (production) 33 07
Bottling lines 35 08 bb
Liquid fuels (storage) 31v/33b 08 bb
Fats (processing) 51 07 bb
Leather (tanning and storage) 31 08 bb
Copper (ore processing) 31 08 bb
Paint stripping 54 08 bb bb
Detergents (manufacture) 53 07 bb bb
Distilleries 33 07 bb
Electrolysis 33 08 bb
Ink manufacturing 31 07 bb bb
Fertilisers (manufacture and storage) 53 07 bb
Explosives (manufacture and 55 08 bb
storage)
Iron (production and processing) 51 08 bb
Spinning mills 50 07 bb
Furriers (beating process) 50 07 bb
Cheese factories 25 07 bb
Gas (production and storage) 31 08 bb
Tar (processing) 33 05 bb
Seed production 50 07 bb
Metal engraving 33 07 bb
Oils (extraction) 31 07 bb
Petroleum products (manufacture) 33v/34b 08 bb bb
Printworks 20 08
D-73


Cubicle
required
IP IK
Industrial establishments (continued)
Dairies 25 07 bb
Public wash-houses 25 07 bb
Liqueurs (production) 21 07 bb
Halogenated liquids (use) 21 08 bb
Inflammable products 21 08 bb
(storage and workshops where they
are used)
Magnesium (production, storage 31 08 bb
and use)
Machine rooms 20 08 bb
Plastics (production) 51 08 bb
Cabinet makers 50 08 bb
Metals (processing) 31v/33b 08 bb bb
Combustion engines (testing of) 30 08 bb
Ammunition storage 33 08 bb
Nickel (or processing) 33 08 bb
Household waste (processing) 54 07 bb
Paper (production) 33v/34b 07 bb bb bb
Paper (storage) 31 07 bb
Perfume (production and storage) 31 07 bb
Pulp mill 34/35 07 bb bb
Paint (production and storage) 33 08 bb
Plaster (processing and storage) 50 07 bb
Gunpowder factory 55 08 bb
Chemicals (production) 30v/50b 08 bb bb
Oil refineries 34/35 07 bb
Salt preserve factories 33 07 bb
Soap (production) 31 07 bb
Saw mills 50 08 bb
Metalwork shops 30 08 bb
Grain or sugar silos 50 07 bb
Silk and artificial hair factories 50 08 bb
Sodium carbonate (processing and 33 07 bb
storage)
Sulphur (processing) 51 07 bb
Spirits (storage) 33 07 bb
Sugar mills 55 07 bb bb
Tanners 35 07 bb
Dye works 35 07 bb
Textile and fabric (production) 51 08 bb
Varnish (production and application) 33 08 bb
Glass works 33 08 bb
Zinc works 31 08 bb
No applicable
D-74

Additional information Properties of metal enclosures
Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard IEC 62208, EN 50298 for empty
enclosures. The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives an
anti-corrosion epoxy electrophoresis treatment and a coating of a thermosetting,
polyester-resinmodified epoxy powder for colour and appearance.
This two-coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection.
The characteristics of this coating are much better than those of traditional epoxy
powders:
b improved colour stability
b wider operating temperature range.
Mechanical properties of enclosures

Static load on doors, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures and
cubicles
Cubicle 400 kg
Cubicle door 12 kg
Mechanical properties of powder coated surfaces

Test conditions
Test piece made of 1 mm thick steel sheet, degreased, iron phosphated, final
rinsing with 100 kW cm DI water, 15 microns of anti-corrosion
electrophoresis treatment and 35 microns of powder paint.
Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off) class 0 required (ISO 2409)
Impact strength (1) > 1 kg/50 cm (ISO 6272)
Mandrel bending test (2) < 10 mm (ISO 6860)
Persoz hardness 300 s (ISO 1522)
(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of 1 kg on the test piece from
a height of 50 cm.
(2) Film cracks over a length of 10 mm maximum.
Artificial ageing test on powder coating

Test conditions:
Two tests carried out on the same 1 mm thick steel sheet test piece.
b cyclical damp-heat test:
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-30
- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40 °C
b continuous resistance to neutral salt mist:
v the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours, far more than the 48 hours
required by the standard for indoor installations
vv as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253
- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on test piece
- 250 hours for a scratched surface.
Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628:
bb adhesion: class y 1
bb blistering: degree 1 dim.1
bb rusting: Ri 1
bb cracking: class 1
bb flaking imp. 1 dim. 1
propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.
D-75

Additional information Properties of metal enclosures
Chemical properties of powder Tests carried out at ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces coated
with a 150 to 200 micron film.
coating
Test duration (months) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Acids Concentration
Acetic 20 %
Sulphuric 30 %
Nitric 30 %
Phosphoric 30 %
Hydrochloric 30 %
Lactic 10 %
Citric 10 %
Bases Soda 10 %
Ammonia 10 %
Water Distilled water
Seawater
Tap water
Diluted bleach
Solvents Petrol
High alcohols
Aliphatics
Aromatics
Ketones, esters
Tri-perchlorethylene
Film intact.
Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).
D-76

Additional information Thermal management
of switchboards
Thermal characteristics of General
switchboards
A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions.
Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and
+70 °C.
It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this
temperature range by:
bb correctly sizing the switchboard during design
bb correcting the temperature using suitable means.
Management of the internal Cooling

There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard.
temperature The drawings below present the various means.
Convection Forced-air ventilation

Dd381484.eps
Dd381483.eps
Dd381482.eps
Dd381481.eps
IP > 31 IP y 31 IP y 54 IP y 31
Ensured naturally in Prisma P Using fans, it significantly increases the

enclosures. thermal capacity of an enclosure.
Forced-air Forced
ventilation with convection and
air-air exchanger cooling
Dd381920.eps
Dd381921.eps
IP > 31 IP > 31
On special request.
For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with
other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms.
Heating
The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a
resistor-based heater, used to:
bb avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature
bb ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.
D-77

Additional information Thermal management
of switchboards
switchboards
Calculation of the internal Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can
evacuate the dissipated power of the installed devices.
temperature Important note
Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with
the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits).
Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but
almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure.
Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the
assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power
P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle.
Method defined by IEC 890 technical report

Dd381401.eps
This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three
levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and
distribution blocks installed in the switchboard.
Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the
internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard.
On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the
installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible.
Comparative method
DD381350.eps
A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the
thermal capacity of Prisma P enclosures.
This is en empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired
configuration is close to that of a tested configuration.
Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics

DD382422.eps
To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the

company’s experience and a number of assumptions on the installation.
They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature
and the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mounted enclosures,
floor-standing enclosures and cubicles.
For details on the calculation of the dissipated power in the device zone, see page
D-80.
D-78

Additional information Thermal management of
switchboards
switchboards
Two cubicles with busbar compartment, 800 mm
DD400000.eps
wide, 400 mm deep, IP30
LGY
Diversity factor: 0.7 and 0.8
Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C
Cubicle 1 : P(W) of device zone = 580 W
NSX250
Linergy FM
Linergy FC distribution block

NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400

DD385281.eps
Linergy LGY
wide, 1000 mm deep, two 300 mm wide ducts, IP30
Diversity factor: 0.7
NSX400
NSX630
NSX NSX NSX NSX
D-79

switchboards
Thermal characteristics of Example
switchboards
DD385566.eps
wide, 1000 mm deep, two 300 mm wide ducts, IP30
Diversity factor: 0.7
NSX250
Linergy FM 200 A
Linergy FC distribution block

NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400
Application of the diversity factor In the configuration below, the standardised diversity factor (K div.) for a total of 14
outgoing circuits is 0.6, i.e. 60 % of In for each outgoing circuit.
Schneider Electric prefers a more conservative approach and therefore divides the
installation into four main circuits:
bb Compact NSX250
bb 200 A Linergy FM: 8 outgoers V K div. = 0.7
bb Linergy FC: 4 outgoers V K div. = 0.8
bb Compact NSX400.
1 Compact NSX250 + 1 Linergy FM 200 A + 1 Linergy FC + 1 Compact NSX400 V
4 outgoers, i.e. a diversity factor of 0.8.
As a result, the current flowing in each circuit is at least 70 % and up to 80 % of In.
Calculation of the power dissipated by Dissipated power of the NT1600 indicated by the manufacturer: 460 W. The power
dissipated by the connections is approximately 30 % of the device P(W):
devices in the incoming cubicle 0.3 x 460 = 138 W.
Power of circuit breaker + connections = 460 + 138 = 598 W at 1600 A.
For I² (the Watts are proportional to the square of the current) at 1410 A
(In of the incoming device):
Dissipated power of the Compact NSX250 indicated by the manufacturer: 42 W.

Dissipated power of the connections: 0.3 x 42 = 12.6 W.
Power of circuit breaker + connections = 42 +12.6 = 54.6 W at 250 A.
For 200 A (the tested value):
54.6 x
2002 = 35 W
2502
Dissipated power of the Linergy FC and its four Compact NSX250 circuit breakers:
4 x 35 W (same calculation as above) = 140 W
Sum of the dissipated power in the incoming cubicle:

P(W) = 405 + 35 +140 = 580 W
D-80

switchboards
Thermal characteristics of Example
switchboards
Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure
with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the
device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.
DD382423.eps
Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference
in temperature.
For the given example, the heat rise is 22 °C at mid-height in the enclosure.
The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise
= 35 °C + 22 °C = 57 °C
57 °C < 60 °C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP3
cubicle.
This gives roughly: Internal temperature = 60 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a
low IP value.
Internal temperature = 70 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.
D-81

switchboards
Thermal characteristics of Charts
switchboards
Quick calculation charts for internal Test conditions: the cubicle is on the floor against a wall, the indicated internal heat
rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.
temperatures
IP3X cubicle, 400 mm deep IP3X cubicle, 600 mm deep
DD382424.eps
DD382425.eps
For the enclosures not mentioned on the previous
pages, use the equation:
P
DT =
SxK
where:
DT: internal temperature - external temperature
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and
busbars (in Watts)
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed
in m²)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material
(W/m² °C)
IP3X cubicle, 800 mm deep IP3X cubicle, 1000 mm deep
K = 5.5 W/m² °C for painted sheet metal.
DD382426.eps
DD382427.eps
Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by
the manufacturer. Add approximately 30 % to account for
the connections and the busbars.
IP55 cubicle, 400 mm deep IP55 cubicle, 600 mm deep

DD382428.eps
DD382429.eps
IP55 cubicle, 800 mm deep IP55 cubicle, 1000 mm deep

DD382430.eps
DD382431.eps
D-82

switchboards
Thermal characteristics of Ventilation
switchboards
Switchboard ventilation The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section:
bb through a ventilated roof
bb or through a ventilation opening.
The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:
D = 3.1 x ( P
DT )
- KS
The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the
dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed
surface area of the enclosure.
Example
Consider an IP3X cubicle, 650 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components
(devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W.
The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50 °C.
Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60 °C, the
difference in temperature DT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10 °C.
The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle) is
4.46 m².
(back = 1.3 m², front = 1.3 m², roof = 0.26 m², side panels = 1.6 m²).
What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system?
The throughput can be calculated as:
D = 3.1 x (
1000
10
- 5.5 x 4.46)
D = 234 m3/h.
In the range of Prisma P accessories, select a system with a throughput
of 300 m3/h.
Dd381391.eps
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C)
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C)
Te: average external temperature (in °C)
DTm = Tm – Te
DT = Ti– Te
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal
D: ventilation throughput (in m3/h)
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.
D-83

switchboards
Thermal characteristics of Heating
switchboards
Switchboard heating The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal
temperature 10 °C higher than the external temperature. When the switchboard is
not in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated power normally emitted by
the switchboard.
The power of the heating resistor is calculated:
b using the equation: Pr = (DT x S x K) - P
b or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure
and the desired difference in temperature.
Chart to determine the heating resistor for small wall-mounted enclosures
(exposed surfaces y 1 m2)
Dd381788.eps
Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures and cubicles
Dd381789.eps
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C)
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C)
Te: average external temperature (in °C)
DTm = Tm – Te
DT = Ti– Te
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal
D: ventilation throughput (in m3/h).
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.
D-84

Additional information Tools required for mounting
and connection
bb Vacuum cleaner to clean the switchboards

DD383904.eps
bb Ratchet wrench with sockets

bb Torque wrench with sockets and ring bits to tighten the electrical connections to
the correct torque (max. torque 50 Nm)
bb Open-ended torque wrench
bb Open-ended spanners (15 to 27 mm).
bb Electrician's knife
bb 7, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17 and 19 mm sockets
bb Bit holder socket
bb 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm hexagonal-head bits
bb Pozidriv no. 1, 2 and 3 bits
bb Rubber mallet
bb Level.
bb Measurement and inspection tools and instruments
bb Drill
bb Semi-circuit nosed pliers
bb Cable-tie pliers
bb Wire stripper
bb Crimping tool
bb Diagonal cutter
bb Wire cutters
bb Flat-nosed pliers
bb Bit holder for screwdriver
bb Extension
bb Electric saw
bb Jig saw
bb Clamp for cubicle alignment
bb Buzzer or tester
bb 3, 5, 4, 5.5 and 8 mm flat screwdrivers
bb Posidriv no. 2 crosshead screwdriver (to mount handle)
bb Hydraulic jacks that can be operated in horizontal position to lift cubicles and move
them sideways if necessary.
bb Coloured, indelible and temperature resistant acrylic varnish.
bb Electric screwdriver
Note: a Facom brand torque wrench is available with a capacity of 75 Nm and a thin shape. It is
recommended for tightening under difficult access conditions.
Part numbers:
bb SP3723 = wrench handle (essential)
bb SP3721 = extra-flat ratchet adapter (essential)
bb SP3722 = ratchet for ordinary sockets (optional) for mounting on handle SP3723
bb SP2709 = extra-flat 13 mm short socket
bb SP2709A = extra-flat 13 mm long socket
bb SP4370 = extra-flat 16 mm long socket
bb SP4372 = extra-flat 19 mm long socket.
D-85

Additional information Connection of horizontal
to vertical busbars
Horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars (Linergy LGY or Linergy BS)
in two ways:
bb in a duct (by a direct connection ordered from the catalogue)
bb in the rear (with part of the connection to be fabricated by the installer).

5 mm thick horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars using
DD383948.eps
DD383906.eps
connection plate 04634 (y 1000 A) or 04635 (> 1000 A) after drilling holes in the
horizontal bars.
10 mm thick horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars in
2 ways:
bb using connection plate 04636 (y 1600 A) or 04637 (> 1600 A) without drilling holes
in the horizontal bars
bb or with a screw and socket assembly (04645) designed for assembly on a busbar
that has already been mounted.
Screw + socket
(cat. no. 04645). This bolted solution requires:
Connection plate bb holes drilled in the bars (Ø16 mm) for diagonal mounting of the sockets and
(cat. no. 04635).
screws
bb conformity with the following mounting rules:
DD383907.eps
vv respect the overlap length (2.5 to 5 times the bar thickness)

vv tighten to a torque of 50 Nm
vv fit the recommended number of screws, depending on the bar width as explained
below.
10
DD385567.eps
Ø16
50/60/80/100
100
80
50/60
100
60 80 100 60 80
50 50
50/60 x2 50 x2
_ x2 _
80 x3 60
x3 _ _
100 x4 _ _ 80
100
x4 _ _ _
In practice, the real contact area is limited to regions in which the pressure is applied
effectively.
In a bolted overlap assembly, these areas are made up of the areas adjacent to the
bolts, and more precisely under the washers.
Salt spray tests have demonstrated these contact areas.
The number of screws thus determines the effective cross-sectional area through
which the current flows, which corresponds to the area under the washer (minus the
screw hole).
This cross-section area must be close to that of the bar.
Controlled temperature rise
Whatever the connection solution used, the quality and reliability of the contact is
guaranteed, in particular with respect to temperature rise, as long as assembly is
carried out according to our recommendations.
D-86

Additional information Installation of the current
transformer
Choice of a CT model depends on the type of installation:

PD391279.eps
b insulated cables
b Prisma P vertical busbars
b insulated flexible busbars
b Linergy LGY vertical busbars
b rigid busbars.
When installing a CT, we recommend that you comply with the following mounting
rules:
b install current transformers:
v on an easily dismountable busbars or copper connections
v between 2 connection points, by joints or bolted connection
b place the current transformer so that the identification markings remain readable.
For large current transformers, a staggered installation is recommended to prevent
arcing on fixing screws or excessive spacing between phase conductors.
If they are installed on vertical busbars, secure the current transformers in place to
prevent them from slipping downwards (for example using a bolt or a pin)
b when there are several busbars per phase, fit spacers between the busbars in
order to:
v resist the tightening forces when installing the current transformer
v avoid vibrations that lead to current transformer breakdowns.
Dismountable vertical busbars.

PD391280.eps
PD391281.eps
CT on vertical busbars. Spacers between the bars.
D-87

Additional information Installation of the current
transformer
Our circuit breakers have trip units with a built-in ammeter

(see Micrologic catalogue).
Their use eliminates the need for installing a CT on the busbars.
DD383909.eps
The CT casing is a solution for installation of CTs up to 1600 A.

CTs can be installed in the casing (cat. no. 03506).
It is equipped with a frame made up of 2 uprights, adjustable in depth and 2 slotted
cross-members to fix the cables, install CTs or install a busbar support with 75 mm
spacing.
It is secured in the switchgear compartment of a 400 or 600 mm deep cubicle.
The 300 mm duct allows easier mounting of CTs.

To install 2 CTs, downstream from a circuit-breaker for example, it is often easier
to use a 300 mm wide duct (cat. no. 08403 for 400 mm depth or cat. no. 08603 for
600 mm depth).
PD391282.eps
Sealable CT casing with current transformers on bolted

connections.
CT on circuit-breaker downstream connection busbars.
D-88

Additional information Installation of source
changeover systems
Principle of the Prisma P solution

PD391283.eps
Prisma P simplifies the installation of source changeover systems.

The “source changeover” solution is an integral part of the Prisma P offering and is
designed for all installation cases: 2 or 3 devices side by side or 2 superimposed
devices.
The page opposite shows a few examples of installation in cubicles:

bb 1 normal source/1 replacement source
bb 2 normal sources with coupling (priority and non-priority circuits)
bb 2 normal sources + 1 replacement source with coupling (priority and non-priority,
circuits).
Note that our configuration software can be used to produce the switchboard front
panel drawings.
Source changeover system in the same cubicle.
For each source changeover configuration, various combinations of normal and
replacement source circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are possible:
bb 1 normal source/1 replacement source:
DD381617.eps
v NS630b to NS1600 / NS630b to NS1600

v NT / NT
v NT / NW
v NW / NT
v NW / NW
bb 2 normal sources with coupling:

vv NW / NW / NW
vv NT / NT / NT
vv NW / NW / NW
bb 2 normal sources + 1 replacement source with coupling:

NW / NW / NW / NW or NT.
Tables in the catalogue indicate the possible combinations “normal” and

“replacement” devices according to the rating as well as the types of interlocking
available for the different types of devices.
Source changeover system in 2 combined cubicles.
Highly economical vertical configurations are possible even for the largest devices.
In this case, interlocking may be:
b mechanical by cable + motor mechanism
PD391284.eps
b via rotary handles (for NS630b/1600 only).
To define the number of modules required to install superimposed devices, all you
have to do is add up the number of modules required for each device with:
b its connections
b its cover and its partitioning.
For combination possibilities and installation details, refer to the “Source changeover
- Compact NSX100-630, Compact NS630b-1600, Interpact, Masterpact" catalogue
LVPED208007EN.
D-89

Additional information Installation of source
changeover systems
DD383910.eps
1 normal source
1 replacement source
DD210440.eps
2 normal sources and coupling on busbars

DD210441.eps
2 normal sources
1 replacement source and coupling on busbars
D-90

Additional information Storage recommendations
Cubicles must be stored in upright position in a dry and ventilated location, sheltered
from rain, weather, dripping and running water, dust and chemical agents.
Apart from IP55 cubicles, never store enclosures outdoors, even under an awning or
tarp.
The cubicles should if possible be left in their packing until they are installed. In this
way they are protected against all risks that may be encountered on the site
(impacts, splashes, etc.).
Acceptable storage temperatures are -25 °C to +55 °C (or up to +70 °C for short
periods not exceeding 24 hours).
Given their heavy weight, cubicles should be stored on a stable, rigid and flat floor to
avoid any risk of tipping during storage or handling.
D-91

Additional information Packing information
Receiving the switchboard

On receipt of the equipment and before handling it, check that the cases and packing
materials used for transportation have not been damaged and that all items on the
packing list have been effectively delivered.
bb Even if the packing appears to be in good condition, do not hesitate to unpack the
equipment in the presence of an authorised transport agent.
bb Check the contents and weights of the shipping units. Thoroughly check the
equipment to make sure that no damage or shocks have occurred that could impair
insulation or operation.
bb If necessary, check that the information on the switchboard nameplate, located on
the incoming cubicle, complies with the information indicated on the delivery slip.
bb In case of damage or missing parts, inform the transport agent by registered mail.
bb After this inspection, refit the plastic protective cover.
Prisma P switchboards are generally shipped as separate cubicles or in transport

DD383911.eps
units comprising 2 cubicles side by side. Shipping units may exceptionally comprise
3 cubicles (see precautions given in the "On-site handling" chapter).
Each shipping unit is marked with:
bb project number
bb weight
bb packing unit information (packing unit number and total quantity)
bb position of the centre of gravity
bb storage and handling instructions.
Standard packing
The cubicles are protected by a plastic cover in a crate.
The following accessories are attached inside the switchboard:
bb installation accessories (lifting/fixing cross-members and external fixing lugs)
bb preliminary installation accessories: plinth raisers
bb horizontal busbar joints (if required)
bb additional nuts and bolts and other mounting hardware
bb panels to be fitted after on-site connection: canopies, roof panels, gland plates
bb a set of drawings
bb device user manuals
DD383912.eps
bb a tube of Swiss white varnish.

Large withdrawable or drawout circuit breakers installed at the top of the cubicle
(Masterpact and Compact NSX) are generally delivered separately.
Sea packing
The cubicles are protected by a heat-sealed plastic cover containing desiccant bags
and are installed in a ventilated wooden or plywood crate.
As a rule sea crates do not weigh more than 5 tons.
Sorting
In order to sort the different types of packing material, specific waste recovery bins
are required.
DD383913.eps
D-92

Additional information Handling on the site
Final unpacking of the equipment will preferably take place just before the
DD383914.eps
switchboard is installed, as close as possible to its final installation location.
As a general guideline, the weight of an average 3200 A cubicle is around 400 kg.
Cubicles should always be handled in the upright position with care, if possible
by 2 persons. There is a risk of overtipping the cubicle due to the high position of

the centre of gravity.
When moving the cubicles, always turn slowly and smoothly, avoiding all bumps and

jerks. Enclosures moved using a forklift truck must be lifted carefully and held in

position or fastened to the forklift truck using slings during transport.
Handling by the bottom

Wooden beams (or framework stabilizers) are generally attached to the base of the

cubicle framework. This allows the cubicles to be moved using a pallet mover or
forklift truck.
d The forks must be placed symmetrically with respect to the cubicle's axis so as
not to distort the base of the frame.
Dd381333.eps
For cubicles fitted with a plinth, the front and rear base panels must be removed to
allow insertion of the pallet mover forks.
Cubicles must be lifted with care and held in place during transport by strapping
them onto the handling machine, especially for large distances or bumpy terrain.
For a Prisma P switchboard with a busbar compartment, lifting points must be shifted
Framework stabiliser. towards the busbars.
DD210573.eps
Cubicle with base.
D-93

Additional information Handling on the site
Handling by the top

Dd381541.eps
If cranes or overhead hoists are used, only slings that are sufficiently strong
and in good condition should be used.
b The slings must be attached to the 4 cubicle lifting lugs.
b Adjust the length of the slings according to the switchboard dimensions so that the
angle formed does not exceed the angle indicated below depending on the
switchboard weight. When 2 switchgear cubicles are combined, a lifting beam must
be used.
b Never tilt the cubicle during handling.
b Take care to equally distribute the load on the 4 rings.
DD383915.eps
DD210574.eps
Position of lifting rings

The lifting rings can be installed and removed without dismantling the roof.
Even with the lifting rings permanently installed, the switchboard retains its original
degree of protection.
For combined cubicles, only install lifting rings on cubicles with switchgear.
DD383379.eps
Lifting several cubicles packed together

DD383916.eps
In the special case of an assembly with more than 2 cubicles, you must:
bb first of all move the assembly in its original packing as close as possible to where
it is to be installed
bb use a lifting beam and slings to support the switchboard from underneath.
D-94

Additional information Transport
The cubicles must be loaded vertically (stacking strongly discouraged).

After loading, check that the equipment is firmly secured in the truck to avoid any risk
of damage during transport.
DD383917.eps
Enclosures supplied as kits should be transported horizontally if possible.

DD383918.eps
D-95

Additional information Cubicle handling and rolling base
Lifting reinforcement kit for
Practical information combined cubicles
50 mm high base This type of base is designed to increase the rigidity of cubicle frameworks to avoid
any risk of deformation during transport and handling.
DD383845.eps
Five different catalogue numbers offer 27 width possibilities (1200 to 3050 mm) for
50 400 and 600 mm deep cubicles.
b Two catalogue numbers each include 2 end-pieces for handling bases for 400 and
600 mm deep cubicles respectively and the corresponding mounting hardware.
b Three catalogue numbers each include 2 lengths for the sides of handling bases
L for 1200 to 3050 mm wide cubicles respectively and the corresponding mounting
hardware.
Handling bases can be used for both side-by-side and back-to-back cubicle
08714 + 08705. combinations.
In this case, the mounting hardware for one of the sets is used.
Designation Cat. no.
DD383849.eps
2 cubicle handling base end-pieces D = 400 mm 08714

D = 600 mm 08716
2 cubicle handling base side-lengths W = 1200 to 1900 mm 08705
W = 2000 to 2550 mm 08706
W = 2650 to 3050 mm 08707
DD383840.eps
Combined cubicles equipped with a handling base can be

moved easily and safely on rollers.
08716
DD380652.eps
08705 Side-by-side and back-to-back combination of 4 cubicles equipped with a handling base.
Lifting reinforcement kit bb Kit 08722 is recommended for lifting combined cubicles and can be used together
with handling base end-pieces 08714 for severe transport or handling conditions.
DD383838.eps
bb Catalogue number 08722 includes 3 reinforcement brackets for 400 or 600 mm

deep cubicles and the corresponding mounting hardware.
Designation Cat. no.
Lifting reinforcement kit for combined cubicles W = 400/600 mm 08722
08722 08722 08722

DD383839.eps
650 400 800 800 800 300

A lifting reinforcement kit should be installed every 800 mm.
D-96

Additional information Connection of busbar trunking
Prisma P switchboards come equipped with a special interface that allows them to
be directly connected to Canalis KT trunking.
The electrical connection between the Canalis KT trunking and the Prisma P
switchboard is just as easy to carry out as jointing between two busbar trunking
sections.
The Canalis KT interface is totally integrated in the Prisma P switchboard volume.
It comprises a Canalis KT joint block and interface/circuit breaker connection
terminals.
DD383919.eps
Trunking connection via the top

bb Dismantle the roof.
bb Cut out a passage for the busbar trunking.
bb Adjust the guides according to the KT width that will be connected.
bb Unscrew the junction block screws.
bb Ensure that the busbar trunking length to be connected to the switchboard is
correctly supported and that it is not resting on the interface.
bb Lower the element until it is in contact with the interface frame, without bearing on it.
bb Tighten the junction torque nuts. When the head breaks, the torque of 60 Nm has
bb been reached.
d In certain cases, it is recommended to only tighten the 2 middle nuts to 60 Nm

and the 2 outer nuts to 10 Nm.
bb A red plastic washer that is ejected when the head breaks provides visual
evidence that the joint tightening operation has been carried out correctly.
bb For dismantling or maintenance operations, a second head is available on the nut
and can be retightened using a conventional torque wrench. The recommended
tightening torque is then 60 Nm.
bb Reassemble the roof.
Sealing kit
bb In order to retain the original IP index, use the roof sealing kit ordered with the
busbar trunking. This kit guarantees an IP52 degree of protection at the trunking
passage.
bb The kit is installed by cutting out the roof of the Prisma P switchboard.
This cut-out, which is the same dimension for all Canalis KT busbar trunking ratings,
is made using the template delivered with the sealing kit.
D-97

Additional information Connection of power cables
To ensure protection of persons, first connect the switchboard protective conductor

to the earth electrode.
bb Tie the cables as close as possible to the connections to avoid any mechanical
stresses on the device terminals. When not using cable glands, also attach the
cables near to the cubicle entry point.
bb Cables must never be in contact with or passed between live conductors.
bb Sharp edges of the framework must be protected where cables pass to avoid
bb damaging the conductors.
bb Comply with a minimum radius of curvature of 6 to 8 times the cable outside
bb diameter.
bb All power connections must be made with class 8.8 mounting hardware and
bb elastic contact washers, tightened to the torque indicated in the table below.
bb When connecting aluminium cables to copper terminals, use bimetal lugs or
bb interfaces.
bb Separate the different types of circuits into separate cable bundles (power, control,
bb 48 V, 24 V, DC, AC, etc).
Cable bundles
Cable cross-sectional area Max. number of cables per bundle

(mm² )
CSA y 10 8
16 < CSA y 50 4
CSA u 50 Tie individually
Tying the cable bundles

Type of tie Maximum Icw Distance between ties
(kA/rms 1s) (mm)
Width: 4.5 mm 10 200
Load: 22 kg 15 100
20 50
Width: 9 mm 20 350
Load: 80 kg 25 200
35 100
45 70
For cable sizes of 50 mm² or more, use 9 mm wide fixing ties.
Recommended tightening torque for mechanical and electrical connections with

8.8 class screws.
Diameter of screw Tightening torque (Nm)
(with nut + contact washer)
M3 1.5
M4 3.5
M5 7
M6 13
M8 28
M10 50
M12 75
D-98

Connection via the top

DD383380.eps
bb Remove the roof.

bb Drill the holes required to install cable glands or grommets.
bb Install the cable glands or grommets. They must comply with the switchboard’s
degree of protection (IP).
bb Refit the roof.
bb Run the cables through the glands or grommets.
bb Run the cables in the intended compartments and secure them to cable tie-bars
every 400 mm.
bb Crimp the lugs and connect.
bb When sealing does not call for cable glands or when sealing is achieved by means
of foam, cables can be routed in a rectangular cut-out in the roof.
The removable cross-member simplifies insertion of cables in the cubicle.
Connection via the bottom

DD210587.eps
Using a 2-part gland plate

bb Drilling is not necessary with this type of gland plate.
bb The gland plate avoids producing an induced current.
bb The cables are protected by a polyurethane foam seal which provides a sealing
function.
Using a 1-part gland plate
bb Remove the bottom plate.
bb Drill the appropriate holes to assemble the cable glands or grommets (1-part gland
plates should not be drilled within 30 mm of the edges).
bb Install the cable glands or grommets. They must comply with the required degree
DD383377.eps
of protection (IP).
bb Refit the bottom plate.
bb Run the cables through the glands or grommets.
bb Run the cables in the intended compartments and secure them to cable tie-bars
every 400 mm.
bb If cable glands are not used, it may be easier to prepare the cable terminations
outside the switchboard (e.g. lug crimping) and then to drop them inside the cubicle
having first disassembled the bottom removable cross-member.
Covering an incomer
For Masterpact NW/NT/NS1600b-3200 / Compact NS630b-1600
bb Disassemble the cover plate to access to the device connection terminals.
bb Connect the cables, respecting the required electrical clearances.
bb Cut out the part of the cover disassembled in order to let the cables pass through
it, while preserving the necessary degree of protection.
D-99

Connecting to terminal extension bars

Dd380794.eps
bb Check that the circuit and switchgear identification indications match.

bb When connections are made to terminal extensions made up of several bars for
each phase, position the lugs opposite one another and insert copper spacers
between the bars.
bb Comply with the minimum required electrical clearances between phases
of 14 mm (conforming with IEC 60439-1).
bb Mark all nuts and the terminal extension bars with a dot of varnish after tightening
to the defined torque.
bb Remove the top cross-member of the cubicle to simplify connection of the cables
to the bars.
bb Tie cables of the same phase together.
Connection directly to device terminals

bb When connections are made directly to the switchgear terminals, comply with the
Removable upper cross-member. tightening torque recommended by the device manufacturer.
bb Check that the length of the screws delivered with the switchgear is compatible
with the lug thickness.
bb Comply with the safety clearances around the switchgear devices, defined
by the manufacturer to ensure correct operation.
bb Refit the interphase barriers and terminal shields if applicable after connection
the power cables.
bb For the special case of connection with armoured cable, please consult us.
D-100

Additional information Preventive maintenance
Maintenance
Frequency
bb The frequency of preventive maintenance depends primarily on the operating
conditions of the electrical switchboard.
bb For operating conditions found in normal environments, the frequency should be
as indicated in the recommended calendar.
bb It may be extended if the switchboard is used in a particularly clean environment
and not in an intensive manner.
bb It must be reduced if the switchboard is used in a particularly aggressive
environment (dust, humidity, corrosive vapours, heat) or is used intensively.
Recommended calendar
Type Action Frequency
General inspection Visual checks and general Once a year
cleaning.
Visual check of busbars.
Running tests
Maintenance on functional units Inspection of the connections Every 5 years
Maintenance of ventilation Cleaning of filters Every 6 months
system
Maintenance of devices According to the respective handbooks
General recommendations
Before any intervention on the connections, switch off the functional unit, remove the
protective screens and the partitioning sheets and boxes.
bb For interventions on the connections, refer to chapter "Connections", profession
Install.
bb When reassembling the connections:
v use new screws, washers, nuts of the same type (class 8.8)
v tighten to the defined torque (refer to the tightening torques table in the chapter
"Connection/Tools required")
v apply varnish.
Method of inspection of the electrical connections

bb Connections by lugs or screwed bars: presence of varnish, colour changes of a
copper bar.
bb Connections by cage type terminals: if necessary, re-screw to the torque defined
by the manufacturer to compensate for a possible creep.
Please ensure that you consult the "General" chapter section dealing with
safety instructions.
D-101

Additional information Preventive maintenance
Maintenance
General inspection
DD382159.eps
Visual checks and general cleaning of the cubicles

bb Check the lack of humidity and foreign bodies inside and outside the switchboard.
bb Examine the outer finish. If necessary, touch up any paint scratches and replace
any damaged or rusted parts.
bb Clean the switchboard, preferably with a vacuum cleaner.
bb If necessary, clean the ventilation system and change the filters.
Visual check of busbars

bb Connections do not need to be tightened as they was already be tightened to the
tightening torque in worshop and the use of a contact washer compensates for
possible creeps due to overheating. The presence of vernish guaranteeing correct
tightening torque, is intact.
bb The control of busbars connections and outgoing cables connections can be
carried when disassembling the protection (out of supply) or if a hot point is detected
(infrared control or thermal sensors). A hot point materialises by a change in the
copper colour.
bb In case of hot point see "Corrective maintenance".
bb Check the condition of insulating busbars supports.
E20488.eps
Cleaning of panel ventilation filters

Standard or fine filters
bb Wash with water (preferably using a high-quality detergent).
bb It is also possible to remove the dust by tapping, vacuuming or blowing with
compressed air.
bb If there is any oil or grease, change the filter.
D-102

Additional information Corrective maintenance
Maintenance
General
General recommendations
bb Before any intervention on the connections, switch off the cubicle, remove the
protective screens and the partitioning sheets and boxes.
bb When reassembling the connections:
bb use new screws, washers, nuts of the same type (class 8.8)
bb tighten to the defined torque (refer to the tightening torque table in chapter
"Connection/Connection of power cables")
bb apply varnish.
Hot point
Screwed connection
bb Identify the cause: generally a loosening connection.
bb Dismantle the assembly.
bb Clean and rub down surfaces in contact (e.g. sandpaper N° 400).
bb Set the connection up.
Maintenance after a fault has occured

The high currents resulting from a fault cause damage to structures, components,
busbars and cables.
Following a fault, contact your local Schneider Electric office.
Troubleshooting and interventions

For any interventions other than those described in this manual, contact your local
Schneider Electric agency.
7-DESW016ENInfoscompl Version : 4.0 16/04/2014 D-103

ART960003 © 2014 - Schneider Electric - All rights reserved
Schneider Electric Industries SAS

35, rue Joseph Monier As standards, specifications and designs change
CS 30323 from time to time, please ask for confirmation of the
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex information given in this publication.
France
Publication: Schneider Electric Industries SAS
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439 Photos: Schneider Electric SAS This document has
Capital social 896 313 776 € Printed: been printed on
www.schneider-electric.com ecological paper.
DESW016EN 04-2014
00-DESW016EN Cover.indd 2 16/04/2014 15:56:58

Prisma Tablouri

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Prisma Tablouri

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Prisma Tablouri

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Low voltage

00-DESW016EN Cover.indd 1 16/04/2014 15:56:58

Presentation General IEC 61439 standard Determining catalogue

Prisma P functional system

Others Power factor Industrial control Metering Human-switchboard

Linergy distribution and connection systems

Additional Spare parts Designing Standards

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 2 17/04/2014 17:11:59

Prisma P functional system

Reserve space Supports and fixing Switchboard lighting Others

Linergy distribution and connection systems

Enclosure Thermal characteristics Practical Maintenance Additional

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 1 17/04/2014 17:12:01

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 2 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 3 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 4 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 5 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 6 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 7 17/04/2014 17:12:02

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 8 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 9 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 10 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 11 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 12 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 13 17/04/2014 17:12:03

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 14 17/04/2014 17:12:04

Designation Cat. no. Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 15 17/04/2014 17:12:04

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 16 17/04/2014 17:12:04

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 17 17/04/2014 17:12:04

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 18 17/04/2014 17:12:05

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 19 17/04/2014 17:12:05

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 20 17/04/2014 17:12:05

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 21 17/04/2014 17:12:05

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 22 17/04/2014 17:12:06

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages

Livre_DESW016EN.indb 23 17/04/2014 17:12:06

Cat. no. Designation Pages Cat. no. Designation Pages